Owner's Manual

1SL012720BL

Owner’s manual

Mii Inglés (11.18) SEAT Mii

1SL012720BL (11.18)

Inglés SEAT Vehicle identification data Confirmation of receipt of documentation and vehicle keys Model: The following items were delivered YES NO with the vehicle: Vehicle Registration: On-board documentation Vehicle identification number: First key

Date of vehicle registration Second key or vehicle delivery: Correct working order of all keys was checked SEAT Official Service: Location:

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no Date: right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print. Signature of owner: Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form. SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act. Service advisor: All rights on changes are reserved.

This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose. Telephone: ❀ © SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.11.18 Introduction

Thank you for your trust choosing a SEAT ve- WARNING hicle. Read and always observe safety infor- With your new SEAT, you will be able to enjoy mation concerning the passenger's a vehicle with state-of-the-art technology front airbag ››› page 66, Important in- and top quality features. formation regarding the front passenger's airbag. We recommend reading this Instruction Man- ual carefully to learn more about your vehicle so you can enjoy all its benefits in your daily driving. Information about handling is complemented with instructions regarding the operation and maintenance of the vehicle in order to ensure its safety and maintain its value. Moreover, we want to give you valuable advice and tips to drive your vehicle efficiently and respecting the environment. We wish you safe and enjoyable motoring. SEAT, S.A. ® Trademarks are marked with ®. The ab- CAUTION About this manual sence of this symbol does not guarantee that the term is not a trademark. Texts after this symbol indicate possible This manual describes the features of the ve- damage to the vehicle. hicle at the time of drafting this text. Some of  It indicates that the section continues on the features described below will be intro- the next page. For the sake of the environment duced in the future or will only be available in  Important warnings on the page. certain markets. Texts after this symbol contain informa- More in-depth content on the page. tion about the protection of the environ- Some of the features described here are  ment. not included in all the types or variations  General information on page indicated. of the model and they can be varied or modified based on technical or marketing  Emergency information on the page. Note requirements without it being considered Texts after this symbol contain addition- You can access the information in this manual misleading advertising. al information. using: Some details on the drawings may vary from its vehicle and must be interpreted as a ● Thematic table of contents that follows the standard representation. manual’s general chapter structure. The direction indicators (left, right, forwards, ● Visual table of contents that uses graphics backwards) in this manual refer to the travel to indicate the pages containing “essential” direction of the vehicle unless otherwise sta- information, which is detailed in the corre- ted. sponding chapters. The audiovisual material is only meant to ● Alphabetical index with many terms and help the users better understand some fea- synonyms to help you find information. tures of the car. It is not a replacement for the instruction manual. Access the instruction WARNING manual to see the complete information and Texts after this symbol contain informa- warnings. tion about safety and warn you about possible accident or injury risks.  The features marked with an asterisk are included by default only in certain versions of the model, supplied as optional only for certain versions or only offered in certain countries. Printed Instruction Manual Digital Version of the Infotainment The printed instruction manual contains rele- System Manual vant information about the use of the vehicle and the Infotainment System. The digital version of the manuals contains more in-depth information.

Fig. 1 SEAT website

The digital version is available on SEAT's offi-

cial website.

To view the digital version of the manual:

● scan the QR code ››› Fig. 1

● OR enter the following address in the navi- gator website:

http://www.seat.com/owners/your- seat/manuals-offline.html

choose your vehicle and then “Infotainment”.

How do you open the bonnet? page 12 How do you check and top up the engine cool- Frequently Asked Ques- ››› ant? ››› page 33 How do you perform a jump start? ››› page 44 tions How do you top up the windscreen washer fluid? Where is the vehicle tool kit located? ››› page 34 Before driving ››› page 70 How do you check and top up the brake fluid? How do you repair a tyre with the anti-puncture How do you adjust the seat? ››› page 14 ››› page 34 kit? ››› page 36 How do you adjust the steering wheel? How do you check and adjust tyre pressure val-

››› page 15 How do you change a wheel? ››› page 37 ues? ››› page 209 How do you adjust the exterior mirrors? How do you change a fuse? ››› page 35 Vehicle washing tips ››› page 220

››› page 15 How do you change a light? ››› page 79 How do you turn on the exterior lights? Functions of interest How do you tow a vehicle? ››› page 43 ››› page 22 How does the START-STOP system work?

How does the automatic gearbox selector lever ››› page 170 Useful tips work? ››› page 28 What parking assistants are available? How do you set the time? ››› page 89 How do you refuel? ››› page 32 ››› page 172 When should the vehicle inspection should be How do you activate the windscreen wipers and How does tyre pressure monitoring work? performed? ››› page 90 windscreen washer system? ››› page 24 ››› page 212 How do you remove the luggage compartment Interior lighting ››› page 24 cover? ››› page 125 Emergency situations How do you drive in an economical and environ- A warning lamp lights up or flashes. What does mentally-friendly way? ››› page 166 this mean? ››› page 27 How do you check and top up the engine oil? Where are the first-aid kit and the warning trian- ››› page 32 gle in the vehicle? ››› page 70 Table of Contents

Seat belts ...... 53 Lights and visibility ...... 103 Table of Contents Why wear a set belt ...... 53 Lights ...... 103 How to properly adjust your seat belt ...... 57 Visibility ...... 108 The essentials ...... 7 Seat belt tensioners ...... 59 Windscreen wiper and window wiper sys- Exterior view ...... 7 Airbag system ...... 60 tems ...... 108 Exterior view ...... 8 Brief introduction ...... 60 Mirror ...... 110 Interior view (left-hand drive) ...... 9 Airbag safety instructions ...... 63 Seats and head restraints ...... 112 How it works ...... 10 Deactivating airbags ...... 64 Adjusting the seat and head restraints ...... 112 Unlocking and locking ...... 10 Transporting children safely ...... 65 Seat functions ...... 113 Before driving ...... 14 Safety for children ...... 65 Transport and practical equipment ...... 114 Airbags ...... 16 Child seats ...... 67 Transporting objects ...... 114 Child seats ...... 18 Practical equipment ...... 115 Starting the vehicle ...... 22 Emergencies ...... 70 Luggage compartment ...... 122 Lights and visibility ...... 22 Self-help ...... 70 Roof carrier ...... 127 SEAT information system ...... 24 In case of emergency ...... 70 Air conditioning ...... 129 Cruise control ...... 26 Vehicle tool kit* ...... 70 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning . . . . 129 Warning lamps ...... 27 Changing a wheel ...... 72 Gearbox lever ...... 28 Tyre repair ...... 73 Infotainment System ...... 133 Air conditioning ...... 29 Changing the windscreen wiper blades . . . . 75 Introduction ...... 133 Fluid level control ...... 32 Tow-starting and towing ...... 75 Safety warnings ...... 133 Emergencies ...... 35 Emergency locking and unlocking ...... 77 Overview of the unit ...... 135 Fuses ...... 35 Fuses and bulbs ...... 78 General operating information ...... 137 Bulbs ...... 36 Fuses ...... 78 Audio Mode ...... 139 Action in the event of a puncture ...... 36 Changing bulbs ...... 79 Radio Mode ...... 139 Changing a wheel ...... 37 Media Mode ...... 141 Operation ...... 87 Snow chains ...... 42 Phone management* ...... 145 Emergency towing of the vehicle ...... 43 General instrument panel ...... 87 Drive Mii App* ...... 147 How to jump start ...... 44 Instrument panel ...... 86 Driving ...... 149 Changing the wiper blades ...... 46 Instruments ...... 88 Opening and closing ...... 92 Start and driving ...... 149 Safety ...... 48 Vehicle key set ...... 92 Stopping and starting the engine ...... 149 Safe driving ...... 48 Central locking* and locking system ...... 94 Braking and parking ...... 151 Driving advice ...... 48 Doors ...... 98 Braking and stability systems ...... 156 Correct position of the vehicle occu- Rear lid ...... 99 Changing gear ...... 158 pants ...... 49 Controls for the windows ...... 101 Steering ...... 163 Pedal area ...... 53 Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . 102 Run-in and economical driving ...... 165 5 Table of Contents

Engine management and exhaust gas puri- Information for the user ...... 226 fication system ...... 168 Information for the user ...... 226 Driving tips ...... 169 Information stored in control units ...... 226 Driver assistance systems ...... 170 Other important information ...... 227 Start-Stop system ...... 170 Information about the EU Directive Cruise control system (CCS)* ...... 171 2014/53/EU ...... 229 Parking distance warning system* ...... 172 City safety assist (Safety Assist)* ...... 174 Technical data ...... 233 Hill driving assistant* ...... 179 Technical features ...... 233 Towing bracket device ...... 179 Important information ...... 233 Driving with a trailer ...... 179 Wheels ...... 234 Engine data ...... 235 Practical tips ...... 180 Vehicle data ...... 237 Care and maintenance ...... 180 Accessories, replacement of parts and Index ...... 239 modifications ...... 180 Checking and refilling levels ...... 186 Fuel ...... 186 Filling the tank ...... 189 Bonnet ...... 193 Engine oil ...... 195 Engine coolant ...... 198 Brake fluid ...... 200 Windscreen washer reservoir ...... 201 Vehicle battery ...... 202 Wheels and tyres ...... 206 Tyres ...... 206

Maintenance ...... 217 Service ...... 217 Service intervals ...... 217 Additional service offers ...... 219 Warranty ...... 220 Vehicle maintenance ...... 220 Maintenance and cleaning ...... 220

6 The essentials

Exterior view

1 ››› page 11 5 ››› page 43 2 ››› page 32 6 ››› page 12 3 ››› page 10 7 ››› page 36 4 ››› page 32 7 The essentials

Exterior view

1 ››› page 32 5 ››› page 32 9 ››› page 37 2 ››› page 34 6 ››› page 33 10 ››› page 36 3 ››› page 34 7 ››› page 34 4 ››› page 35 8 ››› page 21 8 The essentials

Interior view (left-hand drive)

1 ››› page 15 5 ››› page 27 9 ››› page 10 13 ››› page 28 17 ››› page 15 2 ››› page 22 6 ››› page 24 10 ››› page 17 14 ››› page 13 18 ››› page 14 3 ››› page 23 7 ››› page 24 11 ››› page 22 15 ››› page 35 4 ››› page 26 8 ››› page 23 12 ››› page 29 16 ››› page 12

9 The essentials

How it works Locking and unlocking the vehicle using Locking and unlocking the driver the key door manually ●  Unlocking and locking Locking: press the button ››› Fig. 2. ● Unlocking: press the button  ››› Fig. 2. Doors ● Unlock the trunk lid: hold down the  ››› Fig. 2 button for at least 1 second.

Locking and unlocking with the central locking switch ● Locking: press the button  ››› Fig. 3. None of the doors can be opened from the outside. The doors can be opened from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. Fig. 4 Driver-side door handle with lock cylin- ● Unlocking: press the button  ››› Fig. 3. der.

As a general rule, when the driver door is ››› in Introduction on page 94 Fig. 2 Remote control key: keys.  locked all other doors are locked. Unlocking manually only opens the driver door. ››› page 94  ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ›››  page 92. ››› page 11  ● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle ››› Fig. 4.

Fig. 3 On the driver's door: central locking button.

10 The essentials

Locking the passenger door man- ● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the Rear lid ually door. The rubber cap is marked with a lock symbol  ››› Fig. 5. ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ›››  page 92. ● Insert the key shaft horizontally into the opening and moved the coloured lever forward ››› Fig. 6. ● Replace the rubber cap and close the door. ● Check if the door is locked. ● Have the vehicle checked by a specialised workshop. Fig. 7 Rear lid open: space for pulling. Fig. 5 On the front part of the passenger door: emergency locking, hidden behind a rubber Note Opening gasket. The doors can be opened and unlocked in- ● Press the  button on the vehicle key dividually from the inside by pulling the ››› Fig. 2 for about one second to unlock the door handle. To open, pull the inner door rear lid. release lever twice ›››  page 94. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction ›››  page 94.

Closing ● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid ››› Fig. 7 (arrow). ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks in- Fig. 6 Emergency locking of the vehicle using to place in the lock. the vehicle key ● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly. » The passenger door can be manually locked.

● Open the door.

11 The essentials

● Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening  ››› in Introduction on page 99 ››› Fig. 8 and press the release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.  ››› page 99  ››› page 12 Bonnet

Manual release mechanism for the rear lid

Fig. 8 From the trunk: emergency unlocking of the rear lid. Fig. 10 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securing ● If necessary, fold the rear seat bench back- rod rest forward ››› page 14. Opening the bonnet ● Remove equipment to access the inside of The bonnet is released from inside the vehi- the rear lid. cle. ● Unfold the key shaft ›››  page 92. Fig. 9 A: Release lever in the footwell on the Before opening the bonnet, make sure that driver side B: Release lever on the bonnet the windscreen wiper arms are in place

12 The essentials against the windscreen ››› in Working in Controls for the windows Panoramic sunroof* the engine compartment on page 194.

● Pull the release lever ››› Fig. 9 1 in the direction of the arrow. The bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism ››› in Working in the engine compartment on page 194. ● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever 2 in the direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet. ● Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the arrow 3 and place Fig. 11 On the driver door: buttons for front Fig. 12 On the internal roof: turn the knob to it in the corresponding open position 4 (ar- electric windows. open and close row). ● Opening the window: press the button . Closing the bonnet ● Closing the window: pull the button . ● Slightly lift the bonnet. 1 Window on the front left door ● Release the bonnet stay and replace it in its 2 Window on the front right door support. ● At a height of approximately 30 cm let it fall ››› in Opening and closing the win- so it locks.  dows electrically on page 101 If the bonnet does not close, do not press downwards. Open it again and let it fall as Fig. 13 On the internal roof: press or pull the mentioned above. knob to raise the sunroof and close it.

››› in Working in the engine com- To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob  partment on page 193 must be in the basic position 1 .  ››› page 193 ● Open: turn the switch to position ››› Fig. 12 3 . »

13 The essentials

● Comfort position: turn the switch to position Before driving Seat belt adjustment ››› Fig. 12 2 . ● Close: turn the switch to position ››› Fig. 12 Manually adjusting the seats 1 . ● Lift: Push the switch to position ››› Fig. 13 4 . For an intermediate position, hold down the switch until you reach the desired position. ● Lower: pull the switch to position ››› Fig. 13 5 . For an intermediate position, hold down the switch until you reach the desired position.

››› in Opening and closing the  panoramic sunroof on page 102 Fig. 14 Front left seat controls  ››› page 102 The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.

1 Forwards/backwards: pull the lever and move the seat. The front seat must be en- Fig. 15 Positioning and removing the seat belt gaged when the lever is released! buckle. 2 Raise/lower: pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from its home position. 3 Tilt backrest: pull the lever and adjust the backrest seat angle until you reach the desired position. The seat backrest must be engaged.

››› in Manual front seat adjust-  ment on page 112 14 The essentials

Seat belt tensioners left) and the passenger side (R, right) to the direction desired. During a head-on, lateral or rear collision, the  Depending on the equipment fitted on seat belts on the front seats tighten automati- the vehicle, the mirrors may be heated cally. according to the outside temperature. The tensioner can be triggered only once. ››› in Exterior mirrors on page 111 ››› in Service and disposal of belt   tension devices on page 59  ››› page 111 Fig. 16 Correct seat belt and head restraint ››› page 59 positions, viewed from front and the side. 

To adjust the seat belt around your shoulders, Adjusting the steering wheel adjust the height of the seats. Adjusting the exterior mirrors The shoulder part of the seat belt should be well centred over it, never over the neck. The seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the upper part of the body. The lap part of the seat belt lies across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the pelvis.

 ››› in Introduction on page 53 Fig. 17 On the driver door: rotating control for Fig. 18 Mechanical steering wheel adjustment electric windows.  ››› page 57 ● Push the lever ››› Fig. 18 1 downwards. Adjusting the exterior mirrors: Turn the knob to the corresponding position: ● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel with both hands L/R Turning the knob to the desired position, on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and » adjust the mirrors on the driver side (L, 15 The essentials

3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly Airbags bent. ● Firmly push the lever upwards as far as it Front airbags will go ››› in Adjusting the steering wheel position on page 50.

››› in Adjusting the steering wheel  position on page 50  ››› page 50

Fig. 20 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the passenger.

In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the driver and the front passenger additional protection for the head Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of the and chest in the event of a severe frontal col- front airbag for the driver. lision. Always remain as far away as possible from the front airbag ›››  page 49. This

16 The essentials way, in the event of an accident, the front air- Disabling the front passenger front ››› in Manual disabling and ena- bags can deploy fully when triggered, provid- airbag bling of the front passenger front air- ing maximum protection.  bag with the key switch on page 65 The front airbag for the driver is located in the ››› page 64 steering wheel ››› Fig. 19 and the airbag for  the front passenger is located in the dash panel ››› Fig. 20. Airbags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”. When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in red ››› Fig. 19 and ››› Fig. 20 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should never be placed or mounted in these areas ››› in Front airbags on page 63, Factory-fitted accessories are out- Fig. 21 On the passenger side: switch to activate and deactivate the front passenger air- side the range of the front airbag for the driv- bag. er and the front passenger, e.g. the baseplate for the mobile phone support. The front passenger front airbag must be The airbag covers fold out of the steering disabled when a rear-facing child seat is wheel ››› Fig. 19 and the dash panel mounted. ››› Fig. 20 when the driver and front passenger airbags, respectively, are triggered. Disabling the front passenger front airbag ● Switch the ignition off.  ››› in Front airbags on page 63 ● Open the door on the front passenger side. ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ›››  page 92. ● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to OFF ››› Fig. 21. ● Close the door on the front passenger side. ● The      control lamp on the dash panel will remain lit while the ignition is switched on ›››  page 64. 17 The essentials

Side airbags seat backrests ››› Fig. 22. Their position is indicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The area marked in red ››› Fig. 23 indicates the side airbag deployment zone. In the event of a side-on collision, the side airbag will deploy in the side of the vehicle affected ››› Fig. 23, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passengers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.

Fig. 25 On the rear frame of the passenger  ››› in Side airbags* on page 63 side door: adhesive in relation to the airbag. Fig. 22 On the front seat side: location of side A sticker with important information about the airbag. passenger airbag is located on the passenger's sun visor and/or on the passenger side Child seats door frame.

Important information regarding ››› in Important information re- the front passenger's airbag garding the front passenger's airbag  on page 66  ››› page 65

Fig. 23 On the left side of the vehicle: side airbag deployment zone.

The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front passenger

Fig. 24 Passenger side sun blind.

18 The essentials

Mounting systems

Fig. 26 On rear seats: possible assemblies of children seats.

Always secure child seats properly and safe- Specific mounting systems for each coun- Securing child seats with the seat ly in the vehicle according to the child seat try belt manufacturer's installation instructions. Attachment variants ››› Fig. 26: The seat belt may be used to secure child Mounted child seats must rest correctly on A Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock retaining strap ››› page 20 and seats with the universal marking (on the or- more than 2.5 cm. ››› page 21. ange label) to the vehicle seats marked with a u in the table below. Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap B Three-point seat belt and upper retaining must also be secured using the Top Tether re- strap ››› page 19. Front pas- Category Rear seats taining strap in the vehicle ››› page 21. At- sengera) tach the retaining strap to the corresponding The systems include the child restraint retaining rings only. Not all rings can be used system mounting with an upper retaining Group 0 u u with the Top Tether system. Always tighten strap (Top Tether) and lower anchoring Up to 10 kg the Top Tether retaining strap so that the child points on the seat. Category 0+ u u seat fits snugly against the corresponding Up to 13 kg seat in the vehicle. Group 1 u u » 9 to 18 kg

19 The essentials

Front pas- Removing the child seat Summary chart for assembly with the ISO- Category Rear seats sengera) The seat belt must not be unfastened until the FIX system vehicle has come to a standstill. The following table shows the assembly pos- Group 2 u u sibilities for ISOFIX or i-Size child seats on the 15 to 25 kg ● Press the red button on the buckle. The ISOFIX anchorage points of the different vehi- Group 3 latch plate is released from the buckle. cle seats. u u 22 to 36 kg ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged. Class a) Compliance with current national legislation and Front Age accord- Rear the manufacturer's instructions is required when using ● Remove the child seat from the vehicle. passen- or installing child seats. group ing to seats a) ger seat ››› in Safety instructions on size Securing the child seat using the seat belt page 67  Group 0: E X IL-SU ● Please read and observe the child seat up to 10 kg manufacturer's handling instructions. E X ● Move the front passenger seat, or the rear Fixing the child seat with the ISOFIX Group 0+: D X IL-SU seat bench back as far as possible and, in the system up to 13 kg case of an adjustable backrest, set it in the CX upright position ›››  page 49. D X ● Positioning the child seat on the seat according to the manufacturer's instructions. CX ● Group 1: IL-SU Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the B X child seat structure in the manner described 9 to 18 kg IUF in the manufacturer's instructions. B1 X ● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. A X ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the Group 2: – X IL-SU appropriate seat and push it down until it is 15 to 25 kg securely locked with an audible click. Fig. 27 On the seat of the vehicle: identifica- Group 3: ● tion variants of the anchor points for the child – X IL-SU Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly 22 to 36 kg on the child seat. seats ● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible Both outermost rear seats have two retainers to pull the lower belt webbing out). named lower anchor points. 20 The essentials

Class ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions Securing a child seat with the Top Front Age accord- Rear when installing and removing the child seat Tether retaining strap passen- group ing to seats ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. ger seat sizea) ● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings ››› Fig. 27 in the direction of the arrow. The i-Size child seat must be safely engaged and click child re- – X X straint audibly into place. system ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure. X: seat not suitable for an ISOFIX or i-Size child seat of this group. IL-SU: seat suitable for an ISOFIX child seat with Child seat with adjustable retaining straps semi-universal certification. Take into account the list ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions of vehicles of the manufacturer of the child seat. IUF: seat suitable for an ISOFIX child seat with univer- when installing and removing the child seat Fig. 28 Example of an upper retaining strap sal certification. ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. connected. ● Place the child seat on the seat cushion a) The indication of class according to size corresponds to the authorised bodyweight for the child and attach the retaining strap hooks to the ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions seat. In child seats with universal or semi-universal retaining rings ››› Fig. 27. when installing and removing the child seat approval, the class according to size is indicated on ● Tighten the straps evenly using the corre- ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. the ECE approval label. The indication of class according to size is stated on the corresponding child sponding adjustment device. The child seat ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently seat. must sit flush against the vehicle seat. forward ››› page 14. ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure ● Remove the head restraints situated behind Child seats with rigid mounting that it is secure. the child seat and store them safely in the ve- For the installation of a child seat with rigid hicle ›››  page 49. mounting auxiliary introduction elements can ››› in Safety instructions on ● Guide the upper retaining strap from of the page 67 be used. These elements facilitate fitting and  child seat back to the luggage compartment, protect the upholstery. They form part of the feeding it through the seat backrest and the supply volume of the child seat or can be ac- rear shelf. quired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary, ● Fold back the seat backrest and push it these elements are inserted in both anchor firmly into the lock. points of the vehicle ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. ● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor points ››› page 20 »

21 The essentials

● Hook the upper retaining strap in the lug- locks. In vehicles with automatic transmission, ››› in Switching on the ignition and gage compartment, to the corresponding re- in order to remove the key, move the gear  starting the engine on page 149 taining ring ››› Fig. 28. shift to the N position. If necessary, press the ● Tighten the strap so that the top of the child gear shift blocking key and release it.  ››› page 149 seat rests on the seat backrest. ● Unlock the steering wheel: put the key into the ignition and turn it at the same time as the ››› in Safety instructions on steering wheel in the direction indicated by  page 67 the arrow. If it is not possible to turn the steer- Lights and visibility ing wheel, it may be because it is locked. Light switch Turning on/switching off the ignition, glow Starting the vehicle plugs reheating

● Turn on the ignition: turn the key to the 2 Ignition lock position. ● Turn off the ignition: turn the key to the 1 position.

Starting the engine ● Manual transmission: press the clutch pedal all the way down and move the gearbox lever into neutral. Fig. 30 Instrument console: light panel. ● Automatic transmission: press the brake pedal and move the selector lever to N. Turn the switch to the required position ● Turn the key to the 3 position. The key au- ››› Fig. 30. Fig. 29 Ignition key positions. tomatically returns to the 2 position. Do not press the accelerator. Sym- Ignition switch- Ignition is Turn on the ignition: place the key in the igni- bol ed off switched on tion and start the engine. Start-Stop system* Fog lights, dipped Light off or day- Locking and unlocking the steering wheel When you stop and release the clutch pedal,  beam and side time driving light the Start-Stop system* turns off the engine. lights off. on. ● Lock the steering wheel: remove the key The ignition remains switched on. from the ignition and turn the wheel until it 22 The essentials

Sym- Ignition switch- Ignition is Turn signal and main beam lever Hazard warning lights bol ed off switched on

The “Coming Automatic control home” and “Leaving of dipped beam home” guide lights  and daytime run- may be switched ning light. on.

 Side light on.

Dipped beam head- Dipped beam  light off switched on.

 Rear fog light: move the switch com- Fig. 31 Turn signal and main beam lever in Fig. 32 Dashboard: switch for hazard warning pletely from positions ,  or . their initial position lights.

Turn on fog lights: push the switch or turn it to More the lever to the required position: Switched on, for example: the  position. 1 Right turn light: right-hand parking light ● When approaching a traffic jam ››› in Switching lights on and off on (ignition switched off). ● In an emergency  page 104 2 Left turn light: left-hand parking light (ig- ● The vehicle has broken down nition switched off). ››› page 103 ● When towing or being towed  3 Main beam on: control lamp  lit up on the instrument panel. ››› in Hazard warning lights on 4 Light flash: on with the lever pushed. Con-  page 106 trol lamp  lit up. ››› page 106 Lever all the way down to switch it off. 

››› in Turn signal and main beam  lever on page 105  ››› page 105

23 The essentials

Interior lights Windscreen wipers and window More the lever to the required position: wiper blade Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win- 7 Position: Function  dows with the lever pressed.  Switching off the reading light.  Switching on the reading light.  ››› page 108 Switches door contact control on (central position).  ››› page 46 The reading light comes on automatically when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is  opened or the key is removed from the ignition. The light goes off a few seconds after all SEAT information system the doors are closed, the vehicle is locked Fig. 33 Operating the windscreen wiper and or the ignition is switched on. rear wiper. Introduction

Note More the lever to the required position: With the ignition switched on it is possible to The reading lights go out when the vehicle access different messages via the display on is locked, or a few minutes after the key is 0  Windscreen wipers off. the instrument panel display. removed from the ignition. This prevents 1 Windscreen interval wipe. The number of messages displayed on the in- the vehicle's battery from discharging.  strument panel display will vary according to 2  Slow wipe. the vehicle electronics and equipment.

3  Continuous wipe. A specialised workshop will be able to programme or modify additional functions, ac- Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec- 4  down for more time to increase the wipe frequency. ommends taking your car in for technical service. Automatic wipe for cleaning wind- 5  screens with the lever up. WARNING Interval wipe for rear window. The Any distraction may lead to an accident, 6  wiper will wipe the window approxi- with the risk of injury. mately every six seconds.

24 The essentials

● Do not consult the messages on the in- Multifunction display (MFI) Possible displays strument panel screen when driving. The multifunction display (MFD) has two au- Menu Function tomatic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 Current time in hours (h) and mi- Time - Total memory. The selected memory will nutes (min). Management of indications on the be shown in the lower right-hand corner of This indicates the hours (h) and mi- display the display. Travelling nutes (min) since the ignition was time switched on. With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press OK to The current fuel consumption dis- change from one memory to another. Current play operates throughout the jour- fuel con- ney, in l/100 km; with the engine The memory stores the values for the sumption running and the vehicle stopped, in journey and the consumption from the l/hour. moment the ignition is switched on un- After turning on the ignition, aver- til it is switched off again.  age fuel consumption in li- If the journey is broken for more than 2 Trip memo- tres/100 km will be displayed after hours, the memory is automatically Average ry (for a sin- travelling about 100 metres. Oth- erased. If the journey is continued in fuel con- gle jour- erwise horizontal lines are dis- less than 2 hours after the ignition is sumption ney). played. The value shown is upda- Fig. 34 Windscreen wipers lever: control but- switched off, the new data is added to ted approximately every 5 sec- tons. the data already stored in the memo- onds. ry. Calling up options Approximate distance in km that The memory stores the values of any ● can still be travelled with the fuel Switch the ignition on. number of journeys, until it counts a Operating remaining in the tank, assuming ● total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed, range the same style of driving is main-  driving, or 1999.9 km or miles of driv- press OK/RESET (››› Fig. 34 A ). tained. This is calculated using the Total mem- ing, depending on the type of instru- current fuel consumption. ● Press the top or bottom part of the rocker ory (for all ment panel fitted. On reaching either journeys). switch ››› Fig. 34 B until the desired option of these limits, the memory is auto- Distance Distance travelled, after ignition is appears. matically erased and starts to count covered switched on, in km. » from 0 again.

25 The essentials

Menu Function lever or  or  buttons on the multifunction ● Switching on the CCS: Move switch steering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press OK ››› Fig. 35 1 to . The system is on. If no The average speed will be shown again or wait a few seconds. The speed is speed has been programmed, the system will after a distance of about 100 me- stored and the warning activated. not control it. Average tres has been travelled. Otherwise speed horizontal lines are displayed. The ● To switch off, press OK . The stored speed is ● Activate the CCS: Press button ››› Fig. 35 value shown is updated approxi- deleted. 2 in the  area. The current speed is mately every 5 seconds. memorised and controlled. Manually erasing memory 1 or 2 Digital Current speed displayed digitally. ● Temporarily switching off the CCS: Move display of ● Select the memory to be erased. switch ››› Fig. 35 1 to  or push the speed brake. The cruise control system is switched ● Press and hold the eject button OK for ap- off temporarily. Digital Digital display of the current tem- proximately 2 seconds. coolant perature of the engine liquid cool- ● Reactivating the CCS: Press button tempera- ant. ››› Fig. 35 2 in . The memorised speed is ture gauge saved and controlled again. If the stored speed is exceeded Cruise control ● Increasing stored speed during CCS regu- (between 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 - Warning at lation: press button 2 in . The vehicle 155 mph), an audible warning is --- km/h Operating the cruise control sys- accelerates until the new stored speed. given together with a visual warning. tem (CCS)* ● Reducing stored speed during CCS regulation: press button 2 in  to lower the Changing between display modes speed by 1 km/h (1 mph). Speed is reduced until reaching the new stored speed. ● Press the rocker switch in the windscreen wiper lever. ● Switching off the CCS: Move switch ››› Fig. 35 1 to . The system is disconnec- Storing a speed for the speed warning ted and the memorised speed is deleted. ● Select the display Speed warning at ››› in Cruise control operation on --- km/h.  page 172 ● Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to store the current speed and switch off the  ››› page 171 warning. Fig. 35 Switch and controls for operating the CCS. ● In addition, set the required speed by pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen wiper 26 The essentials

Warning lamps Fault in Traction Control* or discon-   City Safety Assist switched on manual- nection caused by the system; OR ly ››› page 175.  Traction Control* in operation Control and warning lamps ››› page 156.   City Safety Assist switched off manually ››› page 175. The control and warning lamps are indicators  Fault in the ABS ››› page 156. Service interval display page 90. of warnings, , faults or certain func-  ››› ››› ››› Rear fog light switched on tions. Some control and warning lamps come  ››› page 103. Start-Stop system activated on when the ignition is switched on, and  ››› page 170. switch off when the engine starts running, or  Fault in the emission control system while driving. ››› page 168. Start-Stop system unavailable . ››› page 170. When certain control and warning lamps are Fault in the petrol engine management  ››› page 168. lit, an audible warning is also heard. WARNING  Fuel tank almost empty ››› page 190. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- Handbrake ››› page 152.  cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci-  Natural gas tank is almost empty  Fault in the brake system ››› page 152. ››› page 190. dents and severe injuries. ● Never ignore the warning lamps.  Engine cooling fluid ››› page 198. Fault in airbag system and seat belt  tensioners ››› page 64. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi-  Engine oil pressure ››› page 195. ble. Tyre monitor system ››› page 212.  ● Park the vehicle away from traffic and Fault in the steering system ensure that there are no highly flammable  ››› page 164. Turn lights or emergency lights on  ››› page 103. materials under the vehicle that could  Driver or passenger has not fastened come into contact with the exhaust system seat belt ››› page 54.  Cruise control ››› page 171. (e.g. dry grass, fuel). Fault in the generator ››› page 203;  Main beam on or flasher on ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci-  OR the Start-Stop system cannot start ››› page 103. dent for the driver and for other road users. the engine ››› page 170. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning A passenger in the rear seats has fas- lamps and put out the warning triangle to  tened their seat belt page 54. Fault in ESC or disconnection caused ››› advise other drivers.  by the system; OR ESC or ASR in operation ››› page 156.  A passenger in the rear seats has not ● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the fastened their seat belt ››› page 54. engine and allow it to cool. »  City Safety Assist ››› page 175.

27 The essentials

● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is The position of each of the gears is shown on Automatic gearbox a hazardous area and could cause severe the gear stick ››› Fig. 36. injuries ›››  page 193. ● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down. CAUTION ● Move the gearbox lever to the required po- Failure to heed the warning lamps when sition ››› in Manual gear change on they appear may result in faults in the vehi- page 159. cle. ● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.

Selecting reverse gear Gearbox lever ● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped. Fig. 37 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears

Manual gearbox ● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way R Reverse gear down ››› in Manual gear change on N Neutral (idling) page 159. D Drive (forward) ● Place the gearbox lever into neutral and push the lever downwards. M Tiptronic mode: pull the lever forwards (+) to go up a gear or backwards (–) to ● Slide the gearbox lever to the right, and go down a gear. then backward as shown on the lever. ● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch. ››› in Automatic gear change on  page 160 ››› in Manual gear change on  page 159  ››› page 160 Fig. 36 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed manual gearbox  ››› page 159

28 The essentials

Air conditioning

How does the Climatronic* work?

Fig. 38 In the centre console, top section: Clima- tronic control panel.

Switching off Switch the system off by pressing several times on the lower button  ››› Fig. 38  Cooling mode The  button switches cooling mode on and off.

Automatic mode  The  button switches the automatic mode on and off. The automatic mode maintains temperature constant in the vehicle’s interior. Temperature and the amount and distribution of air are controlled automatically. Modifying ventilation automatically switches off the automatic mode.

Temperature Press buttons 1 and 2 ››› Fig. 38 to adjust the temperature. The adjusted temperature is displayed on the screen.  Fan The  ››› Fig. 38 buttons are used to adjust fan speed.

: The air is distributed towards the upper part of the body through the dash panel air vents. Air distribution : Air distribution to footwells : Air distribution to the windscreen » 29 The essentials

Removing ice from the windscreen  The  ››› Fig. 38 button is used to remove ice from the windscreen as quickly as possible and to demist it (defrost/demist function). When the temperature is above +3°C (+38°F), the air is dehumidified and fan speed increases.  Air recirculation The  ››› Fig. 38 button switches that air recirculation on and off ››› page 129.

Heated rear window  The  button, located in the upper part of the centre console, switches the heated rear window on and off when the engine is running. The heated rear window switches off automatically after 10 minutes at most.

 ››› in Introduction on page 129  ››› page 129

How does the manual air conditioning and the heating and fresh air system work?

Fig. 39 Centre console, top section: controls for the manual air conditioning and the heating and fresh air system.

Switching off It is switched off by turning the central control 2 to the  ››› Fig. 39 position.

30 The essentials

 Cooling modea) The  button switches cooling mode on and off.

Temperature The left rotary adjuster 1 ››› Fig. 39 is used to adjust the temperature.  Fan The central rotary adjuster 2 ››› Fig. 39 is used to adjust fan speed.

The right rotary adjuster 3 ››› Fig. 39 is used to adjust air distribution. : The air is distributed towards the upper part of the body through the dash panel air vents. : Air distribution to footwells. Air distribution  : Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell. : Removing ice from the windscreen. Ice is removed from the windscreen as fast as possible and the windscreen is demisted (defrost function).  Air recirculation The slider 4 ››› Fig. 39 is used to switch air recirculation on and off ››› page 129.

 ››› in Introduction on page 129  ››› page 129

31 The essentials

Fluid level control Opening the fuel tank cap Oil The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on Filling the fuel tank the right. ● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to Fuel tank capacity open. Around 35.0 l ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary Petrol engines of which approx. 4.0 l are reserve. ›››  page 92.

Natural gas: approx. 11.0 kg; of ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder Natural gas which max. 1.5 kg are reserve of the fuel tank plug and turn the key in an engine Petrol: approx. 10.0 l; of which ap- anticlockwise direction. prox. 5.0 l are reserve ● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an Fig. 41 Engine oil dipstick. anticlockwise direction and rest it on the up- Windscreen washer tank capacity per part of the fuel tank flap ››› Fig. 40. The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres. Closing the fuel tank cap ● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clock- Fuel wise direction until it is fully inserted with a click. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clockwise direction and remove the key. ● Press the tank flap until you hear it click into place. The tank flap must be flush with the Fig. 42 In the engine compartment: Engine oil filler cap. body contour. The level is measured using the dipstick loca-  ››› in Introduction on page 189 ted in the engine compartment. The oil indicator must be between zones A Fig. 40 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in  ››› page 191 and C . It can never go above zone A . the holder ● Zone A : do not add oil.

32 The essentials

● Zone B : you can add oil but keep the level  Coolant specifications in that zone. Recommended by SEAT The engine cooling system is supplied from ● Zone C : add oil until zone B . the factory with a specially treated mixture of SEAT recommends using original SEAT oil to water and at least 40 % of the additive G13 Topping up engine oil guarantee high SEAT engine performance. (TL-VW 774 J), purple. This mixture gives the ● Unscrew cap from oil filler opening. necessary frost protection down to -25°C (-13°F) and protects the light alloy parts of ● Add oil slowly. ››› in Topping up engine oil on the engine cooling system against corrosion. ● At the same time, check the level to ensure  page 197 It also prevents scaling and considerably rai- you do not add too much. ses the boiling point of the coolant. ››› page 195 ● When the oil level reaches at least zone B ,  To protect the cooling system, the percent- unscrew the engine oil filler cap carefully. age of additive must always be at least 40 %, even in warm climates where anti-freeze pro- If the engine oil level is too low Coolant tection is not required. You can get information about the correct en- If for weather reasons further protection is gine oil for your vehicle in your specialised necessary, the proportion of additive may be shop. If you have to change your engine oil, increased, but only up to 60 %; otherwise an- use this oil. tifreeze protection will diminish and this will If the recommended engine oil is not availa- worsen cooling. ble, in the event of an emergency you can When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture change the oil once with a maximum of 0.5 L of distilled water and at least 40 % of the of the next oil until the next oil change: G13 or G12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive (both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti- – Petrol engines: standard VW 504 00, corrosion protection in Checking the VW 502 00, VW 508 00, ACEA C3 or ››› coolant level and topping up on page 200. API SN. Fig. 43 Engine compartment: coolant expan- The mixture of G13 with G12 plus (TL-VW 774 sion tank cap. Have the oil changed by a specialised work- F), G12 (red) or G11 (green-blue) engine coolants will significantly reduce anti-corrosion shop. The coolant tank is located in the engine protection and should therefore be avoided Using engine oil that is compliant with the VW compartment. ››› in Checking the coolant level and 504 00 standard instead of VW 508 00 When the engine is cold, replace the coolant topping up on page 200. » could increase consumption and the vehicle’s when the level is below . CO2 emissions. 33 The essentials

››› in Checking the coolant level Windscreen washer Battery  and topping up on page 199 The battery is located in the engine compart- ››› page 198 ment. It does not require maintenance. It is  checked as part of the Inspection Service.

››› in Introduction on page 203 Brake fluid   ››› page 202

Fig. 45 In the engine compartment: cap of the windscreen washer tank.

The windscreen washer reservoir is located in the engine compartment. To top up, mix water with a product recommended by SEAT. Fig. 44 Engine compartment: brake fluid reservoir cap. In cold temperatures, add anti-freeze for the windshield cleaner. The brake fluid reservoir is located in the engine compartment. ››› in Checking and topping up the windscreen washer reservoir with The level should be between the  and   water on page 202 marks. If it is below , please visit a Technical Service.  ››› page 201 ››› in Checking the brake fluid lev-  el on page 201  ››› page 200

34 The essentials

Emergencies Underneath the instrument panel Replacing a blown fuse The fuse box is located underneath the dash Fuses panel on the driver side ››› Fig. 46. In the engine compartment Fuse location Press the locking tabs to release the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 47.

Identifying fuses situated below the dash panel by colours

Colour Amp rating Fig. 48 Image of a blown fuse. Purple 3

Light brown 5 Preparation ● Switch off the ignition, lights and all electri- Brown 7.5 cal equipment. Fig. 46 On the dashboard on the driver side: Red 10 ● Open the corresponding fuse box lid of the fuse box. Blue 15 ›››  page 79.

Yellow 20 Identifying a blown fuse White or transparent 25 A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured ››› Fig. 48. Green 30 Point a lamp at the fuse to see if the fuse has Orange 40 blown.

 ››› in Introduction on page 78 To replace a fuse ● Remove the fuse. Fig. 47 In the engine compartment: lid of the  ››› page 78 ● Replace the blown fuse by one with an fuse box. identical amperage rating (same colour and markings) and identical size. »

35 The essentials

● Replace the cover again or close the fuse Action in the event of a punc- with a stone or similar to prevent the vehi- box lid. ture cle from moving.

What to do first Bulbs Repairing a tyre with the anti-punc- ● Park the vehicle on a horizontal surface and ture kit Bulbs (12 V) in a safe place as far away from traffic as possible. Light source used for each function ● Apply the handbrake. Halogen headlights. Type ● Switch on the hazard warning lights. Daytime running light/side ● Manual transmission: select the 1st gear. W21/5W light ● Automatic transmission: Move the selector Dipped beam headlights H4 LL lever to position D or R. ● If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from Main beam headlights H4 LL your vehicle. Turn signal PY21W NA ● Have the vehicle tool kit ›››  page 71 and the spare wheel* ready Rear bulb light Type ›››  page 213. Fig. 49 Standard display: contents of the anti- Brake/side lights P21/5W LL ● Observe the applicable legislation for each puncture kit. country (reflective vest, warning triangles, Side lights P21/5W LL etc.). The anti-puncture kit is located under the Turn signal PY21W NA LL ● All occupants should leave the vehicle and floor panel in the luggage compartment. wait in a safe place (for instance behind the Retro fog light P21W roadside crash barrier). Sealing the tyre Reverse lights R10W ● Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Use WARNING the ››› Fig. 49 1 tool to remove the insert. ● Always observe the above steps and pro- Place it on a clean surface. tect yourself and other road users. ● Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously ● If you change the wheel on a slope, block ››› Fig. 49 10 . the wheel on the opposite side of the car

36 The essentials

● Screw the inflator tube ››› Fig. 49 3 into ● Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant is Changing a wheel the sealant bottle. The bottle's seal will break distributed throughout the tyre. automatically. ● Screw the compressor tyre inflator into the Vehicle tool kit ● Remove the lid from the filling tube valve. ››› Fig. 49 3 and screw the open end of the ● Repeat the inflation process. tube into the tyre valve. ● If the indicated pressure still cannot be ● With the tyre sealant bottle upside down, fill reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. Stop the tyre with the contents of the sealant bot- and request assistance from an authorised tle. technician. ● Remove the bottle from the valve. ● Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrew ● Place the insert back into the tyre valve us- the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve. ing the tool ››› Fig. 49 1 . ● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding Inflating the tyre 80 km/h (50 mph). ● Screw the compressor tyre inflator tube ● Attach the sticker ››› Fig. 49 2 to the in- Fig. 50 Components of the vehicle tool kit ››› Fig. 49 5 into the tyre valve. strument cluster, within the driver's visual ● Check that the air bleed screw is closed field. 1 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the ››› Fig. 49 7 . ● Check the pressure again after 10 minutes handle ● Start the engine and leave it running. ›››  page 74. 2 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. ● Insert the connector ››› Fig. 49 9 into the 3 Towline anchorage, removable. vehicle's 12-volt socket ›››  page 120. ››› in TMS (Tyre Mobility System)*  on page 73 4 Wire hook for removing the hub caps. ● Turn the air compressor on with the 5 Jack. ON/OFF switch ››› Fig. 49 8 .  ››› page 73 6 Wheel spanner. ● Keep the air compressor running until it rea- 7 Wheel bolt cap clips. ches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi/200-250 kPa). A maximum of 8 minutes. ● Disconnect the air compressor.  ››› in What to do first on page 36 ● If it does not reach the pressure indicated, unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.  ››› page 70

37 The essentials

Hubcaps Full hubcaps Wheel bolt caps

Fig. 51 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheel Fig. 52 Removing the full hubcap Fig. 53 Removing the wheel bolt caps trim Removing the full hubcap Removal In order to access the wheel bolts, first re- ● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook ● Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools move the hubcap. from the vehicle tool kit ›››  page 70. ›››  page 70) over the cap until it clicks into place ››› Fig. 53. Removing and fitting the hubcap ● Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap. ● Remove the cap with the plastic clip. ● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire ● hook and attach it to the edge of the wheel Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook The caps protect the wheel bolts and should trim ››› Fig. 51. ››› Fig. 52 and pull the hub cap in the direc- be remounted after changing the tyre. tion shown by the arrow. ● Remove the trim by pulling it in the direction The anti-theft wheel bolt has a special cap of the arrow. Fitting hubcaps which is only compatible with anti-theft bolts ● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap and cannot be used for conventional bolts. ● It is necessary to press the hubcap against against the trim until it clicks into place. the wheel so that the space for the valve fits The caps protect the wheel bolts and should over the tyre valve. be remounted after changing the tyre. ● Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the opposite position to the valve.

38 The essentials

Loosening the wheel bolts of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. with the right length and correctly shaped Hold on to the vehicle for support and take bolt heads must be used. This ensures that care not to slip. wheels are fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly. Loosening wheel bolts In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the ● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over same model vehicle should not be used. the wheel bolt ››› Fig. 54. ● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate Wheel bolt tightening torque the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise The prescribed tightening torque for wheel ››› . bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm. Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a reliable Fig. 54 Tyre change: slacken the wheel bolts. For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft torque wrench. wheel lock must be threaded into position If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to ››› Fig. 55 2 before mounting the hubcap. tighten them, the threads should be replaced Otherwise it will not be possible to mount the and cleaned before checking the tighten- entire hubcap. ing torque. ● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the out of the vehicle tool kit. wheel hub threads. Although they have been ● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt tightened to the prescribed torque, they ››› Fig. 55. Push it on as far as it will go. could come loose while driving. ● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far WARNING Fig. 55 Tyre change: tyre valve 1 and posi- as possible. If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly tion of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 . ● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate they could be released while driving lead- the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise ing to loss of vehicle control and serious ● Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle ››› . to loosen the wheel bolts. damage. ● Only use wheel bolts which correspond ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn Important information about wheel bolts to the wheel rims in question. before raising the vehicle with the jack. The wheel rims and bolts have been de- ● Never use different wheel bolts. » ● If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ- able to loosen it by pushing down on the end ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts 39 The essentials

● The bolts and threads should be clean, Raising the vehicle with the jack free of oil and grease and easy to thread. ● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace supplied with the vehicle. ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack. ● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving. ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel Fig. 56 rims with bolted ring trims. Jack position points. ● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Fig. 57 Jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehicle

The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chassis) ››› Fig. 56. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be changed ››› . Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.

40 The essentials

WARNING Removing and fitting a wheel ● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position. If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing serious injury. ● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slight- Please observe the following rules to mini- ly using the hexagonal socket on the end of mise the risk of injury: the wheel brace. ● You should only use a jack approved by ● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even use the corresponding adaptor. those approved for other SEAT models, ● Lower the car with the jack. might slip out of place. ● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise ● The ground should be firm and flat. If the ››› . Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (not ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle in a circle). could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base. Fig. 58 Changing the tyre: loosen wheel bolts ● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on with the socket at the end of the wheel brace page 38. ● If the ground is slippery, such as tiles, ››› place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for in- Change the wheel after loosening the wheel stance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping. WARNING bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack. ● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or not tightened to the correct torque then points. The claw of the jack should grip the Removing the wheel reinforcement nerve on the underbody this could lead to loss of vehicle control ››› Fig. 57. ● Slacken the wheel bolts ››› page 39. and to a serious accident. ● You should never place a body limb such ● Raise the vehicle ››› page 40. ● All the wheel bolts and hub threads as an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that ● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel should be clean and free of oil and grease. is solely supported by the jack. brace ››› Fig. 58, unscrew the slackened The wheel bolts should be easily tightened to the correct torque. ● If you have to work underneath the vehi- wheel bolts and place them on a clean sur- cle, you must use suitable stands addition- face. ● The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace ally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of should be used for turning wheel bolts only. ● Take off the wheel. accident!. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts. ● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one How to use the spare wheel or temporary side or the engine is running. spare wheel ● Never start the engine when the vehicle is Check the direction of rotation of the tyre raised. The vehicle may come loose from  page 214, Tyre code. the jack due to the engine vibrations. ›››

41 The essentials

Tyres with compulsory direction of ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be- rotation bolts checked as soon as possible with a tor- fore fitting snow chains ››› . The wheel bolts que wrench ››› page 39. should be covered with caps for safety rea- A directional tread pattern can be identified ● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as sons. These are available from technical by the arrows on the sidewall that point in the possible. services. direction of rotation. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when fitting the Temporary spare wheel wheel to guarantee optimum properties of For technical reasons, snow chains must not this type of tyres with regard to grip, noises, Snow chains be used on the compact temporary spare wear and aquaplaning. wheel ›››  page 213. Use If it is absolutely necessary to fit the spare If it is necessary to fit chains with the tempo- tyre* against the direction of rotation, drive When using snow chains, applicable local rary spare wheel in use, install the wheel on with care as this means the tyre does not of- legislation and maximum permitted speed the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front fer optimum driving properties. This is of par- limits must be observed. wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, in- ticular importance when the road surface is stead of the damaged front wheel. In this sit- wet. In winter weather, snow chains not only help uation, observe the rotating direction of the to improve grip but also improve the braking To return to directional tread tires, replace the wheels. SEAT recommends attaching the capacity. punctured tyre as soon as possible and re- snow chains before fitting the wheel. store the obligatory direction of rotation of all The fitting of chains is permitted only on tyres. front wheels and with the following combi- WARNING nations of wheel trims and tyres: The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious accidents and After the wheel change Tyre size Wheel rim damage. ● Always the appropriate snow chains. 165/70 R14 ● Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and 5 J x 14 offset of 35 ● Observe the fitting instructions provided put them away in the luggage compartment 175/65 R14 by the snow chain manufacturer. foam holder ›››  page 70. ● Never exceed the maximum permitted SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv- ● Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare speeds when driving with snow chains. ice for further information on wheel, tyre and wheel or the changed wheel securely in the chain sizes. luggage compartment. CAUTION Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas- uring less than 15 mm including the lock. ● Remove the snow chains to drive on roads without snow. Otherwise they will 42 The essentials

impair vehicle handling, damage the tyres Towline anchorages ● The brake must be depressed much harder and wear out very quickly. Attach the bar or rope to the towline ancho- as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle. ● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratch- rages. ed if the chains come into direct contact ● Note the instructions and information con- It is located with the vehicle's tools with them. SEAT recommends the use of tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- ›››  page 70. covered snow chains. cle to be towed. Screw the front towline anchorage into the Note screw connection ››› Fig. 59 and tighten it Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle with the wheel brace. ● Snow chains are available in different sizes Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sudden manoeuvres. according to the vehicle type. Tow rope or tow bar ● Brake well in advance than usual and brake When towing, the tow bar is the safest and gently. vehicle friendly way. You should only use a ● Note the instructions and information con- tow rope if you do not have a tow bar. Emergency towing of the ve- tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- hicle A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid cle to be towed. damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to Towing use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim- Driving style ilarly elastic material. Towing requires some experience, especially ● Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the when using a tow rope. Both drivers should towline anchorage or specially designed fit- realise how difficult it is to tow a vehicle. Inex- ting. perienced drivers should not attempt to tow. Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle and take care to avoid jerking the tow rope. ● Keep the ignition running to prevent the When towing on an unpaved road, there is al- steering wheel from locking and also to allow ways a risk of overloading and damaging the the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen anchorage points. wipers and washers. Switch on the ignition so that the turn signals, Fig. 59 Right side of the front bumper: towline ● As the power assisted steering does not windscreen wipers and windscreen washer anchorage screwed in. work if the engine is not running, you will need can work. Ensure that the steering wheel is more strength to steer than normally. unlocked and moves freely. »

43 The essentials

Place the gear lever in neutral on vehicles However, if your vehicle must absolutely WARNING with a manual gearbox. With an automatic be tow-started (manual gearbox): gearbox, place the lever in N. Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly ● Put it into second or third gear. jump starting could cause the battery to To brake, press the brake pedal firmly. The ● Keep the clutch pressed down. explode resulting in serious injury. Please brake servo does not work when the engine is observe the following rules to minimise the ● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- switched off. risk of a battery explosion: ing lights. ● The battery providing current must have The power steering only works when the igni- ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are tion is switched on, provided that the battery the same voltage (12V) and approximately moving. the same capacity (see markings on bat- is sufficiently charged. Otherwise, it will need ● As soon as the engine starts, press the tery) as the flat battery. more force. clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. ● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at all This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- battery. A flat battery can also freeze at times. ing vehicle. temperatures close to 0°C (+32°F). ● If a battery is frozen and/or has been fro- ››› in Instructions for tow-starting zen then it must be replaced.  on page 76 How to jump start ● A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- ››› page 75 leased when the battery is being charged.  Always keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparks Jump leads and fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile telephone when connecting and re- If the engine fails to start because of a dis- moving the jump leads. Tow-starting charged battery, the battery of another vehi- ● Charge the battery only in well ventila- cle can be used to start the engine. Before ted areas given that when the battery is In general, the vehicle should not be star- starting, check the magic eye on the battery charged by outside assistance, it creates a ted by towing. Jump-starting is much more ›››  page 202. preferable ››› page 44. mix of highly explosive gases. For starting assistance, jump lead cables ● Jump leads should never enter into con- For technical reasons, the following vehicles conforming to the standard DIN 72553 are re- tact with moving parts in the engine com- can not be tow started: quired (see the cable manufacturer instruc- partment. tions). The cable section in vehicles with pet- ● ● Never switch the positive and negative Vehicles with an automatic gearbox. 2 rol engine must be at least 25 mm . poles or connect the jump leads incorrect- ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that ly. the engine control unit does not operate correctly. ● Note the instruction manual provided by the manufacturer of the jump leads. 44 The essentials

CAUTION 5. Connect the other end of the black jump lead X to a solid metal component bol- To avoid considerable damage to the vehi- ted to the engine block or to the engine cle electrical system, note the following block itself of the vehicle with the flat carefully: battery. Do not connect it to a point near ● If the jump leads are incorrectly connec- the battery A . ted, this could result in a short circuit. 6. Position the leads in such a way that ● The vehicles must not touch each other, they cannot come into contact with any otherwise electricity could flow as soon as moving parts in the engine compart- the positive terminals are connected. ment. Fig. 61 Diagram of connections for vehicles with Start Stop system Starting How to jump start: description 7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the Jump lead terminal connections boosting battery and let it run at idling 1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles speed. ››› . 8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the 2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to flat battery and wait for 2 or 3 minutes the positive + terminal of the vehicle until the engine is running. with the flat battery A ››› Fig. 60. 3. Connect the other end of the red jump Removing the jump leads lead to the positive terminal + in the ve- 9. Before you remove the jump leads, hicle providing assistance B . switch off the dipped beam headlights if 4a. In vehicles without a Start-Stop system: they are switched on. Fig. 60 Diagram of connections for vehicles connect one end of the black jump lead 10. Turn on the heater blower and heated without Start Stop system to the negative terminal – of the vehicle rear window in the vehicle with the flat providing the current B ››› Fig. 60. battery. This helps minimise voltage 4b. In vehicles with a Start-stop system: peaks which are generated when the connect one end of the black jump lead leads are disconnected. X to a suitable ground terminal, to a sol- 11. When the engine is running, disconnect id piece of metal in the engine block, or the leads in reverse order to the details to the engine block itself ››› Fig. 61. given above. »

45 The essentials

Make sure the battery clamps have sufficient ● Never attach the negative cable to fuel Changing the wiper blades metal-to-metal contact with the battery ter- system components or the brake lines in minals. the other vehicle. Windscreen wipers service posi- If the engine fails to start after about 10 sec- ● The non-insulated parts of the battery tion onds, switch off the starter and try again after clamps must not be allowed to touch. The about 1 minute. jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not touch metal parts of the WARNING vehicle, this can cause a short circuit. ● Position the leads in such a way that they ● Please note the safety warnings referring cannot come into contact with any moving to working in the engine compartment parts in the engine compartment. ›››  page 193. ● Do not lean on the batteries. This could ● The battery providing assistance must result in chemical burns. have the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on battery). Failure to com- Note ply could result in an explosion. The vehicles must not touch each other, Fig. 62 Wipers in service position. ● Never use jump leads when one of the otherwise electricity could flow as soon as batteries is frozen. Danger of explosion! the positive terminals are connected. The wiper arms can be raised when the wip- Even after the battery has thawed, battery ers are in service position ››› Fig. 62. acid could leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced. ● Close the bonnet ›››  page 193. ● Keep sparks, flames and lighted ciga- ● Switch the ignition on and off. rettes away from batteries, danger of ex- ● Press the windscreen wiper lever down- plosion. Failure to comply could result in an wards briefly ››› Fig. 33 4 . explosion. ● Observe the instructions provided by the Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. manufacturer of the jump leads. When the ignition is switched on, the wind- ● Do not connect the negative cable from screen wiper arms return to their initial posi- the other vehicle directly to the negative tion upon activating the windscreen wiper terminal of the flat battery. The gas emit- lever. ted from the battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.  ››› page 75

46 The essentials

Changing the front wiper blades Cleaning windscreen wiper blades posite direction to the arrow B and hook into ● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. place. This feature is operational when the knob is in position (arrow A ). ● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt ● from the windscreen wiper blades. Return the windscreen wiper arm to the windscreen. Do not let it simply drop down! ● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp cloth may be used in Changing ››› ››› in Changing the windscreen the windscreen and rear window wiper and rear window wiper blades on blades on page 75.  page 75

Changing the windscreen wiper blades  ››› page 75 ● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. Fig. 63 Changing the front wiper blades ● Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 63 1 while gently pulling the blade in the direction of the arrow. ● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length and design on to the wiper arm and hook it into place. ● Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.

Changing the rear wiper blade ● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at Fig. 64 Changing the rear wiper blade an angle of approximately 60° ››› Fig. 64. ● Press and hold the release button 1 . Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms ● Fold the wiper blade towards the wind- The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point screen wiper arm ››› Fig. 64 (arrow A ) while where it is fastened to the blade. pulling in the direction of arrow B . You might The wiper should be in service position before have to apply a lot of force. unfolding it ›››  page 108. ● Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper arm in the op-

47 Safety

Before driving – Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your Safety passengers also to fasten their seat belts For your own safety and the safety of your properly ››› page 53. Safe driving passengers, always note the following points before every trip: Driving advice – Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn What affects driving safety? signals are working properly. As a driver, you are responsible for yourself Safety first! – Check tyre pressure. and your passengers. When your concentra- – Ensure that all windows provide a clear and tion or driving safety is affected by any cir- WARNING good view of the surroundings. cumstance, you endanger yourself as well as others on the road ››› , for this reason: ● This manual contains important informa- – Make sure all luggage is secured tion about the operation of the vehicle, ››› page 114. – Always pay attention to traffic and do not both for the driver and the passengers. The get distracted by passengers or telephone other sections of the on-board documenta- – Make sure that no objects can interfere with calls. tion also contain further information that the pedals. you should be aware of for your own safety – Never drive when your driving ability is im- – Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors and for the safety of your passengers. paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs). properly according to your size. ● Ensure that the on-board documentation – Observe traffic laws and speed limits. is kept in the vehicle at all times. This is es- – Ensure that the passengers in the rear seats – Always reduce your speed as appropriate pecially important when lending or selling always have the head restraints in the infor road, traffic and weather conditions. the vehicle to another person. use position ››› page 52. – Instruct passengers to adjust the head re- – When travelling long distances, take breaks WARNING straints according to their height. regularly - at least every two hours.

Driving under the influence of alcohol, – Protect children with appropriate child – If possible, avoid driving when you are tired drugs, medication or narcotics may result seats and properly applied seat belts or stressed. in severe accidents and even loss of life. ››› page 65. ● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics WARNING – Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct may significantly alter perception, affect When driving safety is impaired during a your passengers also to assume a proper reaction times and safety while driving, trip, the risk of injury and accidents increa- sitting position ››› page 49. which could result in the loss of control of ses. the vehicle.

48 Safe driving

Safety equipment Correct position of the vehi- If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct sitting position, Never put your safety or the safety of your cle occupants contact a specialised workshop for help with passengers in danger. In the event of an acci- any special devices. The seat belt and airbag dent, the safety equipment may reduce the Correct sitting position can only provide optimum protection if a cor- risk of injury. The following points cover part rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom- of the safety equipment in your SEAT: mends taking your car in for technical service. ● three-point seat belts, For your own safety and to reduce the risk of ● belt tension limiters for the front seats, injury in the event of an accident or sudden ● belt tensioners for the front seats, braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the ● front airbags, following positions: ● side airbags in the front seat backrests, Valid for the driver: ● “ISOFIX” anchor points for child seats in the ● rear side seats with the “ISOFIX” system, Adjust the seat backrest to an upright position so that your back rests completely Fig. 65 The proper distance between driver ● rear head restraints with in-use position and against it. non-use position, and steering wheel. ● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance of ● adjustable steering column. at least 25 cm between the steering wheel The safety equipment mentioned above and your chest ››› Fig. 65 and so that you works together to provide you and your pas- can hold the steering wheel with both hands sengers with the best possible protection in on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and the event of an accident. However, these 3 o'clock positions with your arms slightly safety systems can only be effective if you bent. and your passengers are sitting in a correct ● The adjusted steering wheel must face your position and use this equipment properly. chest and not your face. Safety is everyone's business! ● Adjust the driver seat forwards or backwards so that you are able to press the ac- Fig. 66 Correct belt web and head restraint celerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor positions with your knees slightly angled and the distance between your knees and the dash pan- The correct sitting positions for the driver and el is at least 10 cm ››› Fig. 65. » passengers are shown below. 49 Safety

● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that ● Short people must lower the head restraint ● Never adjust the steering wheel while the you can easily reach the top of the steering to the first anchorage position, even if your vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust wheel. head is below its upper edge. the steering wheel while the vehicle is in ● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you ● Tall people must raise the head restraint motion, stop safely and make the proper have the vehicle under control at all times. completely. adjustment. ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while ● The adjusted steering wheel should be ››› page 53. the vehicle is in motion. facing your chest and not your face so as not to hinder the driver's front airbag pro- ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly tection in the event of an accident. Valid for the passenger: ››› page 53. ● When driving, always hold the steering ● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- wheel with both hands on the outside of the tion so that your back rests completely ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions against it. Adjusting the steering wheel posi- to reduce injuries when the driver's front ● Move the front passenger seat back as far tion airbag deploys. as possible for optimum protection should the ● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 airbag deploy. Read the additional information carefully o'clock position or in any other manner ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while ›››  page 15. (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, the vehicle is in motion. Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and you may sustain injuries to your arms, ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly only when the vehicle is stationary. hands and head. ››› page 53. Adjust the correct distance between the driver and the steering wheel ››› Fig. 65 using the Valid for the passengers in the rear sec- controls on the driver seat ›››  page 14. tion: Danger of injuries due to an incorrect sitting position ● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper WARNING edge is at the same level as the top of your Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust- Number of seats head, or as close as possible to the same lev- ment function and an incorrect adjustment The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front el as the top of your head and under no cir- of the steering wheel can result in severe or seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equipped cumstances below eye level. Keep the back fatal injury. with a seat belt. of your neck as close as possible to the head ● After adjusting the steering column, push restraint ››› Fig. 65 and ››› Fig. 66. the lever firmly upwards to ensure the If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at steering wheel does not accidentally all, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seat change position while driving. belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt web is properly worn. Being seated in 50 Safe driving an incorrect position means the seat belt ● Never travel on a seat without wearing the WARNING cannot offer its full protection. This could re- seat belt. sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat ● Never carry any person in the luggage belt and the head restraints and instruct of severe or fatal injuries is especially height- compartment. your passengers to fasten their seat belts ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi- properly. cle occupant who has assumed an incorrect WARNING sitting position. The driver is responsible for all ● Move the front passenger seat back as passengers in the vehicle, particularly chil- An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle far as possible. can lead to severe injuries or death in the dren. ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, least 25 cm distance between your chest The following list shows just some examples collision or accidents or if the airbag de- and the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust of incorrect sitting positions which can be ploys. the driver seat so that you are able to press dangerous to all vehicle occupants. ● Before the vehicle moves, assume the the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to proper sitting position and maintain it the floor with your knees slightly angled When the vehicle is in motion: throughout the trip. This also includes fas- and that the distance between your knees ● Never stand in the vehicle. tening the seat belt. and the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your ● Never transport more people than there physical constitution prevents you from ● Never stand on the seats. are seats with a seat belt available in the meeting these requirements, contact a ● Never kneel on the seats. vehicle. specialised workshop to make any modifications required. ● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the ● Children must always be protected with rear. an approved child restraint system suited ● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far back. The further the seat backrests are ● Never lean against the dash panel. to their height and weight ››› page 65, ››› page 60. tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of in- ● Never lie on the rear seats. jury due to incorrect positioning of the belt ● Always keep your feet in the footwell web or to the incorrect sitting position! ● Never sit on the front edge of a seat. while the vehicle is in motion. Never, for ex- ● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted ● Never sit sideways. ample, put your feet on the surface of a seat or on the dash panel and never put forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it ● Never lean out of a window. them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag could throw the seat backrest backwards ● Never put your feet out of a window. and seat belt offer insufficient protection and injure the passengers of the rear seats. ● Never put your feet on the dash panel. and the risk of injury in the event of an acci- ● Sit as far away as possible from the dent is increased. steering wheel and the dash panel. ● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat or seat backrest. ● Keep your back straight and resting completely against the seat backrest and the ● Never travel in a footwell. front seats correctly adjusted. Never place »

51 Safety

any part of your body in the area of the air- Adjusting the rear head restraints of your neck as close as possible to the head bag or very close to it. restraint. ● If passengers on the rear seats are not sitting in an upright position, the risk of se- Adjusting the head restraint for short peo- vere injury due to incorrect positioning of ple the belt web increases. Set the head restraint in the first anchorage position, even if your head is below its upper WARNING edge. When the head restraint is at its lowest, it is possible that a small gap remains be- Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to ac- tween it and the seat backrest. cidents and severe injuries. ● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is Adjusting the head restraint for tall people stationary, as the seats could move unex- Fig. 67 Adjusting the rear head restraints pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and Raise the head restraint completely. you could lose control of the vehicle. Fur- All seats are equipped with a head restraint. thermore, an incorrect position is adopted WARNING The front seat head restraints are integrated when adjusting the seat. Travelling with the head restraints removed in the backrests and adjusting them is not ● Only adjust the height, seat backrest and or improperly adjusted increases the risk of forwards or backwards position of the seat possible. severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- when there is nobody in the seat adjust- dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres. Adjusting height ment area. ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint ● There must be no objects blocking the ● Push the head restraint up or down in the properly whenever a person is occupying a front seat adjustment area. direction of the arrow with the button press- seat. ed ››› Fig. 67 1 ››› . ● All vehicle occupants must correctly ad- ● The head restraint must engage securely in just the head restraint according to their position. height to reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of an accident. The upper edge Correct adjustment of head restraints of the head restraint must be as close as possible to the same level as the top of Adjust the head restraint so that its upper your head and under no circumstances be- edge is at the same level as the top of your low eye level. Keep the back of your neck head, or as close as possible to the same lev- as close as possible to the head restraint. el as the top of your head and under no cir- ● Never adjust the head restraint while the cumstances below eye level. Keep the back vehicle is in motion. 52 Seat belts

Pedal area CAUTION Seat belts The pedals must always have free and un- Pedals obstructed passage to the floor. For exam- Why wear a set belt ple, in case of a fault in the brake circuit, Do not allow floor mats or other objects to the brake pedal will need to be pressed fur- obstruct the free passage of the pedals. ther to stop the vehicle. To press the brake Introduction pedal down further will require more force Floor mats should leave the pedal area free than usual. Check the condition of all the seat belts at and unobstructed and be correctly secured regular intervals. If you notice that the belt in the footwell zone. webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the brake pedal must be pressed harder than belt must be replaced immediately by a spe- normal to brake the vehicle. cialised workshop ››› . The specialised workshop must use the appropriate spare WARNING parts corresponding to the vehicle, the equipment and the model year. SEAT recommends Objects falling into the driver's footwell taking your car in for technical service. could prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehi- WARNING cle, increasing the risk of a serious accident. Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even fatal inju- ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all ries. The seat belt cannot offer its full pro- times, with no objects rolling underneath tection if it is not fastened and used cor- them. rectly. ● Always secure the mat in the footwell. ● Seat belts are the most effective way of ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of reducing the risk of sustaining severe or fa- the original mat supplied by the factory. tal injuries in the event of an accident. Seat ● Ensure that no objects can fall into the belts must be correctly fastened when the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in mo- vehicle is in motion to protect the driver tion. and all vehicle occupants. ● Before each trip, every occupant in the vehicle occupants must sit properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keep it fastened throughout » 53 Safety

the trip. This also applies to other vehicle ● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming occupants when driving in town. it in the door or the seat mechanism. ● When travelling, children must be se- ● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt cured in the vehicle with a child restraint are damaged, the seat belts could break in system suitable for their weight and height the event of an accident or sudden braking. and with the seat belts correctly fastened ● Always have damaged seat belts re- ››› page 65. placed immediately by seat belts ap- ● Instruct your passengers to fasten their proved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. seat belts properly before driving off. Seat belts which have been worn in an ac- ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for cident and stretched must be replaced by the appropriate seat and ensure it is en- a specialised workshop. Renewal may be Fig. 69 Indication of seat belt status in the rear gaged. Using the latch plate in the buckle necessary even if there is no apparent seats on the instrument panel display of another seat will not protect you proper- damage. The belt anchorage should also ly and may cause severe injuries. be checked.  Lights up or flashes ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to ● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself. All repairs to Driver's seat belt not fastened or front passenger enter the buckle fastenings. This could seat belt not fastened if the front passenger seat is seat belts, retractors and buckles must be damage the buckles and seat belts. occupied. carried out by a specialised workshop. ● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the Fasten your seat belt! vehicle is moving. Objects over the passenger seat. ● Never allow more than one passenger to Remove any objects from the front passenger seat share the same seat belt. Warning lamp and store them safely. ● Never hold children or babies on your lap sharing the same seat belt.  It lights up

● Bulky and unbuttoned clothing, such as a A passenger in the rear seats has not fastened their coat worn over a sweatshirt, impairs the seat belt, if the seat is occupied.* proper fit and function of the seat belt. Fasten your seat belt!

WARNING  It lights up

It is extremely dangerous to drive using A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seat damaged seat belts and could result in se- belt, if the seat is occupied.* rious injury or loss of life. Fig. 68 Warning lamp on the instrument panel

54 Seat belts

Several warning and control lamps light up The protective function of seat belts before every trip, even when "just driving for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- belts around the corner". ed on, signalling that the function is being Ensure that your passengers wear their seat verified. They will switch off after a few sec- belts as well. Accident statistics have shown onds. that wearing seat belts is an effective means An audible warning will be heard if the seat of substantially reducing the risk of injury and belts are not fastened as the vehicle drives improving the chances of survival when in- off and reaches a speed of more then volved in a serious accident. Furthermore, 25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are un- properly worn seat belts improve the protec- fastened while the vehicle is in motion. The tion provided by airbags in the event of an seat belt warning lamp  will also flash. accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most countries. The warning lamp  does not switch off until the driver and front passenger fasten their Although your vehicle is equipped with air- seat belts while the ignition is switched on. Fig. 70 Drivers with properly worn seat belts bags, the seat belts must be fastened and will not be thrown forward in the event of sud- worn. The front airbags, for example, are only den braking. Seat belt status display for rear seats triggered in some cases of head-on collision. The front airbags will not be triggered during The seat belt status display on the instrument Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants minor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli- panel informs the driver, when the ignition is in the proper position. They also help prevent sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air- switched on, whether any passengers in the uncontrolled movements that may result in bag trigger threshold value in the control unit rear seats have fastened their seat belts. The serious injury and reduce the risk of being is not exceeded.  symbol indicates that the passenger in this thrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci- seat has fastened “his or her” seat belt dent. Therefore, you should always wear your seat Fig. 69. ››› Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts belt and ensure that all vehicle occupants have fastened their seat belts properly before The seat belt status is displayed for around correctly benefit greatly from the ability of you drive off! 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats the belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition, is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off the front part of your vehicle and other pas- this display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button. sive safety features (such as the airbag system) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener- Using seat belts The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of gy released in a collision. Taken together, all 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats these features reduce the releasing kinetic Twisted seat belt is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. An energy and consequently, the risk of injury. audible warning will also be heard if the vehi- If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from the This is why it is so important to fasten seat cle is travelling at over 25 km/h (15 mph). guide, the seat belt may have become » 55 Safety

twisted inside the side trim after being wound Head-on collisions and the laws of ergy called “kinetic energy” starts acting on too quickly on unfastening: physics both the vehicle and its passengers. ● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on pulling on the latch plate. the speed of the vehicle and on the weight of the vehicle and of its passengers. The higher ● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assisting the speed and the greater the weight, the it by hand. more energy there is to be “absorbed” in an The seat belt must be fastened even if it is im- accident. possible to untwist it. In this case, the twisted The most significant factor, however, is the area must not be in an area in direct contact speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles with your body. Have the seat belt untwisted from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), urgently by a specialised workshop. for example, the corresponding kinetic energy is multiplied by four. WARNING Fig. 71 A driver not wearing a seat belt is thrown forward violently. Because the vehicle occupants in our exam- An improperly handled seat belt increases ple are not restrained by seat belts, in the the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries. event of crashing against a wall, all of the oc- ● Regularly check that the seat belts and cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbed their components are in perfect condition. solely by said impact. ● Always keep your seat belt clean. Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to ● Do not jam or damage the seat belt or 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod- rub it with sharp edges. ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne ● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign (1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle. even higher. Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-on Fig. 72 The unbelted passenger in the rear seat is thrown forward violently, hitting the driv- collision, they will move forward at the same er who is wearing a seat belt. speed their vehicle was travelling just before the impact. This example applies not only to The effects of the laws of physics in the case head-on collisions, but to all accidents and of a head-on collision are easy to explain: the collisions. moment a vehicle starts moving, a type of en-

56 Seat belts

Even at low speeds the forces acting on the How to properly adjust your body in a collision are so great that it is not possible to brace oneself with one's hands. In seat belt a frontal collision, unbelted passengers are thrown forward and will make violent contact Fastening and unfastening seat with the steering wheel, dash panel, wind- belt screen or whatever else is in the way ››› Fig. 71. It is also important for rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they could otherwise be thrown forward violently through the vehicle interior in an accident. Passengers in Fig. 74 Position of seat belt during pregnancy. the rear seats who do not use seat belts endanger not only themselves but also the front Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle oc- occupants ››› Fig. 72. cupants in the position that most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking ››› .

Fastening the seat belt Fasten your seat belt before each trip.

● Correctly adjust the front seat ››› page 49. ● Engage the seat backrest in the upright position and correctly adjust the hear restraint ››› . ● Pull the latch plate and place the belt web- Fig. 73 Positioning and removing the seat belt buckle. bing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so ››› . ● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat ››› Fig. 73 A. ● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the buckle. » 57 Safety

Unfastening the seat belt ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie The seat belt must not be unfastened until the bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up on the centre of the shoulder, never across vehicle has come to a standstill ››› . any slack. the neck or the arm. In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfort- ● Press the red button on the buckle ably on the torso ››› Fig. 73 B. The latch plate will come out of must lie evenly across the chest and as low ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie the buckle. as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach and must be worn properly at all across the pelvis, never across the stom- ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls times during the pregnancy ››› Fig. 74. ach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit com- up easily and the trim will not be damaged. fortably on the pelvis Pull the belt tight if Adapting the position of the belt webbing necessary to take up any slack. Correct seat belt position to your size ● For pregnant women, the lap part of the seat belt must lie as low as possible over Seat belts offer their maximum protection in The seat belt can be adapted using the fol- the pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding” the event of an accident and reduce the risk lowing equipment: of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when the stomach. they are properly positioned. Furthermore, if ● Front seat height adjustment. ● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas- the webbing is correctly positioned, the seat tened. belt will hold the vehicle occupants in the op- WARNING ● Never pull the seat belt away from your timum position to ensure the airbag provides body using your hand. An incorrectly worn seat belt web can the maximum protection. The seat belt must cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of ● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or therefore always be worn and the webbing an accident. fragile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys. correctly positioned. ● The seat belt cannot offer its full protec- ● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe tion unless the seat backrest is in an up- or similar instruments to alter the position or even fatal injuries ››› page 49, Correct right position and the seat belt is worn cor- of the belt webbing. position of the vehicle occupants. rectly, according to your size. ● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehi- Note ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie cle is in motion can cause severe or fatal If your physical constitution prevents you on the centre of the shoulder, never across injuries in the event of an accident or sud- from maintaining the correct position of the the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind den braking. the shoulder. belt webbing, contact a specialised work- ● The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt shop for help with any special devices to ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across can cause severe injuries if the belt moves ensure the optimum protection of the seat the pelvis, never across the stomach. from hard areas of the body to soft areas belt and airbag. SEAT recommends taking (e.g. the stomach). your car in for technical service.

58 Seat belts

Seat belt tensioners gered in the event of the vehicle overturning if regulations must be observed. These require- the side airbags are not deployed. ments are known to specialised workshops. If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is Automatic belt retractor, belt ten- WARNING sioner, belt tension limiter produced. This is normal and it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle. ● Improper use or repairs not carried out by qualified mechanics increase the risk of se- Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety con- vere or fatal injuries. The belt tensioners cept page 60 and consist of the follow- Belt tension limiter ››› may fail to trigger or may trigger in the ing important functions: The belt tension limiter reduces the force of wrong circumstances. the seat belt on the body in the event of an ● Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or Automatic belt retainer accident. install parts of the belt tensioners or seat Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belts. Note belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt is ● The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and au- pulled slowly or during normal driving, the The relevant safety requirements must be tomatic retractor cannot be repaired. system allows for total freedom of movement observed when the vehicle is dismantled or ● Any work on the belt tensioners and seat on the shoulder belt. However, during sudden system components are removed. These belts, including the removal and refitting of requirements are known to specialised braking, during travel in mountains or bends system parts in conjunction with other re- workshops ››› page 59. and during acceleration, the automatic belt pair work, must be performed by a special- retainer on the seat belt is locked is pulled ised workshop only. quickly. ● The belt tensioners will only provide pro- Service and disposal of belt ten- tection for one accident and must be Belt tensioners sion devices changed if they have been activated. The seat belts for the occupants in the front seats are equipped with belt tensioners. If you work on the belt tensioners or remove For the sake of the environment and install other parts of the vehicle when Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se- performing other repair work, the seat belt Airbag modules and belt tensioners may vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions and may be damaged. The consequence may be contain perchlorate. Observe the legal re- retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat that, in the event of an accident, the belt ten- quirements for their disposal. belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the for- sioners function incorrectly or not at all. wards movement of occupants or movement in the direction of the collision. The belt ten- So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner sioner works in combination with the airbag is not reduced and that removed parts do not system. The belt tensioner will not be trig- cause any injuries or environmental pollution,

59 Safety

Airbag system ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, Airbags act in conjunction with the three- friction can cause the generation of heat. point seat belts in certain accident situations, when the vehicle deceleration rate is severe Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower enough to trigger the airbags. Airbags only Brief introduction part of the body. deploy once and only under certain circum- Introduction The most important factors for triggering the stances. Seat belts remain present to offer airbag are the type of accident, the angle of protection in situations where airbags are not Front airbags have been installed for both impact, the vehicle speed and the character- triggered or where they have already de- driver and passenger. The front airbags can istics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore, ployed. For example, when a vehicle hits an- also protect the chest and head of driver and airbags are not triggered every time the vehi- other after an initial collision or is hit by an- passenger if the seats, seat belts head re- cle is visibly damaged. other vehicle. straints and, for the driver, the steering wheel The activation of the airbag system depends The airbag system is an integral part of the are correctly adjusted and used. Airbags are on the magnitude of the deceleration of the car's passive safety system. The airbag sys- considered as additional safety equipment. vehicle caused by a collision, which registers tem can only work effectively when the vehi- An airbag cannot replace the seat belt, which through an electronic control unit. If the de- cle occupants are wearing their seat belts must be worn at all times, even in front seats celeration magnitude value is below the ref- correctly and have adjusted the head re- where front airbags have been installed. erence value programmed in the control unit, straints properly  ››› page 49. The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the airbags will not deploy even though seri- the event of an accidents, cushioning the ous damage might be caused to the vehicle WARNING as the result of an accident. Damage suf- movement of the occupants in the direction Never exclusively trust the airbag system of the collision in frontal and side accidents. fered by the vehicle, reparation costs or ab- as a means of protection. sence of damage suffered from the accident ● Even when triggered, airbag protection is Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. are not indications of whether an airbag only auxiliary. This causes the airbag covers to break and should have been deployed. Due to the vary- the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in ing nature of collision situations, it is impossi- ● The airbags provide the best protection their entire deployment space within frac- ble to define a speed range of the vehicle when the seat belts are properly fastened, tions of a second. When an occupant with the and reference values. For this reason, it is not thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries seat belt properly fastened puts pressure on possible to cover all types of collisions and ››› page 53, Why wear a set belt. the inflated airbag, the propellant gas es- collision angles resulting in the deployment of ● Before each trip, every occupant must sit capes to absorb the force of the impact and the airbag. Factors necessary for the airbag properly, correctly fasten the seat belt be- slow the movement. This reduces the risk of to be deployed can be, the characteristics of longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas- severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment the object (hard or soft) against which the ve- tened throughout the trip. This rule is valid does not mean that other types of injury such hicle collides, the collision angle and the ve- for all vehicle occupants. as swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be hicle speed. 60 Airbag system

WARNING ● Have any repairs or modifications carried WARNING out at a specialised workshop. Specialised Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag workshops have the necessary tools, diag- must never carry any objects in the deploy- modules to become porous. If an airbag is nostics equipment, repair information and ment space between them and the airbags, accidentally triggered, the detachment of qualified personnel. as this increases the risk of sustaining inju- plastic parts could cause serious injury. ● Never fit recycled or reused airbag com- ries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies ● Never clean the dash panel and the sur- ponents in your vehicle. the airbag deployment space or the ob- faces of the airbag modules with cleaners jects may fly uncontrollably and hit your ● Never modify the airbag system compo- containing solvents. body. nents. ● Never carry objects in your hand or on your lap while the vehicle is in motion. WARNING Description of airbag system ● Never transport objects on the front pas- If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is senger seat. In the event of sudden braking produced. This is normal and it is not an in- Vehicle safety components and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in dication of fire in the vehicle. the airbag deployment space and fly un- The following safety equipment makes up the controllably around the interior if the air- ● This fine dust may irritate the skin and vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of se- bag is activated. eyes and cause breathing difficulties, par- vere and fatal injuries. Depending on the ve- ticularly in people suffering from or who ● Occupants of the front and rear seats hicle equipment, some equipment may not have suffered from asthma or other illness- must never carry any other people, pets or be fitted in the vehicle or may not be availa- es of the respiratory tract. To reduce objects in the deployment space between ble in some markets. breathing difficulties, get out of the vehicle them and the airbags. Make sure children and open and doors and windows to breath ● Optimised seat belts for all seats. and other passengers also respect this in fresh air. recommendation. ● Seat belt tension devices for driver and ● Should you touch the dust, wash your passenger. hands and face using a mild soap and wa- ● Seat belt force limiters for driver and pas- WARNING ter before you eat. senger. The airbag system provides protection for ● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes ● one accident only. If they have been de- or open wounds. Seat belt warning lamp ployed, they must be replaced. ● Rinse your eyes with water if you have ● Front airbags for driver and passenger. ● Ensure deployed airbags and the system dust in them. ● Side airbags for driver and passenger. components involved are immediately re- ●  placed with new, SEAT-approved compo- Airbag control lamp . nents for the vehicle. ● Control units and sensors. »

61 Safety

● Head restraints optimised for rear-end colli- WARNING such as the properties of the object the vehi- sion. cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle ● The seat belts and airbags can only pro- speed, etc. ● Adjustable steering column. vide maximum protection if the occupants ● If necessary, anchor points for child seats are seated correctly ››› page 49. Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti- for the rear seats. ● If a fault has occurred in the airbag sys- vation. ● Where applicable, mountings for the child tem, have the system checked immediately The control unit analyses the collision trajec- seat upper retaining strap. by a specialised workshop. Otherwise, dur- tory and activates the respective restraint ing a frontal collision the system might not system. trigger correctly or may fail to trigger at all. Situations in which the front and side air- If the deceleration rate is below the prede- bags do not deploy: fined reference value in the control unit the ● If the ignition is switched off during the colli- airbags will not be triggered, even though the Airbag activation sion. accident may cause extensive damage to the car. ● In frontal collisions, when the deceleration The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within measured by the control unit is too low. thousandths of a second, to provide addition- The following airbags are triggered in seri- ● In minor side collisions. al protection in the event of an accident. A ous head-on collisions ● In rear collisions. fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. This is normal and it is not an indication ● Driver airbag. ● In the event of the vehicle overturning. of fire in the vehicle. ● Front passenger front airbag ● When the impact speed is lower than the The airbag system is only ready to function reference value set in the control unit. when the ignition is on. The following airbags are triggered in serious side-on collisions There is a fault in the system if the control In special accidents instances, several air- lamp : bags may activate at the same time. ● Front side airbag on the side of the accident. ● does not light up when the ignition is In the event of minor head-on and side colli- ● Rear side airbag on the side of the acci- switched on, sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll- dent. ● turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition is over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate. switched on, In an accident with airbag activation: Activation factors ● turns off and then lights up again after the ● the interior lights switch on (if the interior ignition is switched on, The conditions that lead to the airbag system light switch is in the courtesy light position); ● illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is activating in each situation cannot be gener- ● the hazard warning lights switch on; moving. alised. Some factors play an important role, 62 Airbag system

● all doors are unlocked; WARNING ● Do not mount accessories on the doors. ● the fuel supply to the engine is cut. Front airbags are deployed in front of the ● Only used protective covers for the seats steering wheel and the instrument panel. that are approved for the vehicle. Other- wise, the side airbag would be obstructed ● When driving, always hold the steering when deployed. Airbag safety instructions wheel with both hands on the outside part at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions. WARNING Front airbags ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) be- Incorrect handling of the driver's and front Read the additional information carefully tween the centre of your chest and the hub passenger seat could prevent the side air- of the steering wheel. If your physical con- ›››  page 16. bag from deploying properly and cause se- stitution prevents you from meeting these vere injuries. requirements, make sure you contact a WARNING ● Never remove the front seats of the vehi- specialised workshop. cle or modify any of their components. The airbag is deployed at high speed in ● Adjust the front passenger seat so there ● Great forces must not be exerted on the fractions of a second. is as much distance as possible between seat backrest bolsters because the side ● Always keep the deployment areas of the the front passenger and the dash panel. airbags might not deploy correctly, might front airbags vacant. not deploy at all or might deploy unexpect- ● Never secure objects to the covers or in edly. the deployment area of the airbag mod- Side airbags* ● Any damage to the original seat uphols- ules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports. tery or around the seams of the side airbag ● The deployment space between the front Read the additional information carefully units must be repaired immediately by a passengers and the airbags must not in ›››  page 18. specialised workshop. any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects. WARNING ● Never fix any object to the windscreen The airbag is deployed at high speed in above the front airbag on the front passen- fractions of a second. ger side. ● Always keep the deployment areas of the ● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to side airbags vacant. the steering wheel hub or the surface of the ● airbag module on the passenger side of the The deployment space between the front dash panel. passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.

63 Safety

Deactivating airbags ed on, signalling that the function is being Manual disabling and enabling of verified. They will switch off after a few sec- the front passenger front airbag onds. Control lamps with the key switch If the front passenger airbag is deactivated, the lamp      does not remain lit, or if it is lit together with the control lamp  on the instrument panel, there may be a fault in the airbag system ››› .

WARNING In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to severe or fatal injuries. Fig. 75 Control lamp for disabling the front ● Have the airbag system checked immedi- Fig. 76 On the passenger side: switch to acti- passenger front airbag on the dash panel ately by a specialised workshop. vate and deactivate the front passenger airbag. ● Never mount a child seat in the front pas- It lights up on the combi-instru- senger seat or remove the mounted child  Read the additional information carefully ment seat! The front passenger front airbag may  page 17 deploy during an accident in spite of the ››› Fault in airbag system and seat belt tensioners. fault. Have the system checked immediately by a special- Activating the front passenger front air- ised workshop. bag CAUTION ● Switch the ignition off.   It lights up on the dash panel Always pay attention to any lit control lamps and to the corresponding descrip- ● Open the door on the front passenger side. Fault in airbag system. tions and instructions to avoid damage to ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. Have the system checked immediately by a special- the vehicle. ised workshop. ● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON ››› Fig. 76. Front passenger front airbag disabled. Check whether the airbag should remain disabled. ● Close the door on the front passenger side. ● Check that, with the ignition switched on, Several warning and control lamps light up the control lamp      on the for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- dash panel is not lit up ››› page 64. 64 Transporting children safely

How to know whether the front passenger Transporting children ● Children must always be protected with front airbag is disabled an approved child restraint system suited The only indication of the front passenger safely to their height and weight. airbag being disabled is that the   ● Children must assume the proper sitting    control lamp on the dash panel re- Safety for children position and be properly belted in while mains lit (  stays yellow) ››› page 64. travelling. If the control lamp   on the dash panel Introduction ● Ensure the seat backrest is upright when does not remain lit or is lit in combination a child seat is being used on it. with the control lamp  on the instrument Before transporting babies and children in a ● Do not allow the child's head or other panel, a child restraint system cannot be child seat placed in the front passenger seat, part of his or her body to enter the deploy- mounted on the front passenger seat for first completely read the information regard- ment area of the side airbags. safety reasons. The front passenger front air- ing the airbag system. ● Make sure the belt webbing is correctly bag may deploy during an accident. positioned. This information is extremely important for driver and passenger safety, particularly that ● Never hold children or babies on your lap WARNING of babies and children. or in your arms. The front passenger front airbag must only ● Only one child may occupy a child seat. be disabled in special cases. SEAT recommends the use of child seats from the SEAT accessory programme. These child ● Please read and observe the child seat ● Disable and activate the front passenger manufacturer's handling instructions. seats have been designed and tested for use front airbag when the ignition is switched in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child off to avoid damage to the airbag system. seats with different mountings from a SEAT WARNING ● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure dealership. that the key operated switch is set to the An empty or loose child seat could fly un- correct position. controllably around the vehicle interior and WARNING cause injuries in the event of an accident or ● Only disable the front passenger front Make sure children are properly belted in sudden braking. airbag when a child seat is to be mounted and correctly secured to avoid severe or under exceptional circumstances. ● When not in use while the vehicle is in fatal injuries while the vehicle is in motion. motion, always safely secure the child seat ● As soon as the child seat is no longer ● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the or store it in the luggage compartment. needed on the front passenger seat, recon- front passenger seat if the front passenger nect the front passenger front airbag. front airbag is enabled. Note ● Children up to 12 years old should always Replace the child seat after an accident, travel on the rear seat. as it may have invisible damage.

65 Safety

Important information regarding ing critical or fatal injuries in the event of an through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal the front passenger's airbag accident increases. injuries to themselves and to the other vehi- ● An inflating front passenger airbag can cle occupants. Read the additional information carefully strike the rear-facing child seat and project ● If children assume an improper sitting po- ›››  page 18. it with great force against the door, the roof sition when the vehicle is moving, they ex- or the backrest. pose themselves to greater risk of injury in Read and always observe the safety informa- ● Never install a child seat facing back- the event of a sudden braking manoeuvre tion included in the following chapters: wards on the front passenger seat unless or in an accident. This is particularly important if the child is travelling on the front ● the front passenger front airbag has been Safety distance with respect to the passen- passenger seat and the airbag system is ger airbag ››› in Introduction on page 60. disabled. Risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in ex- triggered in an accident; as this could ● Objects between the passenger and the ceptional cases, to transport a child in the cause serious injury or even death. passenger side airbag ››› in Front airbags front passenger seat, the front passenger ● A suitable child seat can protect your on page 63. front airbag must always be disabled child! ››› page 64. If the passenger seat has a ● Never leave a child alone in the child seat The passenger side front airbag, when ena- height adjustment option, move it to the bled, is a serious risk for a child that is facing or inside the vehicle because depending on highest, most upright position. If you have a the season, very high temperatures may be backward since the airbag can strike the seat fixed seat, do not install any child restraint reached inside a parked vehicle, which with such force that it can cause serious or system in this location. could be fatal. fatal injuries. Children up to 12 years old ● For those vehicles that do not include a should always travel on the rear seat. ● Children who are less than 1.5 metres tall key lock switch to deactivate the airbag, must not wear a normal seat belt without a Therefore we strongly recommend you to the vehicle must be taken to a technical child seat, as this could cause injuries to transport children on the rear seats. This is service. the abdominal and neck areas during a the safest location in the vehicle. Alternative- ● All vehicle occupants, especially chil- sudden braking manoeuvre or in an acci- ly, the front passenger airbag can be disa- dren, must assume the proper sitting posi- dent. bled with a key-operated switch ››› page 64. tion and be properly belted in while travel- ● Do not allow the seat belt to become When transporting children, use a child seat ling. twisted and the seat belt should be proper- suitable for the age and size of each child ● Never hold children or babies on your lap, ly in place ››› page 53. ››› page 67. this can result in potentially fatal injuries to ● Only one child may occupy a child seat the child! ››› page 67. WARNING ● Never allow a child to be transported in a ● When a child seat is mounted in the rear ● If a child seat is secured to the front pas- vehicle without being properly secured, or seats, the door child-proof lock should be senger seat, the risk to the child of sustain- to stand up or kneel on a seat while travel- activated ››› page 98. ling. In an accident, the child could be flung 66 Transporting children safely

Child seats ● A suitable child seat that is correctly in- Legal regulations and provisions will always stalled and used on one of the rear seats take priority over the descriptions of this instruction manual. There are different regula- Safety instructions offer the most protection possible for babies and children up to 12 years in most ac- tions and provisions for the use of child seats cidents. and their mountings (››› table on page 68). Read the additional information carefully In some countries, for example, the use of ›››  page 18. WARNING child seats on certain seats in the vehicle may be forbidden. WARNING Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle The physical principles and the forces acting The lower anchor points for child seats do is in motion can cause severe or fatal inju- on the vehicle in the event of a collision or not include rings. Only secure booster ries in the event of an accident or sudden seats to lower anchor points. braking. other type of accidents also apply to children page 53. However, unlike adults and ● The seat belt must not be unfastened un- ››› til the vehicle has come to a standstill. youngsters, children do not have fully devel- WARNING oped muscle and bone structures. In the Child seats with lower anchor points and event of an accident, children are subject to a with an upper retaining strap must be in- CAUTION greater risk than adults of sustaining severe stalled in line with the manufacturer's in- ● To avoid making permanent marks in the injuries. structions. Failure to comply could result in padding, remove the auxiliary introduction Given that children's bodies are not yet fully severe injuries. elements from the anchor points when the developed, child restraint systems must be ● Always secure just one retaining strap to child seat is not installed in the vehicle an- used that are especially adapted to their a child seat with the luggage compartment chor points. height, weight and constitution. There are retaining ring. ● To prevent damage being done to the up- laws in force in many countries that indicate holstery, the padding or the auxiliary intro- ● Always use the correct retaining rings for the use of approved seat systems for trans- duction elements, always remove the auxil- the retaining strap. porting babies and children. iary introduction elements from the anchor ● Never secure the retaining strap to a re- points before folding the rear seat bench. tainer. Only used authorised, approved child seats that are suitable for the vehicle. Always consult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised WARNING General information on transport- workshop should you have any doubts. » In general, the rear seat is always the saf- ing children in the vehicle est place for children, who are belted correctly, in the event of an accident. Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 19.

67 Safety

Specific child seat regulations for each properly in the child seat and whether the can strike it with such great force that severe country (selection) seat can be installed safely in the vehicle. or fatal injuries may result ››› . Therefore, rear-facing child seats must never be placed Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 441) Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 on the front passenger seat when the front regulation. You can get additional information regulation are fitted with the corresponding passenger front airbag is enabled. by consulting your SEAT dealership or at the approval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E internet address www.seat.es. in a circle with the identification number be- Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front low it. passenger seat if the front passenger front Categorisation of child seats according to airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the ECE-R 44 yellow control lamp on the dash panel Use of the child seat on the front      will be lit up Weight Weight of ››› page 60. If you cannot disable the front Age passenger seat2) category the child passenger front airbag and it remains activated, it is forbidden to transport children up to approx. 9 Transporting children on the front passenger Group 0 up to 10 kg on the front passenger seat . months seat is not permitted in all countries. Further- ››› up to approx. 18 more, not all child seats are approved for use Group 0+ up to 13 kg Things to note if using a child seat on the months on the front passenger seat. Your SEAT dealership has an updated list of all approved front passenger seat: approx. 8 months to Group 1 9 to 18 kg child seats. Only used child seats that are ● The front passenger front airbag must be 3 1/ years 2 approved for each vehicle. disabled  when using a rear-facing child Group 2 15 to 25 kg 3 to 7 years approx. seat ››› page 60. The front airbag on the front passenger side Group 3 22 to 36 kg 6 to 12 years approx. is highly dangerous for a child. The front pas- ● The seat backrest of the front passenger senger seat is life-threatening to a child if he seat must be upright. Not all children fit in the seat of their weight or she is transported in a rear-facing child ● The front passenger seat must be moved group. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle. seat. as far back as possible. Therefore, always check whether the child fits If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the ● A height-adjustable front passenger seat front passenger seat, an inflating front airbag must be raised to its highest point.

1) ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regu- lation. 2) Compliance with current national legislation and the manufacturer's instructions is required when using or installing child seats. 68 Transporting children safely

Suitable child seats ● Follow the installation instructions of the The rear seats are suitable for child seats with The child seat must be authorised by the child seat manufacturer and observe the the ISOFIX system specially designed for this manufacturer especially for use on a front warnings. type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44. passenger seat with a front or side airbag. ● Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust it to its highest Universal seats for children can be fitted in position to keep as far away as possible ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats the front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 from the front airbag. ISOFIX child seats are divided into the follow- or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation. ● Move the seat backrest to the upright po- ing certified categories: “universal”, “semi- WARNING sition. universal” or “specific categories for the vehi- ● Children must always be protected with cle”. If a child seat is mounted on the front pas- an approved child restraint system suited senger seat, the risk of the child sustaining ● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “univer- to their height and weight. severe or fatal injuries in the event of an ac- sal”, it must be supported by the lower an- cident increases. Rear-facing child seats chor points and the Top Tether retaining must never be mounted on the front pas- strap. senger seat when the front passenger front Use of the child seat on the rear ● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi-uni- airbag is enabled. This is life-threatening to seat the child should the front airbag deploy, as versal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”, check that the child seat is certified for the child seat would be struck by the infla- If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, ted airbag and thrown against the seat the vehicle before employing it. The child adapt the position of the front passenger backrest. seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to the seat so that the child has enough space. ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for which Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to the corresponding ISOFIX child seat has been WARNING the size of the child seat and the height of the certified. If necessary, contact the child seat If, in exceptional circumstances, a child child. Ensure the passenger is in the correct manufacturer for an updated list of vehicles. must be transported in a rear-facing child position  ››› page 49. seat on the front passenger seat, strictly observe the following: Suitable child seats ● Always disable the front passenger front The manufacturer must authorise the child airbag and leave it disabled. seat for use in the rear seats with side air- ● The child seat must be approved by the bags. manufacturer for use on a front passenger Universal seats for children can be fitted in seat with front and side airbag. the passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.

69 Emergencies Emergencies First-aid kit Vehicle tool kit The first aid kit must comply with legal re- For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel quirements. Check the expiry date of the or temporary spare wheel, in addition to win- Self-help contents of the first aid kit. ter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional vehicle tools ››› page 71. Fire extinguisher In case of emergency WARNING A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder in First aid kit, warning triangle and the passenger seat footwell. When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set and spare wheel are loose in the interior fire extinguishers* The fire extinguisher must conform to legal they can be violently thrown in case of a requirements, be ready for use and be sudden manoeuvre or braking and espe- checked regularly. Check the certification cially in accidents, causing serious injury. seal on the extinguisher. ● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyre mobility set and the spare wheel or tempo- WARNING rary spare wheel are safely secured in the Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be luggage compartment. violently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking and especially in acci- WARNING dents causing serious injury. Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can ● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid cause injury or accidents. kit, reflective vests and warning triangle Fig. 77 In the boot: storage compartment for securely in the vehicle. ● Never work with inappropriate or dam- the warning triangle aged tools.

Warning triangle In some vehicle equipment it is possible to Vehicle tool kit* store the warning triangle model shown in a storage compartment of the luggage com- Introduction partment ››› Fig. 77. When securing the vehicle in case of a breakdown, please note the legal requirements for each country.

70 Self-help

Location Accessing the vehicle tool kit and Components tyre mobility system in vehicles fitted with the SEAT SOUND 7 speaker system (with subwoofer)*

● Open the boot hatch and lift the shelf. ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor ››› page 125. ● Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage compartment. ● Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable. Fig. 78 In the boot: carpet raised. ● Completely remove the hand-controlled Fig. 79 Components of the vehicle tool kit wheel from the centre of the subwoofer The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary speaker by turning it anti-clockwise. spare wheel and the tyre mobility set are The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle stored in the luggage compartment under ● Take out the subwoofer, which is on top of equipment. The following is a description for the carpeted floor panel ››› Fig. 78. the tools and tyre mobility system. a vehicle with all options. ● When finished, place the tools and system ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor Individual elements of the vehicle tool kit back in the same way and place as before to page 122. ››› Fig. 79 ››› ensure the speaker sits properly in its housing. ● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) 1 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the ● Place the subwoofer in the direction of the Fig. 78. handle for screwing and unscrewing the ››› arrow and with the word “FRONT” facing for- wheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter- ward. Note changeable. The screwdriver may be ● Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly ro- found underneath the wheel spanner. After use, return the jack to its initial posi- tate the securing wheel clockwise so that the tion using the handle in order to securely 2 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom- subwoofer is firmly in place. store it in the vehicle. mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In »

71 Emergencies

case it is lost, another adapter can be or- You should only change the wheels yourself if manual gearbox to reduce the risk of the dered using this number. Note the anti- the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are vehicle moving accidentally. theft bolt code for the wheels and keep it familiar with the procedure and safety stand- ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel in a place other than the vehicle. ards and you have all the necessary tools! bolts checked as soon as possible with a 3 Towline anchorage, removable. Otherwise, you should seek professional as- reliable torque wrench. sistance. 4 Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover, integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt WARNING WARNING caps. Changing a wheel can be dangerous, es- If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not 5 Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool kit, pecially on the hard shoulder. Please ob- fitted correctly, they could cause major fold its hook. The crank must then be fol- serve the following rules to minimise the accidents or damage. ded tight against the side of the jack in risk of injury: ● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may order for it to be safely stored. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- come off while driving and endanger other 6 Wheel spanner. ble. Park at a safe distance from surround- road users. 7 Wheel bolt cap clips. ing traffic to change a wheel. ● Damaged trims must never be mounted ● When changing a wheel, keep all pas- on the wheels. Note sengers, and particularly children, a safe ● Always ensure that the brake ventilation distance away from the work area. and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is The jack does not generally require any also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there maintenance. If required, it should be ● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn is not enough air, you may require signifi- greased using universal type grease. other road users. cantly longer braking distances. ● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base. CAUTION Changing a wheel ● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you Remove and remount wheel trims taking should be familiar with the required proce- care to avoid damage to the vehicle. Introduction dure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance. Read the additional information carefully ● Only use suitable tools that are not dam- ›››  page 37 aged when changing a wheel. Some vehicle versions and models do not ● Always stop the engine, apply the hand- have a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. In brake lever firmly and place the selector this case, we recommend consulting a Speci- lever in position N, or engage a gear for a alised workshop to change the wheel. 72 Self-help

Tyre repair ● If the sealant bottle has passed its use by ● Never use an equivalent jack, even if it date. has been approved for your vehicle. ● Always stop the engine, apply the hand- TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* WARNING brake lever firmly and engage gear if using Read the additional information carefully Using the tyre mobility system can be dan- a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the ›››  page 36 gerous, especially when filling the tyre at risk of vehicle involuntary movement. the roadside. Please observe the following The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System) rules to minimise the risk of injury: will reliably seal punctures caused by the WARNING ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- penetration of a foreign body of up to about ble. Park it at a safe distance from sur- A tyre filled with sealant does not have the 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign rounding traffic to fill the tyre. same performance properties as a conven- objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre. tional tyre. ● Ensure the ground on which you park is ● After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, flat and solid. Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). you must again check the tyre pressure ● All passengers and particularly children ● about 10 minutes after starting the engine. must keep a safe distance from the work Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering. You should only use the tyre mobility set if the area. ● Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximum vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are fa- ● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then check miliar with the procedure and you have the other road users. the tyre. necessary tyre mobility set! Otherwise, you ● Use the tyre mobility system only if you should seek professional assistance. are familiar with the necessary procedures. Otherwise, you should seek professional For the sake of the environment Do not use the tyre sealant in the following assistance. Dispose of used or expired sealant observ- cases: ● The tyre mobility set is intended for tem- ing any legal requirements. ● If the wheel rim has been damaged. porary emergency use only until you can reach the nearest specialised workshop. ● In outside temperatures below -20°C Note ● Replace the repaired tyre with the tyre (-4°F). ● A new bottle of sealant can be purchased mobility set as soon as possible. ● In the event of cuts or perforations in the at SEAT dealerships. ● The sealant is a health hazard and must tyre greater than 4 mm. ● Take into account the separate instruc- be cleaned immediately if it comes into tion manual of the tyre mobility set* manu- ● If you have been driving with very low pres- contact with the skin. facturer. sure or a completely flat tyre. ● Always keep the tyre mobility set out of the reach of small children.

73 Emergencies

Contents of the tyre mobility sys- 4 Air compressor good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con- tem* 5 Tube for inflating tyres tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance. 6 Warning provided by tyre pressure monitoring system1) CAUTION 7 Air bleed screw2) Switch off the air compressor after a maxi- 8 ON/OFF switch mum of 8 operational minutes to avoid overheating! Before switching on the air 9 12 volt connector compressor again, let it cool for several mi- 10 Bottle of sealant nutes.

11 Spare tyre valve

The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert. The valve in- Check after 10 minutes of driving sert can only be screwed or unscrewed in this Screw in the inflator tube ››› Fig. 80 5 again way. This also applies to its replacement part and check the pressure on the gauge 6 . 11 . Fig. 80 Standard display: contents of the anti- puncture kit. WARNING 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower: ● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be The anti-puncture kit is located underneath When inflating the wheel, the air compres- the floor covering in the luggage compart- sor and the inflator tube may become hot. sealed sufficiently with the tyre mobility set. ment. It includes the following components ● Protect hands and skin from hot parts. ● You should obtain professional assistance ››› Fig. 80: ››› . ● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube 1 Tyre valve remover or hot air compressor on flammable material. 1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher: 2 A sticker to be adhered to the instrument ● ● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value cluster, within the driver's visual field, to Allow them to cool before storing the device. again ››› page 206. remind that the maximum advisable speed “max. 80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph” ● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at ● Carefully resume your journey until you least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is reach the nearest specialised workshop with- 3 Filler tube with cap too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a out exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).

1) It can also be integrated in the compressor. 2) In its place, the compressor may have a button. 74 Self-help

● Have the damaged tyre replaced. Damaged wiper blades should be replaced Note immediately. These are available from quali- WARNING fied workshops. If wax deposits, other cleaning products from the automatic car wash, or other care Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous products, are left on the windscreen and WARNING and can cause accidents and serious in- the rear window, the blades can scratch jury. Worn or dirty windscreen wiper blades re- the glass. Remove wax deposits with a spe- ● Do not continue driving if the tyre pres- duce visibility and increase the risk of acci- cial product or cleaning cloths. sure is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower. dent and serious injury. ● Seek specialist assistance. ● Always replace damaged or worn windscreen wiper blades or blades that no longer clean the windscreen properly. Tow-starting and towing

Changing the windscreen CAUTION Instructions for tow-starting wiper blades ● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers Read the additional information carefully could scratch the glass. ›››  page 43. Changing the windscreen and rear ● If products containing solvents, rough When towing or tow starting, respect the le- window wiper blades sponges or sharp objects are used to clean the blades, the graphite layer will be dam- gal requirements. Read the additional information carefully aged. For technical reasons, it is not possible to ›››  page 47. ● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint tow a vehicle if the battery is flat. thinner or similar products to clean the win- In general, the vehicle should not be star- The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as dows. standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is ted by towing. Jump-starting is much more preferable ›››  page 44. responsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent. CAUTION If the graphite layer is damaged, the noise of For technical reasons, the following vehicles the water as it is wiped across the windscreen ● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the can not be tow started: will be louder. wiper arms, only leave them in the service position. ● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox. Check the condition of the wiper blades reg- ● Before driving, always lower the wiper ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that ularly. If the wipers scrape across the glass arms. they should be changed if they are dam- the engine control unit does not operate cor- aged, or cleaned if they are dirty ››› . rectly. »

75 Emergencies

However, if your vehicle must absolutely erate. Always remain aware to avoid Advice for towing the vehicle be tow-started (manual gearbox): collision with the towing vehicle. Towing vehicles with an automatic gear- ● Put it into second or third gear. – More strength is required at the steer- box ● Keep the clutch pressed down. ing wheel as the power steering does not operate when the engine is switch- Note the following for a towed vehicle: ● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- ed off. ing lights. ● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N ● As the driver of the towing vehicle: ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are position. – Accelerate gently and carefully. moving. ● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph) – Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. ● As soon as the engine starts, press the when towing a vehicle. – Brake well in advance than usual and clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. ● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles). This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- brake gently. ● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle ing vehicle. must be towed with the front wheels raised. CAUTION WARNING ● When tow-starting, fuel could enter the Situations in which a vehicle should not be A vehicle with a flat battery should never catalytic converter and damage it. towed be towed. ● Carefully fit and remove the towline an- In the following cases, the vehicle should not ● Never remove the key from the ignition chorage and its cover to avoid damage to be towed but transported on a trailer or spe- lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock the vehicle (e.g. paintwork). cial vehicle: could suddenly lock. The vehicle would not ● When towing, fuel could enter the cata- be controlled and a serious accident could lytic converter and cause damage! ● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu- ensue. bricant due to a fault. Note ● If the battery is flat and the steering cannot WARNING be unlocked as a result, the electronic steer- Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear ing lock and electronic parking brake cannot When towing the vehicle, the handling and bumper is not possible. The vehicle is not braking efficiency change considerably. suitable for towing other vehicles. be disengaged. Please observe the following instructions ● If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic to minimise the risk of serious accidents gearbox and the distance to be covered is and injury: greater than 50 km (30 miles). ● As the driver of the vehicle being towed: – The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not op-

76 Self-help

Note ● After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise. The vehicle can only be towed if the steering lock electronic gearbox lock is deacti- ● Place the cover's upper tab on the opening vated. If the vehicle has no power supply or of the bumper and carefully guide the lower there is an electric system fault, the engine tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, must be started using jump leads to deacti- press the lower tab from below. vate the steering column electronic gear- ● Press the lower area of the cover until the box lock. lower tab engages in the bumper.

CAUTION Fitting the front towline anchorage Fig. 82 On the right-hand side of the front bumper: screw the anchorage. The towline anchorage must always be completely and firmly tightened. Other- The location for the removable tow ring is on wise, it could be released while towing and the right-hand side of the front bumper be- tow-starting. hind a cover ››› Fig. 81. The towline anchorage should always be kept in the vehicle. Emergency locking and un- Note the instructions for towing ››› page 76. locking

Fitting the towline anchorage Introduction ● Take the towline anchorage from the vehi- Fig. 81 On the right-hand side of the front cle tool kit in the luggage compartment The doors and rear lid can be locked man- bumper: remove the lid. ››› page 70. ually and partially opened, for example if the key or the central locking is damaged. ● Press the upper part of the cover ››› Fig. 81 (arrow) to disengage and release the cover. WARNING ● Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle. Opening and closing doors carelessly can cause serious injury. ● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anti- ● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the clockwise as far as it will go ››› Fig. 82 ››› . doors and windows cannot be opened from Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow- the inside. » line anchorage in its location. 77 Emergencies

● Never leave children or disabled people Fuses and bulbs ● Take care not to cause short circuits in alone in the car. They could be trapped in the electrical system. the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. Fuses WARNING ● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehi- Introduction Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or cle can be extremely high or extremely low bridging a current circuit without fuses can resulting in serious injuries and illness or Due to the constant updating of vehicles, fuse cause a fire and serious injury. even death, particularly for young children. assignments based on equipment and the ● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only use of the same fuse for various electrical replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and markings) and WARNING components, it is not possible to provide an up-to-date summary of the fuse positions for size. Getting in the way of the doors and the rear the electrical components at the time of ● Never repair a fuse. lid is dangerous and can lead to serious in- printing this manual. For detailed information ● jury. Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, sta- about the fuse positions, please consult a ple or similar. ● Open and close the doors and the rear lid technical service. only when there is nobody in the way. In general, a fuse can be assigned to various CAUTION electrical components. Likewise, an electrical CAUTION ● To prevent damage to the vehicle's elec- component can be protected by several tric system, before replacing a fuse always When opening and closing in an emergen- fuses. turn off the ignition, the lights and all elec- cy, carefully disassemble components and Only replace fuses when the cause of the trical elements and remove the key from then reassemble them carefully to avoid the ignition. damage to the vehicle. problem has been solved. If a newly inserted fuse blows after a short time, you must have ● If you replace a fuse with higher-rating the electrical system checked by a special- fuse, you could cause damage to another ised workshop as soon as possible. part of the electrical system. ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to pre- WARNING vent the entry of dust or humidity as they can damage the electrical system. The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical shocks, causing burns and even death! Note ● Never touch the electrical wiring of the ● One component may have more than one ignition system. fuse.

78 Fuses and bulbs

● Several components may run on a single Read the additional information carefully ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to fuse. ›››  page 35 avoid the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same humidity inside fuse boxes can cause dam- amperage (same colour and markings) and age to the electrical system. Vehicle fuses size. Note Opening and closing the fuse box situated In the vehicle, there are more fuses than below the dash panel those indicated in this chapter. These ● Open: Press the unlock button ››› Fig. 83 1 should only be changed by a specialised until it is possible to open the cover. Fold the workshop. cover down. ● Close: Fold the cover up in the opposite direction to the arrow until it clicks into the lock- Changing bulbs ing lever 1 . Introduction To open the engine compartment fuse box Fig. 83 Under the dashboard on the driver side: lid of the fuse box. ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 193. Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of ● Press the attachment tabs in the direction manual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom- indicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to re- mends that you consult a technical service or lease the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 84. request assistance from a specialist. In general a specialist is needed if, in addition to the ● Then lift the cover out. bulbs, other vehicle components require re- ● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. moval. Push the attachment tabs down, in the opposite direction indicated by the arrow until they You should store spare light bulbs in the vehi- click audibly into place. cle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs may be obtained from the technical services. CAUTION In some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle. Fig. 84 In the engine compartment: lid of the ● Always carefully remove the fuse box fuse box. covers and refit them correctly to avoid Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the ve- problems with your vehicle. hicle exterior lighting is against the law. »

79 Emergencies

Additional bulb specifications the operating bulb thus “fogging” up the Replacing the bulbs in the head- The specifications of some headlamp bulbs reflector. lights and bulbs for the rear lamps fitted at the fac- ● The headlamp frameworks in the engine tory may be different to those of conventional compartment and the rear lamps contain bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the sharp elements. Always protect your hands bulb socket or on the bulb itself. when changing bulbs.

WARNING CAUTION If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is ● After changing a bulb, if the rubber cov- not clearly visible to other drivers, there is ers are not replaced correctly on the head- a risk of accident. lamp framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especially if water is al- WARNING lowed to enter. Fig. 85 In the engine compartment: Rear view ● Remove the ignition key before working Failure to replace bulbs correctly may of the front left headlight with rubber cover: A on the electric system. Otherwise, a short cause serious accidents. dipped beam and main beam headlights, B circuit could occur. ● Before carrying out any work in the en- side lights and daytime driving lights and C gine compartment please read and ob- ● Switch off the lights and the parking light turn signal serve the warnings ››› page 193. In any ve- before changing a bulb. hicle, the engine compartment is a hazard- ● Take good care to avoid damaging any ous area and could cause severe injury. components. ● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on changing them. ● Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled. ● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work. Fig. 86 Left headlight

● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Fin- There is no need to remove the headlight to gerprints will be evaporated by the heat of replace bulbs.

80 Fuses and bulbs

Complete operations only in the sequence Side light and daytime lights Fig. 85 B / given: Front turn indicator Fig. 85 C

Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical Dipped beam and main beam headlights 4. Fig. 85 A bulb. Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn 1. Open the bonnet  ››› page 193. 5. it clockwise as far as the stop. Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the rubber cover using the tabs. Note 2. Press the retaining clip ››› Fig. 86 D down- The images show the left hand headlight wards in the direction of the arrow, unclip side- from behind. The structure of the right hand ways, and remove it. side headlight is symmetric. Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, 3. Fig. 88 Changing the bulbs in the headlights press the lock on the bulb holder.

Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical Replacing the front bumper bulbs Complete operations only in the se- 4. bulb. quence given:

Insert the bulb, return it to its position and insert 5. Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel the retaining clip ››› Fig. 86 D 1. arch trim ››› Fig. 87 (arrows) with the screwdriver from the vehicle took kit ››› page 70. Place the rubber cover and check that is in the 6. correct position. Insert the connector to the Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front bulb H4. part of the wheel arch trim A with the screw- 2. driver from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it ››› page 70. Side light and daytime lights Fig. 85 B / Front turn indicator Fig. 85 C 3. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.

1. Open the bonnet  ››› page 193. Release the connector ››› Fig. 88 1 and re- 4. move it. Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise di- 2. rection as far as it will go and remove it, along Turn the bulb holder ››› Fig. 88 in the direction with the bulb, pulling backwards. Fig. 87 In the front right arch trim: remove the of the arrow, in an anticlockwise direction as 5. retaining screws (arrows) and take out the ex- far as it will go and remove it, along with the Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, 3. pansive rivet A . bulb, pulling backwards. » press the lock on the bulb holder.

81 Emergencies

Complete operations only in the se- Changing the bulbs in the rear quence given: lights

Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical 6. bulb.

Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn 7. it clockwise as far as the stop.

Plug the connector 1 into the bulb holder. The 8. connector must audibly click into place.

9. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.

Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim 10. and bumper and press it completely inwards ››› Fig. 87 A .

Securely screw the 2 retaining screws 11. ››› Fig. 87 (arrows) with a screwdriver. Fig. 90 Tail light unit: C: remove the bulb holder, D: remove the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence given.

Removing the rear light units Fig. 89 On the side of the luggage compartment: A: remove the cover, B: remove the tail 1. Open the rear lid ››› page 99. lights. Carefully remove the cover 1 towards the lever 2. ››› Fig. 89 A.

Pull from the lock 3 in the connector 2 in the 3. direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 89 B. Use the screwdriver from the on-board tools.

Press position 4 and remove the connector 2 4. ››› Fig. 89 B.

82 Fuses and bulbs

5. Unscrew the wing nut 5 ››› Fig. 89 B. 16. Close the rear lid ››› page 99. Complete operations only in the sequence given: Remove the tail light from the bodywork by 6. carefully pulling backwards. With one hand, press on the number plate light Changing the number plate light 1. from left to right and remove it from the bumper Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a 7. Fig. 91. flat, clean surface. ››› Detach the number plate light carefully from 2. To change the bulb the bumper.

Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlock- 8. ››› Fig. 90 C and remove the bulb holder from 3. wise and remove it in the direction of the arrow the tail light. ››› Fig. 92.

Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical 9. 4. ››› Fig. 90 D. bulb.

Place the bulb holder in the tail light unit. The Place the bulb holder in the number plate light 10. attachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click 5. and press in the opposite direction to the arrow into place ››› Fig. 90 C. Fig. 91 In the rear bumper: remove the plate as far as possible ››› Fig. 92. light. Insert the number plate light carefully into the Assembling the rear light units left edge of the opening on the bumper. During 6. this process, check that the assembly direction Carefully insert the tail light unit into the open- of the number plate light is correct, i.e. the 11. ing in the bodywork. spring must be on the right.

Support the tail light with one hand in the as- Insert the number plate light into the bumper 7. 12. sembly position and securely screw the wing until it audibly clicks into place. nut with the other 5 ››› Fig. 89 B.

Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly 13. fitted and is firmly secured.

Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder 14. and press the lock 3 on the connector in the Fig. 92 Number plate light: detach the bulb opposite direction to the arrow ››› Fig. 89 B. holder. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into 15. place.

83 Emergencies

Changing the side turn signal bulb Complete operations only in the sequence given:

Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the di- 3. rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 94 1 .

Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direc- 4. tion.

Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical 5. bulb.

6. Install the bulb holder.

Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the Fig. 93 Removing the side turn signal side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until 7. the spring clicks into the other side of the side turn signal.

Fig. 94 Side turn light: bulb change.

Complete operations only in the sequence given:

With one hand move the side turn signal back- 1. wards ››› Fig. 93 1 .

Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by 2. leverage 2 .

Operation

Fig. 95 Dash panel

86 General instrument panel

– Lever with buttons for controlling 15 Position of passenger front airbag Operation the SEAT information system on the dash panel ...... 60

- , / ...... 24 16 Ashtray* ...... 119 8 General instrument panel Controls for: 17 12 volt socket or cigarette light- – Start-Stop system button ...... 170 er* ...... 120,. . 120

Instrument panel – Rear window heating button ...... 129 18 Lever for: – Left seat heating controls ...... 113 – Manual gearbox ...... 159 Key to Fig. 95: 9 Switches for: – Automatic gearbox ...... 160

1 Door release lever ...... 98 – Heating and fresh air system ...... 129 19 Handbrake ...... 151

2 Turn switch for adjusting the exterior – Manual air conditioning ...... 129 20 Button for: mirrors ...... 110 – Climatronic ...... 129 – City Safety Assist function ...... 174 – Exterior mirror adjustment 10 Radio (factory fitted) ...... 133 21 Ignition lock ...... 149 – Exterior mirror heating 11 Controls for: 22 Pedals ...... 158 3 Air vents ...... 129 – Hazard warning lights switch . . . . . 70 23 Storage compartment ...... 115 4 Lever for ...... 103 – Passenger front airbag off warn- 24 Steering column adjustment lev- – Turn signals and main beam ing lamp ...... 60 er ...... 49 headlights – Right seat heating controls 25 Open bonnet lever ...... 193 – Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . 171 or rear window heating button 26 Headlight range control ...... 103 5 Steering wheel with horn and (alternative position) ...... 113,. . 129 27 Light switch ...... 103 – Driver airbag ...... 16 12 Storage compartment with drink 28 Central locking button ...... 94 holder in the centre console ...... 119 6 Instrument panel...... 88, 27 29 Buttons for operating the front elec- 13 Handle of the storage compartment 7 Windscreen wiper/ windscreen tric windows ...... 101 or storage compartment open1) . . . . . 115 wash lever ...... 108 14 In the side of the dash panel: Key – Windscreen wipers switch for switching off the front – Rear window wiper passenger airbag1) ...... 60

1) According to version 87 Operation

Instruments

View of instrument panel

Fig. 96 Instrument panel, on the instrument panel: variant 1 (A) and variant 2 (B).

Details of the instruments ››› Fig. 96: – Press the 0.0/SET for 5 seconds speed in any gear after running-in 1 Speedometer. Depending on the to reset the odometer to zero and, and with the engine hot. However, it vehicle in km/h or in mph. where necessary, other indicators is advisable to change up a gear or on the multifunction display...... 24 move the selector lever to D (or lift 2 Displays on the screen...... 89 4 Fuel reserve display...... 189 your foot off the accelerator) before 3 Reset knob for trip recorder (trip). the needle reaches the red zone 5 Revolution counter (with the en- – Press the button 0.0/SET briefly ››› . gine running, in thousands of revo- to switch the trip odometer and lutions per minute). 6 Clock set button. odometer. The beginning of the red zone of the – If necessary, change the time dis- rev counter indicates the maximum play by pressing the top and 88 General instrument panel

bottom buttons of the rocker Indications on the display Priority 1 warning (red symbols) switch ›››  Fig. 34 B . Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible – Press the  button to change the A variety of information can be viewed on the instrument panel display ››› Fig. 96 2 , de- warnings. hour, so that it is flashing.  Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ! pending on the vehicle equipment: ››› – To continue setting the time, press Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessary, request assistance from specialised person- button 0.0/SET . Hold button down ● Warning and information messages. nel. to scroll through the numbers ● Odometer. quickly. ● Time. Priority 2 warning (yellow symbols) – Press the  button again to ● change the minutes, so that it Outside temperature. Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible flashes. ● Selector lever positions ››› page 158. warnings. A faulty function, or fluids which are below the cor- – To continue setting the time, press ● Recommended gear (manual gearbox) rect levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ››› button 0.0/SET . Hold button down ››› page 158. Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If nec- to scroll through the numbers ● Multifunction display (MFI) ›››  page 24 essary, request assistance from specialised person- quickly. nel. ● Service interval display ››› page 90. – Press the  button again to end the clock setting. ● Start-Stop system status display Odometer ››› page 170. The odometer registers the total distance CAUTION ● Fuel gauge ››› page 189. travelled by the car. ● ● Seat belt status display for rear seats When the engine is cold, avoid high revs The odometer (trip) shows the distance and heavy acceleration and do not make page 53. ››› travelled since the last odometer reset. The the engine work hard. last figure indicates 100 m. ● To prevent damage to the engine, the rev Warning and information messages counter needle should only remain in the The system runs a check on certain compo- Outside temperature indicator! red zone for a short period of time. nents and functions when the ignition is When the outside temperature is below +4°C switched on and while the vehicle is moving. (+39°F), the “ice crystal” symbol (warning of For the sake of the environment Faults in the operation are displayed on the risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the screen using red and yellow symbols on the Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel temperature. At first this symbol flashes and instrument panel display (  page 27) consumption and noise. ››› then it remains lit until the outside tempera- and, in some cases, with audible warnings. ture rises above +6°C (+43°F) ››› . » The display may vary according to the type of instrument panel fitted. 89 Operation

When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at WARNING CAUTION very low speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actual out- If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- Failure to heed the warning lamps when cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci- they appear may result in faults in the vehi- side temperature as a result of heat coming dents and severe injuries. cle. from the engine. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. The temperatures measured range from ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- Note -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F). ble. ● Different versions of the instrument panel Selector lever position ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- are available and therefore the versions dent for the driver and for other road users. and instructions on the display may vary. The range of engaged gears of the selector If necessary, switch on the hazard warning ● When several warnings are active at the lever is shown on the side of the lever, and on lamps and put out the warning triangle to same time, the symbols are shown succes- the instrument panel display. In positions D advise other drivers. sively for a few seconds and will stay on and M, and with the Tiptronic, the corre- ● Park the vehicle away from traffic and until the fault is rectified. sponding gear is also indicated on the dis- ensure that no highly flammable materials play. are under the vehicle that could come into contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry Recommended gear* (manual gearbox) grass, fuel). Service interval display

The recommended gear to save fuel can be The inspection message appears on the in- displayed on the instrument panel display WARNING strument panel display ››› Fig. 96 2 . while you are driving ››› page 158. Even though outside temperatures are SEAT distinguishes between services with en- above freezing, some roads and bridges gine oil change (Oil Change Service) and Seat belt status display for the rear seats* may be icy. services without engine oil change (Inspec- The seat belt status display on the instrument ● At outside temperatures above +4°C tion Service). The service interval display only panel display informs the driver, when the ig- (+39°F), even when the “ice crystal sym- gives information for service dates which in- nition is switched on, whether any passen- bol” is not visible, there may still be patch- volve an engine oil change. The dates of the gers in the rear seats have fastened their seat es of ice on the road. remaining services (e.g. the next Inspection belts ››› page 53. ● Do not rely on the outside temperature Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on indicator! the label attached to the door strut, or in the Start-Stop system status display Maintenance Programme. The instrument panel display shows informa- The set service intervals have been specified tion on the current status ››› page 170. with the service dependent on time/distance travelled. 90 General instrument panel

Inspection reminder ● In vehicles whose batteries have been If the inspection period is due to expire short- disconnected for a long period of time, it ly, Inspection reminder appears when start- will not be possible to calculate the next ing the ignition abbreviated to  and a service date. Therefore the service interval warning in km. The number of kilometres display may not be correct. In this case, shown is the maximum number that may be bear in mind the maximum service intervals permitted page 217. driven until the next service. ››› ● If the period of 48 months for an inspec- Service due tion at a specialised workshop of compressed natural gas tanks (CNG) is excee- After the service date, an audible warning is ded, the vehicle may not working in this given when the ignition is switched on and the mode. abbreviation  displayed on the screen flashes for a few seconds.

Inspection of compressed natural gas tanks (CNG) reminder When less than 90 days for the review of the compressed natural gas tanks (CNG), when the ignition is switched on, the instrument panel display will a reminder for review of the gas tanks and an audible warning will be emitted. As approaches the service date of inspection of the gas tanks, the message and the audible warning will stop modify accordingly.

Note ● The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.

91 Operation

Opening and closing Different keys belonging to the vehicle may doors or the boot hatch, start the engine or be used. turn on the ignition, activating electrical systems, the electric windows, for example. Vehicle key set Folding the key shaft in and out ● Never leave children or disabled people When the button is pressed ››› Fig. 97 A , the alone in the car. They could be trapped in Remote control vehicle key* key shaft is released and unfolds. the car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For exam- To fold it press the button and fold the key ple, depending on the time of the year, shaft in until it locks in place. temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely Spare key low resulting in serious injuries and illness To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, or even death, particularly for young chil- the vehicle chassis number is required. dren. ● Never remove the key from the ignition if Each new key must contain a microchip and the vehicle is in motion. The steering may be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- lock and it will not be possible to turn the tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work steering wheel. if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- Fig. 97 Remote control key crochip has not been encoded. This is also CAUTION true for keys cut for the vehicle. Remote control key The remote control key contains electronic The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be With the vehicle key the vehicle may be components. Protect them from damage, obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Special- locked or unlocked remotely page 94. impacts and humidity. ››› ised workshop or approved key service quali- The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat- fied to create this kind of key. tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehi- Note New keys or spare keys must be synchronised cle. The range of the vehicle key with remote ● Only use the key button when you require before use ››› page 94. control and new battery is several metres the corresponding function. Pushing the around the vehicle. button unnecessarily could accidentally WARNING unlock the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is If it is not possible to open or close the vehicle Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys also possible even when you are outside using the remote control key, this should be may result in severe injury and accident. the radius of action. re-synchronised ››› page 94 or the battery ● Always take all the keys with you when- ● Remote control key operation can be changed ››› page 93. ever you leave the vehicle. Children and greatly influenced by overlapping radio unauthorised individuals could lock the signals around the vehicle working in the 92 Opening and closing

same range of frequencies (for example, Duplicate keys the indicator blinks several times, for exam- radio transmitters, mobile telephones). To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, ple: for the convenience opening function. ● Obstacles between the remote control the vehicle chassis number is required. When the control lamp does not light upon and the vehicle, bad weather conditions Each new key must contain a microchip and pushing a button, the vehicle key batteries and draining batteries can considerably re- be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- must be changed ››› page 93. duce the range of the remote control. tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work ● If the buttons of the vehicle key are if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- pressed ››› Fig. 97 or one of the central crochip has not been encoded. This is also Replacing the battery locking buttons ››› page 94 is pressed re- true for keys cut for the vehicle. peatedly in quick succession, the central locking briefly disconnects as protection The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be against overloading. The vehicle is then un- obtained from a SEAT dealership, a special- locked. Lock it if necessary. ised workshop or an approved locksmith qualified to create them.

Mechanical vehicle key Control lamp on the vehicle key

Fig. 100 Vehicle key: battery compartment cover.

Fig. 98 Vehicle mechanical key Fig. 99 Control lamp on the vehicle key The vehicle key set may include a mechanical key ››› Fig. 98. When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes ››› Fig. 99 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and held, Fig. 101 Vehicle key: remove the battery. »

93 Operation

SEAT recommend having the batteries For the sake of the environment Central locking functions correctly when all changed in a specialised workshop. the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. If Please dispose of your used batteries cor- the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be The battery is located to the rear of the vehi- rectly and with respect for the environ- locked with the key. cle key, under a cover. ment. The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked for Changing the battery a long period (e.g. in a private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor. ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. Synchronising the vehicle key ● Remove the cover from the back of the ve-  WARNING hicle key ››› Fig. 100 in the direction of the ar- If the button is pressed frequently outside row ››› . of the vehicle range, it is possible that the ve- The incorrect use of the central locking hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us- system may cause serious injuries. ● Extract the battery from the compartment ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key must ● The central locking system will lock all using a suitable thin object ››› Fig. 101. be synchronised once more as follows: doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can ● Place the new battery in the compartment, prevent any non-authorised individual from pressing in the direction of the arrow as ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. opening the doors and accessing the vehi- shown ››› Fig. 101 ››› . ● Press the  button on the vehicle key. For cle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or ● Fit the battery compartment cover, press- this, it must remain with the vehicle. accident, locked doors will complicate access to the vehicle interior to help the pas- ing in the direction of the arrow as shown ● Open the vehicle within one minute using sengers. ››› Fig. 100 until it clicks into place. the key shaft. ● Never leave children or disabled people ● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. CAUTION alone in the vehicle. The central locking The key has been synchronised. button can be used to lock all the doors ● If the battery is not changed correctly, ● If necessary, fit the cap. from within. Therefore, passengers will be the vehicle key may be damaged. locked inside the vehicle. Individuals locked ● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage in the vehicle can be exposed to very high the vehicle key. For this reason, always re- or very low temperatures. place the dead battery with another of the Central locking* and locking ● Depending on the time of the year, tem- same voltage, size and specifications. system peratures inside a locked and closed vehi- ● When fitting the battery, check that the cle can be extremely high or extremely low polarity is correct. resulting in serious injuries and illness or Introduction even death, particularly for young children. ● Never leave individuals locked in a closed Read the additional information carefully and locked vehicle. In case of emergency, ›››  page 10 94 Opening and closing

they may not be able to exit the vehicle by Function Necessary operations Unlocking and locking the vehicle themselves or get help. from outside Lock the vehi- – Turn off the ignition and turn it on cle, by push- again. ing the central – Push the central locking button Description of the central locking locking but- . ton: system Use the key to – Turn off the ignition and turn it on The central locking system allows all doors lock the vehi- again. and the rear lid to be locked and unlocked cle: OR: Remove the key from the igni- centrally. tion. – Open any door just once. ● From outside, using the vehicle key. – Lock the vehicle with the key. ● From inside, by pushing the central locking Note button ››› page 97. Fig. 102 Buttons on the vehicle key If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed The central locking system can be activated ››› page 92 or one of the central locking or deactivated at a specialised workshop. buttons ››› Fig. 104 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the central locking brief- In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock- ly disconnects as protection against over- ing system fault, all doors can be locked or loading. In this case, the vehicle remains unlocked manually. unlocked for about 30 seconds. If no door nor the rear lid is opened during this time, Locking the vehicle after the airbags have the vehicle will then automatically lock. been deployed If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automatically and Fig. 103 Vehicle mechanical key completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, it can be locked follow- Central locking ing an accident in the following ways: Function Handling the buttons on the vehicle ››› Fig. 102

Unlocking the Press button . » vehicle.

95 Operation

Function Handling the buttons on the The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the Using the vehicle's me- vehicle ››› Fig. 102 vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and if Function chanical key ››› Fig. 103 in the battery has enough power. the lock cylinder Lock the vehi- Press button . cle. ● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals will To unlock, insert the vehicle key flash once in confirmation. into the lock cylinder of the driver Unlocking the Press button . ● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals door and turn the key in an anti- rear lid. Locking and un- clockwise direction. will flash twice in confirmation. locking the rear Locking the Press button . lid. To lock, insert the vehicle key into rear lid. If the turn signals do not flash in confirmation, the lock cylinder of the driver at least one of the doors or the rear lid has door and turn the key in a clock- Function Handling the vehicle key been left unlocked. wise direction. Fig. 102 in the lock cylin- ››› If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot der or with the vehicle me- If the driver's door is open, it cannot be be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi- chanical key Fig. 103. locked with the vehicle key. ››› cle without opening any doors or the rear lid, Unlocking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock it will lock again automatically after a few vehicle. cylinder of the driver door and turn seconds. This function prevents the vehicle the key in an anticlockwise di- from remaining unlocked if the unlocking but- rection. ton is pressed by mistake. Lock the vehi- Insert the vehicle key into the lock cle. cylinder of the driver door and turn Mechanical locking the key in a clockwise direction. Using the vehicle's me- Unlocking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock Function chanical key ››› Fig. 103 in rear lid. cylinder of the driver door and turn the lock cylinder the key in an anticlockwise direction. To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver Locking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock door and turn the key in an anti- rear lid. cylinder of the driver door and turn Locking the clockwise direction. the key in a clockwise direction. driver door manually. To lock, insert the vehicle key into Warning: in accordance with the central the lock cylinder of the driver locking function set by a specialised work- door and turn the key in a clock- shop, in order to unlock all the doors and the wise direction. rear lid, press the  button twice. 96 Opening and closing

Locking or unlocking the vehicle Central locking Mechanical locking from the inside Push the button ››› Fig. 104: The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark becomes visible  Unlocking the vehicle. ››› Fig. 105 1 .  Locking the vehicle. To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door lever. The central locking button is still operative If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of when the ignition is switched off. the following: If the vehicle has been locked with the vehicle ● The "Safe" security system will not activate key, the central locking button does not oper- page 97. ate. ››› ● It will not be possible to open the doors Please note the following when you use the from the outside, when stopped at traffic Fig. 104 On the driver's door: central locking central locking button to lock your vehicle: button. lights for example. ● The "Safe" security system will not activate ● The doors can be opened and unlocked in- ››› page 97. dividually from the inside by pulling the door ● It will not be possible to open the doors or handle. the rear lid from the outside. This may offer ● The driver door cannot be locked using the extra safety, for example when stopped at central locking system when it is still open. traffic lights. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the ● The doors can be opened and unlocked in- vehicle when there is nobody inside. dividually from the inside by pulling the door handle. If necessary, pull the door release lever twice. Safe security system “Safe”* ● Fig. 105 On the passenger door: door handle The driver door cannot be locked when for mechanical locking. open. This avoids locking the vehicle key in- Function Necessary operations side the vehicle when there is nobody inside. Lock the vehicle and Press the  button once on activate the “Safe” the vehicle key. » security system.

97 Operation

Function Necessary operations When the vehicle is Meaning ● Always stop immediately and close the locked: door. Press the  button on the ● When closing, ensure that the door has Lock the vehicle with- vehicle key twice. The red LED flashes for There is a fault in the closed correctly. A closed door should be out activating the about two seconds at short locking system. Con- “Safe” security sys- Press the central locking intervals. Subsequently, the tact a specialised flush with the corresponding parts of the  tem. button on the driver door light will remain switched on workshop. bodywork. once. for about 30 seconds. ● Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door. When the vehicle is locked, the “Safe” securi- WARNING ty system deactivates the door handles, pre- venting people from opening the vehicle. The Careless use of the "Safe" security system WARNING can cause serious injury. doors cannot be opened from inside ››› . A door held open by its retainer could be Upon switching off the ignition, the instrument ● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if blown closed by the wind or close if the ve- panel display will show that the “deadlock” is it has been locked using the key. When the hicle is on a hill, causing injury. "Safe" security system is activated, doors activated or (SAFELOCK or SAFELOCK). ● When opening and closing doors, always cannot be opened from the inside! use the door handle. When the “Safe” security system is deac- ● When the doors are locked, it is difficult tivated, the following occurs: to get to passengers in the vehicle interior in case of an emergency. Passengers could ● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked remain trapped inside and unable to unlock Childproof lock from the inside using an inside door handle. the doors in case of an emergency.

Control lamp on the driver door When the vehicle is Meaning Doors locked:

The red LED flashes for ap- The "Safe" security Introduction proximately 2 seconds at system is switched short intervals and then on. WARNING more slowly. If a door is not correctly closed, it could The red LED flashes for The "Safe" security open unexpectedly when driving and cause about two seconds then system is switched Fig. 106 Childproof lock on the left hand side serious injuries. turns off. After 30 seconds, off. door the LED flashes again.

98 Opening and closing

The childproof lock prevents the rear doors activated by inserting the key in the groove on it. If necessary, press down on the rear from being opened from the inside. This sys- when the door is open, as described above. lid and remove the load. tem prevents minors from opening a door ac- ● Close and lock both the rear lid and all cidentally while the vehicle is running. the other doors when you are not using the This function is independent of the vehicle Rear lid vehicle. Ensure that nobody remains inside electronic opening and locking systems. It the vehicle. only affects rear doors. It can only be activa- ● Introduction Never allow children to play inside or ted and deactivated manually, as described around the vehicle without supervision, es- below: pecially if the rear lid is open. Children WARNING could enter the luggage compartment, Activating the childproof lock Careless and unsuitable locking, opening close the rear lid and become trapped. De- and closing of the rear lid can cause acci- pending on the time of the year, tempera- – Unlock the vehicle and open the door in dents and serious injury. tures inside a locked and closed vehicle which you wish to activate the childproof can be extremely high or extremely low re- ● Open and close the rear lid only when lock. sulting in serious injuries and illness or even nobody is in the way. – With the door open, rotate the groove in the death, particularly for young children. ● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it door using the ignition key, anti-clockwise ● Never leave children or disabled people down with your hand on the rear window. for the left-hand side doors Fig. 106 and alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the ››› This could break and cause injury. clockwise for the right-hand side doors. central locking button is used, they may be ● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing, locked in the vehicle. otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while Deactivating the childproof lock driving. A closed rear lid should be flush – Unlock the vehicle and open the door with the corresponding parts of the body- CAUTION whose childproof lock you want to deacti- work. Before opening the rear lid, ensure that vate. ● Always keep the rear lid closed while there is sufficient free space to open and close it, for example if you are in a garage. – With the door open, rotate the groove in the driving to avoid toxic gases entering the ve- door using the ignition key, anti-clockwise hicle interior. for the right-hand side doors, and clock- ● Do not open the rear lid when there is a wise for the left-hand side doors load installed, for example a carrier sys- ››› Fig. 106. tem. Likewise, the boot hatch cannot be opened when a load is attached to it, for Once the childproof lock is activated, the example bicycles. An open rear lid could door can only be opened from the outside. close itself if there is an additional weight The childproof lock can be activated or de-

99 Operation

Opening the rear lid Opening with the vehicle mechanical key Closing the rear lid ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction ››› page 94. ● Opening the rear lid with the button.

WARNING Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause serious injuries. ● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but Fig. 107 On the vehicle key: button to unlock Fig. 108 Rear lid open: space for pulling. and open the boot hatch. not recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear lid could open unexpectedly Closing the rear lid Read the additional information carefully while driving. ● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid  page 11 ››› ››› Fig. 108 (arrow). Note If bicycles are attached to a rack on the boot ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks in- hatch, for example, in some cases, it may not At outside temperatures of less than 0°C to place in the lock. open automatically ››› . Remove the load (+32°F), the pressurised gas struts cannot ● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling from the carrier and support the open rear lid. always automatically lift the rear lid. In this case, open the rear lid manually. on it firmly. Opening with central locking Locking the rear lid with central locking* ● Press the  button on the vehicle key If you unlock the vehicle without opening any ››› Fig. 107 for about one second to unlock doors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto- the rear lid. matically after about 30 seconds. This func- ● OR: Press the  button on the vehicle key tion prevents the vehicle from remaining un- until the rear lid opens automatically several locked if the unlocking button is pressed by centimetres. mistake. ● Opening the rear lid with the button. Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.

100 Opening and closing

● The rear lid is also locked by a central lock- Note CAUTION ing. Before closing the rear lid, make sure that When the windows are open, rain can enter ● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked the key has not been left inside the luggage the vehicle, dampening the interior equip- using the  button of the vehicle key, when it compartment. ment and causing damage to the vehicle. is closed again it will lock automatically. ● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above about 9 km/h Side-opening rear windows (6 mph). Controls for the windows

Locking the rear lid with the vehicle me- Opening and closing the windows chanical key electrically Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed. Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 13 ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clock- WARNING wise direction page 94. ››› Careless use of the electric windows can cause serious injury. WARNING ● Only operate the electric windows when Fig. 109 Lever to open and close the rear win- Unsuitable or careless closing and locking nobody is in the way. dow of the rear lid could cause serious injuries. ● Never leave children or disabled people Opening ● Never leave the vehicle unattended, or alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be allow children to play inside or around the locked. The windows cannot be opened in Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow vehicle without supervision, especially if case of an emergency. A and press outward until the lever engages. the rear lid is open. Children could enter ● Always take all the keys with you when- the luggage compartment, close the rear ever you leave the vehicle. After turning off Closing lid and become trapped. A locked vehicle the ignition, the windows can be opened can be subjected to extremely high and low Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow and closed for a short time using the but- temperatures, depending on the time of B and then press the lever backward until it tons on the door as long as the driver door year, thus causing serious injuries/illness engages. or passenger side door is not open. and even death.

101 Operation

Sliding/tilting electric pan- WARNING Note oramic sunroof If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sun- ● Leaves and other loose objects that land roof is used negligently or without paying in the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof due attention, it can cause serious injury. should be removed periodically by hand or Opening and closing the panoram- ● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be using a vacuum cleaner. ic sunroof opened or closed when no one is blocking ● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work its path. correctly, the anti-trap function will not Read the additional information carefully ● After switching off, it is still possible to work either. In this case, you should take ›››  page 13 open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof the vehicle to a specialised workshop. The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when during a short space of time provided that ● The convenience position permits suffi- switched on. After switching off, it is still possi- neither the driver nor passenger door is cient ventilation with a level of sound pro- ble to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof opened. duced by low wind. during a short space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is CAUTION opened. ● To prevent damage, when there are win- Anti-trap function of the slid- All operations are interrupted when the rotary ter temperatures any ice or snow that there ing/tilting electric panoramic sun- knob is actuated. may be on the roof of the vehicle must be roof removed before opening or raising the slid- If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilting/tilting electric panoramic sunroof. ing sunroof electrically, it would need to be The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of closed manually. It is not possible to do an ● Before leaving the vehicle or in the case injury when closing the sliding/tilting electric emergency close of the sliding/tilting sunroof of heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroof panoramic sunroof ››› . If the sliding/tilting must always be closed. With the slid- without removing components of the vehicle. sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle ing/tilting sunroof open or raised, water In such a case, obtain professional assis- when closing, it will immediately reopen. can enter the passenger compartment and tance. can cause considerable damage to the ● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has electrical system. As a result, other dam- not closed. Sliding blind age can occur in the vehicle. ● Try to close it again. With the roof grab handle situated in the rear ● In the case of heavy rain, if the slid- ● If it is still not possible to close it due to an part of the roof opening, it is possible to move ing/tilting sunroof is open, the interior obstacle or resistance, it will remain in the the sliding blind to the required position. equipment of the vehicle may get wet, de- stroying the seat heating and damaging corresponding position. Close it without the the electrical system of the vehicle. anti-trap function.

102 Lights and visibility

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panor- Lights and visibility Switching lights on and off amic sunroof without the anti-trap function ● Within about 5 seconds of activating the Lights anti-trap function, pull knob ›››  Fig. 13 5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is fully closed. Control lamps ● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will close without the anti-trap function!  It lights up ● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a Rear fog light switched on ››› page 22. specialised workshop.

If the knob is released during the closing op-  It lights up Fig. 110 On the side of the steering wheel: dia- eration, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Left or right turn signal. sunroof opens automatically. gram of some of the types of light switch The control lamp flashes twice as fast when a vehicle WARNING turn signal is faulty. If necessary, check the vehicle's Read the additional information carefully lights. ›››  page 22 Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap function The driver is personally responsible for the  It lights up can result in serious injury. correct use and adjustment of the lights in all situations. ● The sliding/tilting sunroof should always Main beam on or flasher on ››› page 105. be closed carefully. Several warning and control lamps light up Audible warnings to advise the driver that ● No person should ever remain in the way for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- the lights have not been switched off of the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when closing without the anti-trap func- ed on, signalling that the function is being If the key is not in the ignition and the driver tion. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- door is open, an audible warning signal is onds. ● The anti-trap function does not prevent heard in the following cases: this will remind fingers or other parts of the body from be- you to turn the light off. WARNING coming trapped against the roof frame and ● When the light switch is in position . injuries occurring. Observe the safety warnings ››› in Con- trol and warning lamps on page 27. ● When the light switch is in position . »

103 Operation

WARNING Daytime running lights Automatic dipped beam control The side lights or daytime running lights The daytime driving light consists of individu- * are not bright enough to illuminate the road al lights in the front headlamps. The automatic dipped beam control is merely ahead and to ensure that other road users When the daytime driving light is switched on, intended as an aid and is not able to recog- are able to see you. only the individual lights come on ››› . nise all driving situations. ● Always use your dipped beam head The daytime lights are switched on each time lights if it is raining or if visibility is poor. When the light switch is in position , the the ignition is turned on if the light setting is in vehicle lights and the instrument panel and position  or in position . WARNING switch lighting switch on and off automatically in the following situations ››› in Light and WARNING If the headlights are set too high and not visibility: functions on page 104: used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is distracting other road users. This could re- not clearly visible to other drivers, an acci- Automatic switch- Automatic switch- sult in a serious accident. dent may occur. ing on ing off ● Always make sure that the headlights are ● Never use the daytime driving light if the correctly adjusted. road is not well-lit as a result of the weath- The photo sensor de- When adequate lighting tects darkness, for exam- is detected. er conditions and poor visibility. The day- ple, when driving through Note time driving lights are not bright enough to a tunnel. illuminate the road ahead and to ensure The legal requirements regarding the use that other road users are able to see you. The rain sensor detects When the windscreen of vehicle lights in each country must be rain and activates the wipers have been inac- ● The rear lights do not come on with the observed. windscreen wipers. tive for a few minutes. daytime driving light. A vehicle which does not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other drivers in the darkness, if it is WARNING Light and visibility: functions raining or in conditions of poor visibility. If the road is not well lit and other road users cannot see the vehicle well enough Parking light remains on both sides Note or at all, accidents may occur. If when switching off the ignition, the light ● The automatic dipped beam control The headlights, rear lights and turn signals control remains in the position  and the ve- () only switches on the dipped beam may mist up temporarily on the inside in hicle is closed from outside, both headlights, when there are no changes in brightness, cool or damp weather. This is normal and in in addition to the side lights and the rear and not, for example when it is foggy. no way effects the useful life of the vehicle lights will light up. lighting system.

104 Lights and visibility

“Coming home” and “Leaving ● OR: switch on the ignition. fuse other road users. This could result in a home” function (guidance lights) serious accident. Activating the “Leaving Home” function ● Always give warning when you are going The “Coming Home” and “Leaving Home” ● Unlock the vehicle (the light switch must be to change lane, overtake or when turning, function lights up the vehicle’s immediate at the  position and the rain and light sen- activating the turn signal in good time. proximity when getting into and out of it in the sor must detect darkness). ● As soon as you have finished changing dark. lane, overtaking or turning, switch the turn The “Coming home” function is switched on Deactivating the “Leaving Home” function signal off. manually. However, the “Leaving home” func- ● It is automatically deactivated once the tion is automatically controlled by a rain and light switch-off delay time has elapsed. WARNING light sensor. ● OR: lock the vehicle. Incorrect use of the headlights may cause ● OR: rotate the light switch to position . accidents and serious injury, as the main Activating the “Coming Home” function beam may distract or dazzle other drivers. ● OR: switch on the ignition. ● Switch the ignition off. ● Activates the headlight flasher for approx. 1 Note second ›››  page 23. Turn signal and main beam lever ● If the convenience turn signals are operating (three flashes) and the other conven- When the driver door is opened, the “Coming ience turn signals are switched on, the ac- Home” lighting comes on. The delay in Read the additional information carefully tive part stops flashing and only flashes switching off the headlights is counted from ›››  page 23 once in the new part selected. when the last door or rear lid of the vehicle is closed. Convenience turn signals ● The turn signal only works when the ignition is switched on. The hazard warning For the convenience turn signals, move the lights also work when the ignition is switch- Deactivating the “Coming Home” function lever as far as possible upwards or down- ed off ››› page 70. wards and release the lever. The turn signal ● It is automatically deactivated once the ● If any of both turn signals fails, the warn- will flash 3 times. time set for the light switch-off delay has ing lamp will start flashing twice faster elapsed. The convenience indicators can be deactiva- than normal. ● OR: it is automatically deactivated if, 30 ted at a Specialised workshop. ● The main beam headlights can only be seconds after the function has been activa- switched on if the dipped beam headlights ted, any vehicle door or the rear lid is still WARNING are already on. open. Improper or lack of use of the turn signals, ● OR: rotate the light switch to position . or forgetting to deactivate them can con- 105 Operation

Hazard warning lights 5. Switch off the engine and remove the ● Never leave children or disabled people key from the ignition. alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be 6. Have all occupants leave the vehicle locked. In case of an emergency, passen- and move to safety, for example behind gers will be trapped inside the vehicle. Indi- a guard rail. viduals locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low tempera- 7. When leaving the vehicle, take all keys tures. with you.

8. Place an emergency warning triangle to WARNING indicate the position of your vehicle to other road users. The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could 9. Allow the engine to cool and check if a cause a fire and considerable damage. Fig. 111 Instrument panel: button for switching specialist is required. ● Always park your vehicle so that no part the hazard lights warning system on and off. When being towed with the hazard warning of the exhaust system can come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried Read the additional information carefully lights on, a change in direction or traffic lane grass or fuel). ›››  page 23 can be indicated as usual using the turn signal lever. The hazard lights will be interrupted Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a temporarily. Note broken down vehicle. In a number of countries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn on the If the hazard warning lights are not working, ● The vehicle battery will discharge and hazard warning lights and use a reflective you must use an alternative method of draw- run down if the hazard warning lights remain on for too long (even with the ignition safety vest ››› page 70. ing attention to your vehicle. This method must comply with traffic legislation. turned off). If your vehicle breaks down: ● In some vehicles, the brake lights will WARNING flash when braking abruptly at speeds of 1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from approximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn traffic and on suitable ground . A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk ››› vehicles travelling behind. If braking con- of accident for the driver and for other road 2. Turn on the hazard warning lights with tinues, the hazard warning lights system users. the  button ››› Fig. 111. will automatically be turned on at a speed ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- of less than approximately 10 km/h 3. Apply the handbrake firmly ble. Park the vehicle a safe distance from ››› page 151. (6 mph). The brake lights remain lit. Upon surrounding traffic to lock all the doors in accelerating, the hazard warning lights will 4. Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the case of an emergency. Turn on the hazard be automatically turned off. selector lever in position N ››› page 158. warning lights to warn other road users.

106 Lights and visibility

Adjusting the headlights Headlight range control, lighting of To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 112: the instrument panel and controls In those countries where vehicles drive on the Value Vehicle load statusa) other side of the road to the home country, All seats occupied, luggage compart- the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle  ment empty drivers of oncoming vehicles. All seats occupied, luggage compart- For this reason, stickers may be needed to  ment full. cover the headlights when driving abroad. For further information, please refer to a spe-  Driver only, luggage compartment full cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a) If the vehicle load does not correspond to those a technical service. shown in the table, it is possible to select intermediary positions. Note The use of stickers to cover headlights is Fig. 112 Next to the steering wheel: Headlight Instrument and switch lighting range control only permitted over a short period. To mod- When the side lights or dipped beam head- ify the direction of the headlamps more lights are switched on, the lighting for instru- permanently, please take the vehicle to a Headlamp height adjustment ments and controls lights up at a constant specialised workshop. SEAT recommends The headlight range control Fig. 112 is ››› brightness. taking your car in for technical service. modified according to the value of the headlight beam and the vehicle load status. This WARNING offers the driver optimum visibility and the headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers Heavy objects in the back of vehicle may ››› . cause headlight dazzle and distract other drivers. This could result in a serious acci- The headlights can only be adjusted when dent. the dipped beam is switched on. ● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load status so that it does not blind other driv- To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 112: ers. Value Vehicle load statusa)

Two front occupants, luggage compart-  ment empty

107 Operation

Luggage compartment light Vanity mirror* CAUTION There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sun When the uncoated surface is covered or The light is activated when the rear lid is visor on the passenger side and a cardholder has a sticker on the interior or exterior, mal- open, even when the ignition and lights are in the driver sun visor. functions in the electronic components turned off. For this reason, ensure that the may occur. Never cover the uncoated sur- rear lid is always closed. WARNING face on the interior or exterior. Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility. ● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors Visibility away when not in use. Windscreen wiper and win- Sun visors dow wiper systems Heat-insulating glass windscreen Window wiper lever

Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 24

WARNING Water from the windscreen washer water bottle may freeze on the windscreen if it does not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibility. Fig. 113 Sun visor ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer Fig. 114 Windscreen with reflective infrared contains enough anti-freeze. Options for adjusting driver and front pas- and metal coating and small window (red sur- ● In cold conditions, you should not use the senger sun visors: face) wash/wipe system unless you have ● Lower the sun visor towards the wind- warmed the windscreen with the ventila- The heat-insulating windscreens include a re- screen. tion system. The antifreeze could freeze on flective infrared coating. The section above the windscreen and reduce visibility. ● The sun visor can be pulled out of its the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated mounting and turned towards the door. (communication window) to allow electric ● Swing the sun visor towards the door, longi- components from the accessories shop to tudinally backwards. operate correctly ››› Fig. 114. 108 Lights and visibility

WARNING Note Rain and light sensor Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility ● The windscreen wipers will only work and increase the risk of accident and seri- when the ignition is switched on. ous injury. ● The interval wipe speed varies according ● Always replace damaged or worn blades to the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle or blades which do not clean the wind- is moving, the more often the windscreen is screen correctly. cleaned. ● The rear wiper is automatically switched CAUTION on when the windscreen wiper is on and the car is in reverse gear. In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass before using the wipers for the first time. In Fig. 115 Windscreen wipers lever: adjust the cold weather, it may help to leave the vehi- Windscreen wiper functions rain sensor 1 . cle parked with the wipers in service position ›››  page 46. Windscreen wipers performance in different situations CAUTION The activated position provi- If the vehicle is at a If the ignition is switched off while the wind- sionally changes to the previ- standstill screen wipers are on, the windscreen wip- ous position. ers carry on wiping at the same level when Intervals between wipes de- the ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow For intermittent pend on the vehicle's speed. and other obstacles may damage the wipers The higher the vehicle speed windscreen wiper and the respective mo- the shorter the intervals. tor. Fig. 116 Rain sensor reference surface. ● If necessary, remove snow and ice from Note the windscreen wipers before starting your journey. The wiper will try to wipe away any obsta- When activated, the rain and light sensor au- cles that are on the windscreen. The wiper tomatically controls the windscreen washer ● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wip- will stop moving if the obstacle blocks its intervals depending on the intensity of the ers from the glass. SEAT recommends a de- path. Remove the obstacle and switch the icer spray for this operation. rainfall. » wiper back on again.

109 Operation

When the rain and light sensor is deactivated, face ››› Fig. 116 1 of the rain and light sen- CAUTION the duration of the intervals is adjusted to set sor: levels. The rain and light sensor does not always ● Wiper blades in poor condition: the pres- detect rainfall with sufficient accuracy so does not always switch on the windscreen Activating and deactivating the rain and ence of a film or strips of water caused by wiper at the right moment. light sensor damaged blades may cause the windscreen wipers to be slower taking effect, shorten ● If necessary, switch on the windscreen Move the lever to the required position wiping intervals or cause wiping to be fast wipers manually when water on the wind- ››› Fig. 115: and continuous. screen obstructs visibility. ● Position A - The rain and light sensor is de- ● Insects: mosquitoes impacting the wind- activated. screen can activate the windscreen wiper. Note ● Position B - The rain and light sensor is ac- ● Traces of salt: in winter, the windscreen We recommend the use of a glass cleaning tivated will wipe automatically as needed. wiper may work for longer than usual due to product containing alcohol to remove the presence of traces of salt on the almost traces of wax or polish. When the ignition is switched off and then dry windscreen. back on again, the rain sensor stays on and starts operating again when the windscreen ● Dirt: the presence of dry dust, wax, coating wipers are in position B and the vehicle is films (Lotus effect) or traces of detergent (car Mirror travelling at more than 4 km/h (2 mph). wash) etc., on the windscreen may cause the rain and light sensor to be less sensitive, react Interior rear vision mirror Setting the sensitivity level of the rain and more slowly, later or not at all. light sensor ● Crack on the windscreen: the impact of a The sensitivity of the rain and light sensor can stone will trigger a single wipe cycle if the be adjusted manually with the control 1 on rain and light sensor is activated. Subse- the windscreen wiper lever ››› . quently, the sensor detects the reduction in the reference surface area and adapts ac- ● Move the control to the right: high sensitivi- cordingly. The behaviour of the sensor will ty. vary with the size of the damage. ● Move the control to the left: low sensitivity. Clean the reference surface area of the rain and light sensor 1 regularly and check that Malfunction of the rain and light sensor the windscreen wiper blades have not been Some examples of possible causes of faults damaged. Fig. 117 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear and mistaken readings on the reference sur- vision mirror

110 Lights and visibility

The driver should always adjust the rear vi- ● When moving the mirror, take care not to sion mirror to permit adequate visibility trap fingers between the mirror and the through the rear window. mirror bracket.

Manual anti-dazzle function for interior WARNING rear vision mirror Failure to correctly estimate the distance ● Basic position: point the lever at the bottom of the vehicle behind could lead to serious of the mirror forwards. accident. ● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti- ● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in- dazzle function ››› Fig. 117. crease the field of vision, however objects Fig. 119 On the driver door: rotating control for electric windows. appear smaller and further away in the mirrors. Exterior mirrors Read the additional information carefully ● The use of these mirrors to estimate the ›››  page 15 distance to the next vehicle when changing lane is imprecise and could result in serious Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the ad- accident. just button ››› Fig. 118 or the rotary control* ● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to ››› Fig. 119. estimate distances to vehicles behind you Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning or in other circumstances. them to their original position is possible ● Make sure that the rear visibility is ade- through a mechanical system. Carefully fold quate. the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the win- For the sake of the environment dow until it clicks into place. Fig. 118 On the front doors: button to adjust The exterior mirror heating should be the mechanical exterior rear vision mirror WARNING switched off when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste. Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking care to avoid injuries. Note ● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when there is no-one in the way of the mir- In the event of a fault, the electric exterior ror. mirrors can be adjusted manually by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.

111 Operation

Seats and head restraints Removing and fitting the rear head ● Insert the head restraint into the guides on restraints the seat backrest. ● Push the head restraint down as far as it will Adjusting the seat and head go while pressing button 1 . restraints ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward again until it is engaged. Manual front seat adjustment ● Adjust the head restraint to the correct position ››› page 52. Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 14 WARNING Travelling with the head restraints removed WARNING or improperly adjusted increases the risk of The safe driving chapter contains impor- severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- Fig. 120 Removing the rear head restraint tant information, tips, suggestions and dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres. warnings that you should read and observe The rear seats are equipped with a head re- ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint for your own safety and the safety of your straint. properly whenever a person is occupying a passengers ››› page 49. seat. Removing the rear head restraint. ● Refit any removed head restraints imme- WARNING diately so that passengers are properly ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward ● protected. Adjust the front seats only when the vehi- ››› page 122. cle is stationary. Failure to follow this in- ● Push the head restraint up as far as it will go struction could result in an accident. CAUTION . ● ››› Be careful when adjusting the seat When removing and fitting the head re- ● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting with- height. Careless or uncontrolled adjust- straint, make sure it does not hit the head- out releasing the button Fig. 120 1 . ment can cause injuries. ››› liner of the vehicle or the front seat back- ● The front seat backrests must not be re- ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward rest. Otherwise, the interior roof and other clined for driving. Otherwise, seat belts and again until it is engaged. parts of the vehicle could be damaged. the airbag system might not protect as ● Safely store the removed head restraints. they should in case of an accident, increasing risk of injury. Fitting the rear head restraint ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward ››› page 122. 112 Seats and head restraints

Seat functions Cases in which the heat seating should ● Do not sit on the seat if your clothes are not be switched on damp or wet. Seat heating* Do not switch the seat heating on if any of the ● Do not leave wet or damp objects or following conditions are met: clothing on the seat. ● Do not spill liquid on the seat. ● The seat is not occupied. ● The seat has a cover. CAUTION ● A child seat has been installed on the seat. ● To avoid damaging the heating elements, ● The seat cushion is wet or damp. refrain from kneeling on the seat or apply- ● The outdoor or indoor temperature is great- ing sharp pressure at a single point to the er than +25°C (77°F). seat cushion or backrest. ● If liquids are spilled on the seats, sharp Fig. 121 In the centre console: Front seats WARNING objects are left on them or insulating mate- heating switch People whose pain or temperature thresh- rials are fitted (such as a cover or a child old has been affected by some kind of seat) on them, the heating could get dam- With the engine on, the seat cushion and the medicine, paralysis or chronic illness (e.g. aged. seat backrest can be heated electrically. diabetes) could sustain burns to the back, ● If you notice any odour, switch off the ● Enable: Press the  or  button at the top of buttocks or legs. These burns could take a seat heating immediately and have the unit the centre console. Seat heating operates at long time to heal or never fully heal. Seek inspected by a specialised workshop. medical advice if you have any doubts re- full power. All the control lamps light up. garding your health. ● Adjust: press the  or  button repeatedly For the sake of the environment ● People with a limited pain or temperature to adjust it to the required level. threshold should never use the seat heat- The seat heating should be switched off ● Disable: press the  or  button as many ing. when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, it is times as necessary until no control lamp re- an unnecessary fuel waste. mains on. WARNING When heat seating is at maximum level, after If the upholstery gets soaked, the heat approximately 15 minutes it goes back to the seating could stop working properly and first level automatically. the risk of burns could increase. ● Before using the seat heater, make sure that the seat cushion is dry.

113 Operation

Transport and practical ● Always ensure that objects inside the ve- Transporting the load hicle cannot move into the deployment equipment area of the bags while driving. Secure all objects in the vehicle ● While driving, always keep object com- ● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle Transporting objects partments closed. and on the roof as uniformly as possible. ● Remove all objects from the front pas- ● Transport heavy objects as far forward as Introduction senger seat when it is folded down. When possible in the luggage compartment and the seat backrest is folded down, it presses lock the seat backs in the vertical position. on small and light objects and these are Always transport heavy loads in the luggage ● detected by the weight sensor on the seat; Check the headlight adjustment compartment and place the seat backs in a this sends false information to the airbag ››› page 103. vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. control unit. ● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- ● the load being transported. Read the tyre in- tribution of the load in the vehicle affect driv- While the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded, the frontal airbag must re- flation information label ››› page 206. ing behaviour and braking ability ››› . main disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF  light on. CAUTION WARNING ● Objects secured in the vehicle should Objects on the shelf could chafe against Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects never be placed in such a way as to make the wires of the heating element in the can cause serious injury in case of a sud- passengers sit in an incorrect position. heated rear window and cause damage. den manoeuvring or breaking or in case of ● If secured objects occupy a seat, this an accident. This is especially true when seat should not be occupied or used by objects are struck by a detonating airbag Note anyone. and fired through the vehicle interior. To re- Please refer to the notes on loading the duce the risks, please note the following: roof carrier ››› page 127. ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always WARNING keep equipment and heavy objects in the The driving behaviour and braking ability luggage compartment. change when transporting heavy and large Driving with the rear lid open ● Always secure objects with suitable rope objects. or slings so that they cannot enter the de- ● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis- Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi- ployment areas around the frontal or side ibility, road, traffic and weather conditions. tional risk. Secure all objects and secure the airbags in case of sudden braking or an ac- ● Accelerate gently and carefully. rear lid correctly and take all measures pos- cident. ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. sible to reduce toxic gases from entering the vehicle. ● Brake early. 114 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases in- ● Secure loads correctly so they do not side the vehicle: move. Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries. – Close all windows. ● When transporting heavy objects, use suitable ropes or straps. ● Always drive with the rear lid closed. – Disable air recirculation mode. ● Lock the seat backs in vertical position. ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose – Open all of the air outlets on the instru- items could fall out of the vehicle and injure ment panel. other road users or damage other vehicles. – Switch on the blower to maximum. ● Drive particularly carefully and think Practical equipment ahead. CAUTION ● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking An open boot hatch changes the length Introduction given that this could cause an uncontrolled and height of the vehicle. movement of the open rear lid. Storage compartments must only be used to ● When transporting objects that protrude store light or small objects. out of the luggage compartment, indicate Driving a loaded vehicle them suitably. Observe legal requirements. WARNING ● If objects must project out of the luggage For the best handling when driving a loaded In the event of sudden braking movements compartment, the rear lid must never be vehicle, note the following: or turns, loose objects may be thrown used to “secure” or “attach” objects. around the vehicle interior. This could ● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, ● Secure all objects ››› page 114. cause serious injuries to passengers and it should be removed before travelling with ● Accelerate gently and carefully. cause the driver to lose control of the vehi- the rear lid open. cle. ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. ● Do not carry animals or store hard, heavy WARNING ● Brake early. or sharp objects in the vehicle in: open stor- ● age compartments, instrument panel, Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior If necessary, read the instructions for driv- items of clothing or bags. when the rear lid is open. This could cause ing with a roof carrier system ››› page 127. loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide ● While driving, always keep object com- poisoning, serious injury and accidents. WARNING partments closed. ● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle A sliding load could considerably affect the always drive with the rear lid closed. stability and safety of the vehicle resulting WARNING in an accident with serious consequences. ● In exceptional circumstances, if you must Objects falling into the driver's footwell drive with the rear lid open, observe the fol- could prevent use of the pedals. This could »

115 Operation

lead the driver to lose control of the vehi- covered so that used air can escape from Compartment on the centre con- cle, increasing the risk of a serious acci- the vehicle. sole dent. ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath Storage compartment on the driver them. side ● The floor mat should always be secured to the floor. ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by the factory. ● Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.

CAUTION Fig. 123 In the front part of the centre console: ● Objects on the shelf could chafe against storage compartment. the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage. Fig. 122 On the driver side: storage compartment. The storage compartment ››› Fig. 123 may be ● Do not keep temperature-sensitive ob- used as a drink holder ››› page 119 or as an jects, food or medicines inside the vehicle. There may be a storage compartment on the ashtray* ››› page 119 or to store small ob- Heat and cold could damage them or ren- driver side. jects. der them useless. ● Light-transparent objects placed inside Note the vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying A 12 volt electrical socket ››› page 120 can glasses or transparent suction caps on the be found in the storage compartment. windows, may concentrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle.

Note The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf must not be

116 Transport and practical equipment

Storage compartment with cover Opening and closing the storage com- Bag support* on the passenger side* partment cover Pull the lever to open ››› Fig. 124 1 . To close, press the cover upwards until it clicks into place.

Sunglasses storage compartment. Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment. The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage compartment Fig. 125 Storage on front passenger side: fold- 2 . ing hook.

Supports On the opening lever of the glove compart- Next to the eyeglass storage compartment is ment on the passenger side there is a folding a notebook holder 3 and in the interior of the hook ››› Fig. 125 for hanging small items of storage compartment there is a pen holder luggage, e.g. bags, etc. 4 , a map storage area and a coin tray 5 . CAUTION ● CAUTION The maximum weight for the hook is 1.5 kg. For structural reasons, some model ver- ● With the hook folded forward, it automat- sions will have gaps behind the glove com- ically draws up when the compartment is partment into which small objects may fall. opened. This could lead to strange noises and dam- ● We recommend removing hanging bags Fig. 124 Storage compartment with cover on age to the vehicle. Therefore, do not store from the hook before opening the glove the passenger side small objects in the glove compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces pro- compartment. There may be a storage compartment with vided. cover on the passenger side.

117 Operation

Storage compartment in the back Other storage compartments ● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that of the centre console driver's view is not restricted. ● The coat hook is suitable for light items of clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.

Drink holders

The drink holders are in the open storage compartments in the driver and passenger doors. Fig. 127 The centre pillars contain garment hooks. Fig. 126 In the rear part of the centre console: WARNING storage compartment. Coat hooks Improper use of the drink holders can cause injury. The drink holder at the back of the centre The centre pillars contain garment hooks console can be used as a storage compart- ››› Fig. 127 (arrow). ● Do not place containers with hot drinks in ment. a drink holder. During sudden braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be Other storage compartments: spilled and lead to scalding. ● In the front door trims ››› page 86. ● Ensure that no bottles or other object are ● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*. dropped in the driver footwell, as they ● Bag hook in the luggage compartment could get under the pedals and obstruct their working. ››› page 122. ● Never place heavy containers, food or ● In the upper part of the centre console, in- other heavy objects in the drink holder. In stead of the radio Fig. 95 10 . ››› the event of an accident, these heavy objects could be “thrown around” the vehicle WARNING interior and cause serious injuries. Clothing hung on the coat hooks could restrict the driver's view and lead to serious accidents.

118 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING Ashtray* Closed bottles inside the vehicle could explode or crack due to the heat or the cold. ● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if the inside temperature is too high or too low.

CAUTION Do not leave open drinks containers in the drink holders when the vehicle is in motion. Fig. 129 In the rear part of the centre console: They could spill during braking, for example, and cause damage to the vehicle and There are drink holders in the front and rear Fig. 130 In the front part of the centre console: the electrical system. parts of the centre console. open the ashtray.

Securing the drink container in the front Opening and closing the ashtray Centre console drink holders drink holder To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direc- Fold the drink holder ››› Fig. 128 forward. tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 130. Place the drink container in the drink holder To close, push the ashtray lid down. so that it is securely surrounded. Emptying the ashtray ● Remove the ashtray from the storage compartment lifting it up. ● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder from above.

WARNING Fig. 128 In the front part of the centre console: Incorrect use of the ashtray may cause a drink holder. fire or burns and other serious injuries. ● Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray.

119 Operation

Cigarette lighter* Note The maximum capacity of the socket must not be exceeded. The power consumption is The cigarette lighter can also be used with indicated on the rating plate of each appli- the 12 Volt socket. ance. Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating of all the Power outlet and USB socket* connected devices must never exceed 190 Watts ››› .

12 volt power socket The 12 volt socket is found in the storage compartment at the front of the centre con- Fig. 131 In the front part of the centre console: sole Fig. 132 2 and only functions when lighter. ››› the ignition is switched on. ● Push the button on the cigarette lighter in- Using electrical appliances with the engine ward with the ignition on ››› Fig. 131. stopped and the ignition switched on will ● Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly. drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devi- Fig. 132 Front centre console: 12-volt power ces connected to the power socket can only ● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the outlet on the storage compartment and USB in- be used when the engine is running. cigarette on the glowing coil ››› . terface. ● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert. To prevent voltage variations from causing Electrical equipment can be connected to damage, switch off the electrical device con- WARNING the socket in the vehicle. nected to the 12 Volt power socket before switching the ignition on or off and before All connected appliances should be in per- Undue use of the cigarette lighter may starting the engine. cause a fire or burns and other serious inju- fect working order without any faults. ries. USB Interface ● The cigarette lighter must only be used to Maximum power consumption light cigarettes or similar. The factory-fitted USB interface is in the stor- Power Maximum power consump- age compartment of the front part of the ● Never leave children unsupervised in the socket tion centre console 1 . vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used when the ignition is switched on. 12 Volts 120 Watts

120 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING ● Only use accessories with approved Portable smartphone holder electromagnetic compatibility according Improper use of the socket or electrical de- to current regulations. vices could lead to a fire and cause serious injuries. ● To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all devices connected to ● Never leave children unsupervised in the the 12 V socket before switching the ignition vehicle. The socket and equipment con- on or off and before starting the engine. nected to it can be used when the ignition is switched on. ● Never connect an appliance to the 12 volt power socket that consumes more than the ● Should a connected electrical device power indicated in watts. Exceeding the overheat, switch it off and unplug it imme- maximum power absorption could damage diately. the vehicle's electrical system. Fig. 133 Assembling the universal support and CAUTION For the sake of the environment the holding arm. ● Always follow the operating instructions Do not leave the engine running when the for the appliances to be connected! vehicle is at a standstill. ● Never exceed the maximum power rating as this could damage the vehicle's general electrical system. Note ● 12 volt power socket: ● Using devices with the engine stopped and the ignition switched on will drain the – Only use accessories with approved battery. electromagnetic compatibility according to current regulations. ● Unshielded equipment can cause interference on the radio equipment and the ve- – Never power the socket. hicle's electrical system. ● Interference can occur on the radio's AM CAUTION waveband if electrical appliances are used Fig. 134 On the centre console: close the ● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electri- near the aerial. compartment where the infotainment system is cal system, never connect equipment that housed. generates electrical current, such as solar panels or battery chargers, to the 12 volt Removing the smartphone power sockets in order to charge the vehi- ● Grip the smartphone firmly with one hand. cle's battery. »

121 Operation

● Press the release button ››› Fig. 134 5 until Install the housing CAUTION the top arm of the universal holder disengag- ● Insert the universal holder ››› Fig. 133 3 in- es. At very high or very low temperatures the to the slots 2 on the holder 1 . smartphone might not operate properly, or ● Remove the smart phone and, as the case ● Move the universal holder to the side in the the actual device could get damaged. may be, unplug any cables. locking direction 4 until it engages audi- ● Take your smart phone with you when bly ››› . you get out of the vehicle to protect it from Inserting a smart phone ● Place the holder arm ››› Fig. 134 1 in the very high or very low temperatures, and from intense solar radiation. ● If necessary, install the smartphone hous- anchoring plate ››› Fig. 134 3 from above ing ››› . and press down on it until you hear it en- ● Connect the smartphone. gage ››› . CAUTION ● Place the smartphone on the bottom Humidity can damage the electrical con- mountings. To adjust the bottom mountings, WARNING tacts for the smartphone on the instrument press button ››› Fig. 134 4 . If a smartphone is not secured or is incor- panel. ● Press the top arm of the universal holder rectly secured in the vehicle, it could be ● Do not wet the smartphone’s housing flung though the interior during a sudden until the smartphone is securely held in place. when cleaning it. Use only a dry cloth. driving or braking manoeuvre or in the event of an accident, and could cause inju- Disassembling the housing ries. Note ● If necessary, remove the smartphone. ● The infotainment system holder must be SEAT recommends that you always take ● Grip the universal holder ››› Fig. 133 3 and properly secured in the corresponding gap your smart phone with you when you get out of the vehicle to avoid possible thefts. press the release button ››› Fig. 133 4 . in the dash panel. ● Push the universal holder to the right (anti- ● The infotainment system must always be clockwise) and remove it. properly secured in its holder or stored safely in the vehicle. ● Grip the holder arm and ››› Fig. 134 1 and Luggage compartment press the release button ››› Fig. 134 4 in the CAUTION direction of the arrow. Introduction ● Remove the holder from the dash panel up- If tilt and angle of visibility are not properly wards. adjusted the smart phone could be dam- Always transport heavy loads in the luggage aged. compartment and place the seat backs in a ● When adjusting the smartphone, move it vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. with care and never beyond its limits. Both the carrying capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have 122 Transport and practical equipment effects on the driving behaviour and braking and moving to the airbag deployment area the heated rear window and cause dam- ability ››› . in the event of sudden movements or acci- age. dents. WARNING ● While driving, always keep object com- Note When the vehicle is not in use or being partments closed. watched, always lock the doors and the The ventilating slits between the heated ● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp ob- rear window and the rear shelf must not be rear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or jects inside the vehicle interior, in open death. covered so that used air can escape from storage compartments, the rear shelf of the vehicle. ● Do not leave children unwatched, espe- the boot or on the dash panel. cially when the boot is open. Children ● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects could climb into the luggage compartment, from clothes and pockets inside the vehicle close the rear lid from inside and be unable and store securely. Folding and lifting up the rear seat to escape themselves. This could lead to bench backrest serious injury or death. WARNING ● Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle. The transport of heavy object changes ve- ● Never transport people in the luggage hicle handling and increases braking dis- compartment. tance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or secured correctly could cause loss of control and result in serious injury. WARNING ● Vehicle handling changes when trans- Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects porting heavy objects due to a change in can cause serious injury in case of a sud- the centre of gravity. den manoeuvring or breaking or in case of ● Distribute the load as uniformly and as an accident. This is especially true when low down on the vehicle as possible. objects are struck by a detonating airbag Fig. 135 Back seat: unlock button A ; red ● marking B and fired through the vehicle interior. To re- Store heavy objects in the luggage com- duce the risks, please note the following: partment as far from the rear axle as possible. The rear seat backrest can be folded forward ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always to extend the luggage compartment. » place equipment and heavy objects in the boot. CAUTION ● Always secure objects to the fastening Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe rings with suitable rope or straps to prevent against the wires of the heating element in them from being thrown around the interior 123 Operation

Folding the rear seat backrest forwards ● Never fold or lift the seats while driving. Luggage compartment shelf* ● Push the head restraint down as far as it will ● Do no trap or damage seat belts when go or remove it if necessary ››› page 49 and raising the seat backrest. store it in a safe place. ● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs ● Pull the unlock switch ››› Fig. 135 A for- away from the range of the rear seat wards whilst simultaneously lifting the rear backrests when folding and lifting them. seat backrest. ● All seat backrests must engage correctly ● The rear seat backrest is not engaged for the seat belts on the rear seats to work when the red marking of the button B is visi- properly. When the backrest of an occu- ble. pied seat is not correctly locked in place, the passenger can be thrust forward with ● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people the rear seat backrest in case of sudden (including children) are not permitted to trav- braking, sudden manoeuvres or an acci- Fig. 136 In the boot: removing and installing el in the rear folded seats. dent. the rear shelf. ● A red signal on the button B warns that You may put light items of clothing on the rear Folding up the rear seat backrest the backrest is not engaged. Always check shelf. Check that the rear view is not limited. ● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and to make sure that the red mark is not visible push it firmly into the lock until it clicks se- when the backrest of the rear seat is in the Removing the shelf curely into place ››› . upright position. ● Unhook the loops Fig. 136 B from hous- ● The red marking on the unlock button B ● No seat must be occupied if the backrest ››› must not be seen. of the rear seat is folded or not correctly ings A . engaged. ● ● Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat Extract the shelf from its housing C up- is securely locked in position so that the seat wards and then pull it out. belts can provide proper protection in the CAUTION WARNING rear seats. Before folding the rear seat backrest, ad- ● If necessary, reinstall and readjust the head just the front seats so that neither the head Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects restraints ››› page 112. restraint or backrest hit them when folded. or animals on the rear shelf could cause If necessary, remove the head restraints serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre, sudden braking or an accident. WARNING ››› page 112 and store them safely. ● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp ob- Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear jects (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf. seats carelessly without paying attention could cause serious injury. ● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.

124 Transport and practical equipment

● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Al- Luggage compartment variable ways lower it or remove it before the jour- floor ney.

CAUTION To prevent the rear shelf from being damaged: ● Always check that the side supports are firmly engaged. ● Regulate the height of the load in the luggage compartment to ensure the rear shelf does not press down on the load with the rear lid closed.

Fig. 138 C: extend the boot downward. D: extend the boot forward.

Raise and lower the boot floor Fig. 137 A: open the boot variable floor. B: raised boot variable floor. ● To raise the floor, raise handle ››› Fig. 137 1 in the direction of the arrow and pull from the floor all the way up ››› Fig. 137 B. ● To lower it, guide the floor downward.

Extend the boot downward ● Raise the boot floor and push it downward in the rail ››› Fig. 138 C (arrows) ● Place the variable floor over the floor lining. ● If necessary, fold the backrest of the rear seat forward ››› page 123. »

125 Operation

Extending the luggage compartment for- In order to use the fastening rings, they must Retaining hooks ward be lifted beforehand. ● Disassemble the luggage compartment WARNING tray ››› page 124. ● Disassemble the rear headrests If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining ››› page 49. straps are used, they may break in the event of braking or an accident. Objects ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat forward could then be launched across the passen- ››› page 123. ger compartment and cause serious or fa- ● If necessary, expand the boot downward. tal injuries. ● It is important to always use belts or re- CAUTION taining straps that are suitable and in a good condition. Do not let the luggage compartment floor Fig. 139 In the boot: retaining hooks. fall when closing it. Always carefully guide ● Belts and retaining straps should be se- it downward in a controlled manner. Other- curely fastened to the fastening rings. There may be hooks in the upper left and wise, the lining and the floor of the boot ● Objects in the luggage compartment right part of the luggage compartment. could be damaged. that are unsecured could move suddenly and modify the handling of the vehicle. WARNING ● Small light objects should also be fixed in Never use these hooks to secure objects. In Class N1 (commercial) vehicles place. case of sudden braking or an accident, they could rupture. ● A child seat should never be secured with For safe vehicle operation, the electrical sys- the fastening rings. tem must work perfectly. Special attention CAUTION should be paid so it is not damaged during Note The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg adjustment, loading and unloading of trans- each. ported objects. ● The maximum tensile load that the fastening rings can support is 3.5 kN. ● Belts and securing systems for the ap- Fastening rings* propriate load can be obtained from specialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visit- In the front part of the luggage compartment, ing a SEAT dealership for this. there may be fastening rings to secure the luggage.

126 Transport and practical equipment

Roof carrier ● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads nega- Fastening the base supports and tively affect the vehicle aerodynamics, the roof carrier system Introduction centre of gravity and handling. ● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden The vehicle roof has been designed to opti- braking. mise aerodynamics. For this reason, conven- ● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis- tional roof carrier systems cannot be secured ibility, road, traffic and weather conditions. to the water drains. Given that the water drains have been incor- CAUTION porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea- ● Always remove the roof carrier system sons, only the SEAT approved basic supports from the roof before entering a car wash. and roof carrier systems can be used. ● The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carrier and the Fig. 140 Attachment points for the basic sup- When the roof carrier system should be re- load secured on it. Compare the vehicle ports and the roof carrier system in four-door moved: height with the passage height, for exam- vehicles. ● When they are not used. ple in underground car parks or for garage doors. The mounts are the basis of a complete roof ● When the vehicle is being washed in a car carrier system. Special fixtures must be add- wash. ● The roof antenna and the range of the rear lid should not be affected by the roof ed in order to safely transport luggage, bicy- ● When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi- carrier system or the load being transpor- cles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof. mum height, for example, in some garages. ted. The suitable accessories can be acquired at ● Take extra care not to let the hatch strike SEAT dealerships. WARNING the roof load when opening. The risk of an accident is increased by Securing the base supports and roof carri- transporting heavy or bulky loads on the For the sake of the environment er system roof, which affects the car's handling by The roof carrier system must always be in- shifting the centre of gravity and increasing The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof stalled exactly according to the instructions susceptibility to cross winds. carrier system is fitted. provided. ● Always secure loads correctly with suitable and undamaged attachment rope or The holes or marks indicating the fitting straps. points for base supports are in the lower half of the roof struts and can only be seen with the door open ››› Fig. 140. » 127 Operation

The base support should only be fitted to the Loading the roof carrier WARNING points indicated in the diagram. Exceeding the maximum authorised roof Loads can only be correctly secured when load can result in accidents and/or vehicle WARNING the roof carrier system is correctly fitted damage. If the base supports and the roof carrier ››› . ● Never surpass the maximum authorised system are incorrectly fitted or used in an weight for the roof, the maximum author- unsuitable manner, the entire system could Maximum authorised roof load ised weight on the axles and the total maxi- break free causing accident and injury. The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. mum authorised weight of the vehicle. ● Always take the manufacturer assembly The roof load includes the weight of the base ● Never exceed the capacity of the roof instructions into account. support, the roof carrier system and the load carrier system even if this is less than the ● Only use base supports and roof carrier being transported ››› . maximum authorised roof load. systems that are not damaged and are cor- Always check the weight of the base support, ● Secure heavy items as far forward as rectly fitted. the roof carrier system and the weight of the possible and distribute the vehicle load ● The base support should only be fitted to load to be transported and, if necessary, uniformly. the points indicated in the diagram weigh them. Never exceed the maximum au- ››› Fig. 140. thorised roof load. WARNING ● Secure the base supports and roof carri- If you are using a roof carrier with a lower er system correctly. Loose and incorrectly secured loads can weight rating, you cannot transport the maxi- fall from the roof carrier system causing ● Check the screws and attachments be- mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum accidents and injury. fore driving and after a short distance. Dur- weight limit for the roof carrier given in the fit- ing each long journey, check the attach- ● Always use suitable ropes and straps in ting instructions. ments during every break. good condition. ● ● Always secure loads correctly. Always fit the roof carrier system correct- Distributing a load ly for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc. Uniformly distribute loads and secure them ● Never modify or repair the basic supports correctly . or roof carrier system. ›››

Check attachments Note After fitting the base supports and the roof Read and take into account the instructions carrier system, always check the attach- included with the roof carrier system fitted ments after a short trip and at regular inter- and keep them in the vehicle. vals.

128 Air conditioning

Air conditioning In the case of the Climatronic, the control since no exterior air enters the interior dur- panel screen shows the functions that are ing that time. currently activated. Heating, ventilation and air WARNING CAUTION conditioning If the air conditioning is not working, switch When visibility through the window display it off immediately, together with the de- is poor, the risk of collisions and accidents Introduction frost/demist function (in the case of man- which may cause serious injury increases. ual air conditioning) and have a special- Read the additional information carefully ● To guarantee good visibility, keep all win- ised workshop check it out. This may help ›››  page 29 dows free of ice and snow and properly to avoid other possible damage. demisted. One of the following systems can be installed ● Adjust the heating, air conditioning and CAUTION in the vehicle: the heated rear window so that the windows do not mist up. To avoid damaging the heated rear win- ● Heating and fresh air system dow, never affix adhesives to the electric ● Drive off only when you have good visibil- ● Manual air conditioning filaments on the inside of it. ity through the windows. ● Climatronic ● Do not use the air recirculation for long The heating and fresh air system heats and periods of time. When the cooling is switched off and the air recirculation is on, the Air recirculation ventilates the interior. The heating and fresh windows can mist over very quickly and se- air system cannot cool. riously impair visibility. In air recirculation mode, no fresh air enters The manual air conditioning and the Cli- ● Switch the air recirculation off when you the vehicle interior. matronic cool and dehumidify the air. They do not need it. To switch on the air recirculation, turn the ad- operate most effectively with the windows juster to the right  or press the  button. and the sunroof closed. If a great deal of heat WARNING accumulates in the interior, ventilating it can To switch off the air recirculation, turn the ad- accelerate the cooling process. Used air can quickly cause driver tiredness juster to the left  or press the  button and reduce their attention span, which again ››› . Display of active functions could lead to collisions, accidents and serious injury. WARNING The LEDs that light up on the rotary controls ● Never switch off the fan for a long time or on the buttons indicate that the function in Used air can quickly cause driver tiredness leave the air recirculation on for too long, question is activated. and reduce their attention span, which »

129 Operation

could lead to collisions, accidents and seri- CAUTION recirculation on briefly to cool down the in- ous injury. terior faster. In vehicles with an air conditioner, do not ● Never use the air recirculation for too smoke when air recirculation is switched long, since no exterior air enters the interior on. The smoke taken in could impregnate during that time. the cooling vaporiser and the activated ● When the cooling is switched off and the charcoal cartridge of the dust and pollen air recirculation is on, the windows can mist filter, leading to permanent unpleasant over very quickly and seriously impair visi- odours. bility. ● Switch the air recirculation off when you Note do not need it. ● Climatronic: When reverse gear is engaged, the air recirculation switches on briefly to prevent exhaust gas from entering the interior. ● When the outside temperature is very high, it is recommendable to switch the air

Air vents

Fig. 141 On the dash panel air vents.

130 Air conditioning

To achieve sufficient heating power, cooling the windows as best as possible, open the CAUTION and ventilation in the interior, the vents should corresponding vent and turn it to the de- be left open. frost/demist position, where it will en- Never place food, medicines or other temperature-sensitive objects close to the air gage. Key to the Fig. 141: vents. Food, medicines and other objects 2 Non-adjustable air vents sensitive to heat or cold may be damaged 1 Adjustable air vents: the vent slats can be or made unsuitable for use by the air com- used to open and close the vents and to There are more vents in the footwell areas ing from the vents. adjust air direction. For the air to reach and at the back of the interior.

Tips and instructions for use

Fig. 142 In the centre console, top section: Clima- tronic control panel.

The following tips and instructions for use will ● The outside temperature is lower than How to optimise visibility help you to use the systems properly. around +3°C (+38°F). ● To improve heating or cooling performance ● The cooling system compressor has been and to prevent the windows from misting over, Reasons why the cooling switches off au- temporarily switched off because the engine keep the air intake slots in front of the wind- tomatically or will not switch on coolant temperature is too high. screen free of snow, ice and leaves. ● The engine is not running. ● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air ● To allow the air to move freely through the ● The fan is switched off. conditioner checked by a specialised work- interior from the front to the rear, keep the shop. ● The air conditioner fuse has blown. ventilation slits located at the back of the luggage compartment free. » 131 Operation

● The highest possible heating power will on- the 1 or 2 ››› Fig. 142 button repeatedly. ly be reached and ice removed from the win- The temperature is not regulated. dows as quickly as possible when the coolant is at its operating temperature. ● Maximum cooling potency: set the temperature below +16°C (+60°F). The display then Recommended settings for the heating shows LO. and fresh air system and the manual air ● Maximum heating potency: set the temper- conditioning ature above +29°C (+84°F). The display then shows HI. ● Switch off the air recirculation. ●   Set fan speed or . Dust and pollen filter ● Turn the temperature control to the inter- The dust and pollen filter should be changed mediate position. regularly in order to maintain air conditioner ● Open and direct all the air outlets in the performance. dash panel. If the vehicle is used frequently in areas ● Turn the air distribution control to the re- where the outside air is highly polluted, it may quired position. be necessary to change the filter before the ● Manual air conditioning: press the  but- next scheduled service. ton in the control panel to switch on the cooling. The air is dehumidified in cooling mode. Water under the vehicle If the humidity and temperature outside the Recommended Climatronic settings vehicle are high, condensation can drip off ● Press the  button in the control panel. the evaporator in the cooling system and ● Set the temperature to +22°C (+72°F). form a small pool underneath the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak! ● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel.

Maximum cooling power or heating power in the case of Climatronic When driving, the maximum cooling power or heating power can be adjusted by pressing

132 Introduction

Infotainment System WARNING ● Have CD players repaired only by qualified workshops. Connecting, inserting or removing a data medium while driving can distract your at- Introduction tention from the traffic and cause an acci- CAUTION dent. The system can be damaged by the incor- Safety warnings rect insertion of a data storage device or WARNING the insertion of an incompatible data storage device. Safety warnings regarding the Info- Connecting leads for external devices may tainment system obstruct the driver. ● When inserting and removing CDs, always hold them at right angles to the front ● Arrange the connecting leads so that of the CD drive without tilting so as not to they do not obstruct the driver. WARNING scratch them. Distracting the driver in any way can lead ● If a CD or DVD is inserted while another is to an accident and cause injuries. Operat- WARNING already in the unit or being ejected, the ing the radio system while driving can dis- External devices that are loose or not prop- DVD drive may be irreparably damaged. tract your attention from the traffic. erly secured could move around the pas- Always wait until the data medium is com- ● Always drive as carefully and responsibly senger compartment during a sudden driv- pletely ejected. as possible. ing or braking manoeuvre or an accident and cause damage or injury. ● Select volume settings that allow you to CAUTION easily hear signals from outside the vehicle ● Never place external devices on the Any foreign objects stuck to a data storage at all times (e.g. emergency services sirens doors, the windscreen, on or close to the device and non-round media may damage and horns). zone marked with the “AIRBAG” word of the the CD player. steering wheel, the instrument panel or the ● Hearing may be impaired if using too high backrests, or between these zones and the ● Only use clean, standard 12-cm CDs. a volume setting, even if only for short peri- passengers. External devices can cause ods of time. – Do not affix stickers or other items to serious injury in an accident, especially the data medium. Stickers may peel off when the airbags inflate. and damage the drive. WARNING – Do not use printable data media. Prin- The volume level may suddenly change WARNING ted labels and coverings may peel off when you switch audio source or connect a and damage the CD drive. Opening a CD player's housing can lead to new audio source. injuries from invisible laser radiation. – Do not insert 8-cm single CDs or irreg- ● Lower the base volume before connect- ularly shaped or non-round CDs. » ing or switching the audio source.

133 Infotainment System

– Do not insert DVD-Plus discs, Dual Discs or Flip Discs, as these are thicker than normal CDs.

CAUTION The vehicle loudspeakers may be damaged if the volume is too high or the sound is distorted.

134 Introduction

Overview of the unit

You&Mii Music

Fig. 143 Overview of the controls

1 Arrow buttons (radio/media mode) 10 Media mode (audio sources) ››› page 139, ››› page 141 ››› page 141 2 Slot for SD cards ››› page 142 11 Function buttons ››› page 137 3 CD slot 12 Go back to the previous menu

4 Screen 13 Settings menu 5 AUX-IN multimedia socket ››› page 144 14 Settings button (search and selection) 6 Eject the CD ››› page 137 7 Sound settings 8 Volume. Off and on ››› page 137, ››› page 138 9 Radio mode (change of band frequency) ››› page 139

135 Infotainment System

You&Mii Colour Connection

Fig. 144 Overview of the controls

1 Volume. Off and on ››› page 137, Main menus ››› page 137 ● To access the main menu, press button 2 Slot for SD cards ››› page 142  . 3 Screen ● To select a function, rotate the setting But- 4 AUX-IN multimedia socket ››› page 144 ton 5 until it is highlighted and press the button. 5 Settings button (search and selection) ››› page 137 6 Radio mode (change of band frequency) ››› page 139 7 Media mode (audio sources) ››› page 141 8 Function buttons ››› page 137 9 Telephone mode ››› page 145 10 Selecting the main menu ››› page 136

136 Introduction

General operating informa- Thumbwheels, equipment and Switching on and off function buttons tion ● To manually switch the system on and off, Overview briefly press the rotary knob . Additional instructions ● Rotary/push knobs. When the unit is switched on the system Depending on the vehicle, notifications of the ● Equipment buttons named (physical but- starts up. The last active audio source will be factory-fitted driving assistance systems are tons). played with the volume set, as long this does not exceed the maximum, predefined shown on the display. The notifications close ● Function buttons (virtual buttons). automatically when they are no longer use- “switch-on” volume ( Volume ). ful. Rotary/push knobs Depending on the equipment and country, when switching off the engine or removing All notifications are only displayed after com- The left-hand rotary knob  is known as vol- the key from the ignition, the system switches pletely rebooting the radio system. ume control or the on/off button. off automatically. If the system is switched on Note The right-hand rotary knob is known as the again without switching on the ignition, it will settings button. switch off automatically after approximately ● Pushing the buttons gently is enough to 30 minutes (switch-off delay). use the equipment. Equipment buttons and function buttons ● Due to country-specific legislation, cer- The named buttons of the equipment are Power management tain functions may not be available when known as “equipment buttons” and are the vehicle is travelling above a certain If the charge of the battery goes below the shown with a button symbol inside a rectan- speed. minimum onboard charge with the ignition gle, for instance, equipment button  . switched off and the system active, an audi- ● Using a mobile telephone inside the vehi- ble warning will be emitted and the LOW BAT- cle may provoke noise in the speakers. Unnamed equipment buttons are located below the screen. These equipment buttons are TERY message will be displayed. If this hap- ● On some vehicles with ParkPilot, the vol- pens, you should turn off the equipment. ume of the active audio source is automati- known as “function buttons” as their purpose cally lowered when reverse gear is selec- depends on the active function mode. Anti-theft password ted. The function assigned to a function button is The anti-theft password of the system is stor- explained on the bottom of the display, ed in the system after entering it for the first above the corresponding button. time (radio comfort password). If you have to enter the anti-theft password manually, for »

137 Infotainment System

instance, because the system has been in- Note stalled in a different vehicle, please go to a SEAT authorised service. If the base volume has been considerably increased to play a certain audio source, If only the battery was disconnected, switch lower the volume again before switching to on the ignition before turning the system on another audio source. again.

Change base volume

Function Operation

Turn volume Turn the volume control  clock- up. wise.

Turn volume Turn the volume control  anti- down. clockwise.

Changes in base volume are indicated by a “volume bar” on the screen, which is displayed briefly. It is possible to preset certain volume settings and adjustments.

Mute system sound ● Turn the volume control  anti-clockwise until it displays . ● OR: press the volume switch briefly  to mute or unmute the system.

While the sound of the system is muted (MUTE), the playback Media source stops.

138 Audio Mode

Audio Mode RADIO main menu  equipment button gain to display more functions for the radio receiver.

Radio Mode The following options are available: ● Search next station. Introduction ● Access a previously saved station. ● Switching the TP function on and off The radio system is supplied in different versions depending on the country and the fea- ● Save current station ››› page 140. tures of the vehicle. Some systems also have The current station is shown in the middle of a DAB radio receiver. The general dashboard the screen. If the station allows for RDS and Fig. 145 RADIO Main Menu: select frequency contains the possible versions of the system band. the connection is good, instead of the fre- ››› page 135. quency, the name of the station will be shown, e.g. RADIO 21. Note ● Bear in mind that being in underground parking lots, in tunnels, in areas with tall Change frequency band buildings or mountains can interfere with radio signals. The frequency band selected (FM, AM1) or ● Foil or metal-coated stickers attached to DAB1)) is shown on the top left. the windows may affect reception on vehicles with a window aerial. ● In Radio mode, press the  equipment Fig. 146 RADIO main menu: Indication of pre- button briefly to display the FM , AM 1) and set buttons. DAB 1) function buttons ››› Fig. 145. ● ● Press  so start the Radio mode. Press one of the function buttons FM , AM or DAB to change the frequency band. After switching the Radio mode, the available ● OR: Press the  equipment button a few 1) 1) frequency bands (FM, AM and DAB ) will be times to cycle through the different lower shown on the bottom of the display. Press the function buttons.

1) This depends on the country and unit in question. 139 Infotainment System

Changing station Manually tuning station frequency ● To select the desired frequency band ››› page 139. ● Press the function button of the frequency band . ● Rotate the setting switch until the desired frequency is shown on the display (e.g. 89.9 MHz). Fig. 150 Additional radio functions. ● OR: Press one of the double-arrow buttons ››› Fig. 150 until the frequency is shown on Fig. 147 Go to the next available station with Stations that are already saved are overwrit- the arrow buttons. the screen. ten if another station is stored in the same preset button.

Saving stations in preset buttons Assigning different preset buttons manually ● Select the frequency band ››› page 139. ● Select station ››› page 140. ● Change to preset buttons. To do this, press button  ››› Fig. 151 ● Fig. 148 Changing the stations with the arrow Press and hold the desired preset button buttons is only possible for saved stations. until an audible signal is heard. ● The current station (RADIO 21) will be saved ● Press the  or  arrow button on the sys- Fig. 149 Station on the FM frequency band in this preset button. tem or the display. stored in preset button 6. You can update the station list by pressing Based on the mode selected for the search and holding the  equipment button or engine (Button keys:) you can cycle using the  function button ››› Fig. 150. through either available or saved stations.

140 Audio Mode

Choosing stored stations The stored stations can only be played if they Select a Media source can be received at the current location.

Media Mode

Introduction

“Media sources” are audio sources containing audio files on various different data stor- Fig. 151 Radio mode notification: change of age devices (e.g. CD, external MP3 players). Fig. 153 Select a Media source station using the arrow buttons. These audio files can be played with their corresponding applications or the radio's au- Press the  equipment button to switch to dio inputs. the Media mode. When switching to the Media mode, the bot- Note tom of the screen shows the available Media ● Do not use memory card adapters. sources for a few seconds. The Media source that is currently playing is highlighted. ● SEAT assumes no liability for any deterioration or loss of files on data storage devices. Open the Media selection menu manually and select a Media source Fig. 152 Saved stations. ● In the Media mode, press the  equipment button to display the Media selection ● Select the frequency band on which the menu again. station is saved. ● Enable the Media source you want by ● Press the function button,  . pressing the corresponding function button. ● Press the preset button in which the station ● OR: Press the  equipment button again is saved briefly. to cycle through the available Media sources. » Depending on the settings, you can cycle through the stations of a frequency band with the arrow buttons  and  (Arrow buttons:). 141 Infotainment System

Function button: Media source ● Insert the SD card first with the cut corner Function button: Meaninga) facing up and the title on the left in the slot for SD card in the slot for SD cards SD cards.  Random play.  ››› page 142. ● Press the button  . To repeat a folder or track. The  symbol Audio or MP3 CD in the internal CD play- *  indicates that the current track is on re- er. Playback continues with the last Media peat. source selected. To play the SD card press . USB data storage in the USB socket a) Valid for Media sources: SD card, USB socket and  ››› page 143. You can see the location of In the folder view, browse with the  function Bluetooth audio the connection in ››› page 120. button and the settings button. Press  to  access a higher golder level and rotate the In the list of playlists (button ) the following Smartphone paired through Bluetooth * options are available: ››› page 143 settings switch to select the desired folder. To switch to the previous or next track, press External audio source connected to the Function button: Meaning  AUX-IN multimedia socket ››› page 144. either  or  .  To change the main folder of the SD card. Hold one of the arrow buttons to fast-forward When a Media source that has already been or rewind the track. To access a higher folder level. In the folder played is selected again, playback is re-  list, you can select a different audio source sumed from the point at which it ended (ex- During playback, the following function but- with  ››› page 141. cept for: AUX ››› page 144). tons are available on the bottom of the screen. Active function buttons are highligh-  Play. It can also be pressed to stop the ted. playback. SD card playback  Random play. Function button: Meaninga) To repeat a folder or track. The  symbol Playlist notification. Here you can also se-  indicates that the current track is on re-  lect a track directly with the settings but- peat. ton ››› Fig. 154.  Previous track or rewind. Ejecting the SD card Connected data storage devices must be Play. It can also be pressed to stop the  playback. In this case, the symbol prepared before their disconnection in order changes to  to remove them without damaging it.

Fig. 154 SD card playback: List of tracks.  Next title or fast-forward ● Press the Infotainment button MENU and then press System settings.

142 Audio Mode

● Select Remove source safely and then Instructions and restrictions Playback over Bluetooth®* SD Card. After correctly ejecting the data The number of USB ports  and their com- storage device from the system, the function patibility with Apple™ devices as well as with Connection of a safe audio source through button becomes inactive (grey colour). other media players depends on the features. Bluetooth ● Now you can remove the SD card. Bluetooth® Audio mode allows you to listen to The USB port  supplies the usual USB volt- audio files being played on a Bluetooth® au- age of 5 volts for a USB connection. dio source (e.g., a mobile telephone) connec- External data storage device in the Due to the large number of different data ted via Bluetooth® (audio playback by Blue- ® USB socket storage devices and various iPod™ and tooth ) over the vehicle speakers. iPhone™ generations available, it is not possible to guarantee fault-free operation of all Depending on the country and device, there Requirements functions described here. might be one or several USB ports  in the ● The Bluetooth® audio source must support vehicle. Take into account all other instructions and the A2DP Bluetooth® profile. limitations regarding requirements for media The location of the USB ports  depends on ● In the Bluetooth Settings menu the sources. the vehicle in question.  BT Audio (A2DP/AVRCP) function must be on. Audio files on an external data storage device Disconnecting Starting Bluetooth® audio transmission connected to the USB port  can be played Connected data storage devices must be and controlled via the Infotainment system. ● Activate Bluetooth® visibility on the external prepared before their disconnection in order Bluetooth® audio source (e.g., mobile tele- Where this manual refers to external data to remove them. phone). storage devices, this means USB mass storage devices containing supported audio files, ● Press the Infotainment button  and ● Lower the base volume on the Infotainment such as MP3 players, iPods™ and USB sticks. then press System settings . system. ● Select Remove source safely and then ● Press the button  . Only compatible audio files are displayed. SD Card . After correctly ejecting the data Other files are ignored. ● Press the  function button to select Blue- storage device from the system, the function tooth® as a media source. The rest of operations to use the external da- button becomes inactive (grey colour). ● ® ta device storage (changing tracks, selecting Start searching for the desired Bluetooth ● Now the data storage device can be dis- tracks and enabling playback modes) are device. connected. carried out similarly to other audio sources ● Please refer to the instructions on the (e.g. “Playback from SD card” ››› page 142. screen of the Infotainment system and on the Bluetooth® audio source regarding the rest of the procedure. » 143 Infotainment System

You may still need to manually start playback the electronic Instructions Manual of the ● Start playback on the external audio ® on the Bluetooth source. When playback on manufacturer. source. the Bluetooth® audio source is stopped, the ● Only use compatible Bluetooth® devices. ● In the Media mode, press the  equip- Infotainment system remains in Bluetooth® You can request information about compat- ment button to display the Media source se- Audio mode. ible Bluetooth® products at a SEAT Author- lection menu again ››› page 141. ised Service or online. ● Press the  function button. Controlling playback The extent to which the Bluetooth® audio The output volume of a connected external source can be controlled via the Infotainment External audio source connected to audio source should be adjusted to the vol- system depends on the connected Blue- ume of the other audio sources. the AUX-IN multimedia socket tooth® audio source. Adjusting the playback volume With media players that support the AVRCP Depending on the version of the vehicle, there Bluetooth® profile, playback on the Blue- is an AUX-IN connection on the front of the ra- If you need to increase the playback volume tooth® audio source can be automatically dio ››› page 135, in the glove compartment for the external audio source, first lower the started or stopped when the unit is switched on the passenger side, on the centre console base volume on the radio system. ® to Bluetooth Audio mode or to a different au- or on the armrest between the front seats. If the sound from the external audio source is dio source. In addition, it is possible to view or The AUX-IN multimedia connection can only too low, increase the output volume on the change the track via the Infotainment system. be used with a 3.5 mm jack. external audio source, if possible. If this is not enough, adjust the input volume in the sys- A connected external audio source is played WARNING tem settings to Level 2 or Level 3. over the vehicle speakers and cannot be Do not perform the pairing and connection controlled via the radio system controls. If the sound from the connected external au- process while driving. This may cause an dio source is too loud or distorted, lower the accident! The AUX-IN multimedia connection must be output volume on the external audio source, activated in the system settings so it can be if possible. If this is not enough, change the displayed on the Media selection menu Note input volume to Level 2 or Level 1. ››› page 141. ● Due to the large number of possible Blue- tooth® audio sources, it is not possible to Note Connecting an external audio source to guarantee fault-free operation of all de- the AUX-IN multimedia socket ● When the playback from the external au- scribed functions for all these sources. dio source ends or the connection to the ● To operate the media and phone with the ● Lower the base volume on radio. AUX-IN socket is interrupted, the radio goes Bluetooth® device connected, please read ● Connect the external audio source to the back to the AUX menu. AUX-IN multimedia socket.

144 Audio Mode

● Interference noise may be heard if the ex- Changing the volume ible Bluetooth® products at a SEAT Author- ternal audio source is powered from the 12- Media and phone call playback from a con- ised Service or online. volt power socket of the vehicle. nected mobile phone will be conducted ● Please read and observe the manufac- through the speaker of the vehicle. turer's instruction manual for the external If voice control is enabled on the mobile Functions of the phone audio source. phone connected, voice communication will also take place through the vehicle speaker. The playback volume can be modified with Phone management* the volume control . Moreover, the volume of navigation an- Connection and operation nouncements can be adjusted in the Sound settings menu. Requirements for phone management: Your mobile phone is connected to the Info- If the volume of the system is muted (notifica- tainment System through Bluetooth®. tion: ), media sources that are playing on Fig. 155 Phone disconnected. the connected Smartphone are also interrup- Connection between the mobile phone ted. and the Infotainment System WARNING ● Please observe the information on the page 143, Playback over Bluetooth®*. General, mandatory, legal and country- specific instructions and laws for the use of ● Press the button  . mobile phones inside the vehicle must al- ● On the Bluetooth® menu of your mobile ways be considered. phone, search the name displayed on screen. ● If necessary, take into account the Note Fig. 156 Dial a number with the menu button. ››› page 143 notifications. ● To operate the media and phone with After correctly connecting the phone, you ● To complete the pairing process, respond your mobile phone plugged in, please read cam manage the call functions of your to the requests of both devices. the electronic Instructions Manual of the manufacturer. paired mobile phone through the Infotain- ment System ››› Fig. 155. » ● Only use compatible Bluetooth® devices. You can request information about compat-

145 Infotainment System

Dial number: Call log: Favourites Press the  ››› Fig. 155 function button to dis- Press the  ››› Fig. 155 function button to display the dial screen ››› Fig. 156. Here you can play call log. All the calls from your mobile choose a number with the right switch and phone will be shown here once you have confirm it by pressing. If the number is cor- confirmed the transfer of your contacts from rect, the call can be started through the your phone. speaker  ››› Fig. 156. ● All: shows all calls in chronological order. Moreover, the following options are available ● : only shows missed calls. here: ● : only shows received calls. ● : calls the emergency number1). ● : only shows outgoing calls. Fig. 157 Fast-dial ● : connects to a SEAT fault service1 ). The  function button bookmarks an entry. Fast-dial: ● : connects to the SEAT information hot- line1 ). Press the  ››› Fig. 155 function button to Voice mail: open the fast-dial list Fig. 157. Select an ● : starts call to your voice mail. For this ›››  empty slot of your fast-dial list to access the purpose, your mailbox number will be reques- Press the ››› Fig. 155 function button to phonebook, where you can choose a contact ted the first time you select it. access your voice mail inbox. For this purpose, your mailbox number will be requested as a fast-dial number. Select a used slot to di- the first time you select it. al its corresponding phone number. Phonebook:

Press the  ››› Fig. 155 function button to Emergency call:1 ) display the phonebook. The phonebook con-  tains all the contacts of your mobile phone, Press the ››› Fig. 155 function button to which you can select one by one with the make an emergency call. right switch and establish a connection by pressing it, or either access a list with available numbers first. For this purpose, during the first connection, you have to confirm the transfer of your mobile phone contacts. With the star key you can save a contact as a fast- dial number.

1) Not available in all countries. 146 Audio Mode

Phone calls ● Press the  function button to mute the mi- Note crophone. ● A device connected through Bluetooth®, ● Press  to end the call. if it supports this profile, will always be used for calls and audio through Blue- tooth®. Settings of a connected phone ● To operate the media and phone with your mobile phone plugged in, please read Use the  equipment button to access the the electronic Instructions Manual of the phone's settings: The following options are manufacturer. available: Fig. 158 Ongoing call. Hands-free: If there is an ongoing call, you can Incoming call: continue the call on the mobile phone or transfer it Drive Mii App* back to the Infotainment System. If you receive a call, you have three options: Phone selection: Cycle through the phones rec- Introduction ● accepting the call with the  function but- ognised by the Infotainment System or search for ton. new devices. ● muting the ringtone with the  function User profile: Change the settings of the phone button. currently connected: ● rejecting the call with the  function but- Manage your fast-dial numbers (e.g. delete one). ton. Set or change voice mail numbers.

Active call: Sort your phonebook. If you accept the incoming call, you have the Download your contacts again. Fig. 159 Application connection main menu. following options during the call ››› Fig. 158: Activate/deactivate mobile phone notifications ● Press the  function key to emit DTMF when turning off the engine. The connected smartphone offers the follow- tones (e.g. to operate an answering ma- ing options: Select a ringtone (only if the phone is not emitting chine). any sounds). 1 Navigation over the smartphone with ● Press the  function button to pause the navigation announcements on the radio. Bluetooth®: Here you can change the connection phone call. settings of the telephone. For instance, you can de- 2 ECOTRAINER display. lete known devices. 3 Driving data notifications. » 147 Infotainment System

4 Notifications from the odometer, etc. Connection between smartphone and ra- The volume of the traffic announcement can  5 Search in all fields. dio be modified with the volume control . ● Press the button  to open the main You can also adjust the volume of the naviga- You can also use the telephone function of menu. tion announcements on the Sound settings your connected smartphone over the radio ● menu. using the right switch. Afterwards, select and enable the Connec- tion of the application function with When the volume of the system is muted (no- Note the settings button. tification: ), playback of multimedia sources played on the connected smartphone is To operate the telephone and multimedia Once the connection is established, you can also interrupted. aspects and for navigation with the con- manage radio music playback with the nected smartphone, read the instructions smartphone. You can start the navigation on Note manual of the manufacturer. the smartphone and listen to the navigation announcements on the audio system of the ● For more information about the installa- vehicle. tion and use of the application, see the in- Connection and operation formation provided with the vehicle. Instructions for navigation ● To operate the media and phone and to navigate with your Smartphone plugged in, Requirement: Your smartphone is connected Acoustic navigation announcements will be please read the electronic Instructions to the radio through USB ››› page 143 and the played on the speakers of the vehicle. Re- Manual of the manufacturer. SEAT application to connect the smartphone garding this, take into account the instruc- 1) ® to the radio is installed on your smartphone . tions in Adjusting the volume ››› page 148. ● A device connected through Bluetooth , if it supports this profile, will always be Place the smartphone in its socket and turn it You can manage this from the connected used for calls and audio through Blue- on. Removal and installation of the equip- smartphone ››› page 148. tooth®. and connection for applications. ment and the socket are described in ● Only use compatible Bluetooth® devices. ››› page 121. Changing the volume You can request information about compat- Multimedia playback, navigation announce- ible Bluetooth® products at a SEAT Author- ments and phone calls emitted by the con- ised Service or online. nected smartphone will be played on the speakers of the vehicle.

1) For more information about the application regarding installation and use, take into account the information provided with the vehicle. 148 Start and driving

Driving Pushing or towing WARNING For technical reasons, the vehicle must not While the engine is running or starting it be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is could help reduce the risk of serious injury. preferable. Start and driving ● Never start or leave the engine running in poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Ex- Stopping and starting the Key not authorised for the vehicle haust gas contains carbon monoxide, a If a key which is not authorised for this vehicle toxic, colourless and odourless gas. Car- engine is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be re- bon monoxide can cause people to lose moved as follows: consciousness. It can also cause death. Switching on the ignition and start- ● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the ● ing the engine Automatic transmission: the key cannot be engine is running. The vehicle could move removed from the ignition lock. Press and re- off suddenly or something unexpected lease the selector lever locking button. Key could happen resulting in damage and se- can be removed from the vehicle. rious injury. ● Manual transmission: Remove the key from ● Never use start boosters. Cold start the ignition. sprays could explode or increase the engine speed unexpectedly. WARNING Switching off the engine while driving WARNING makes stopping the vehicle difficult. As a The components of the exhaust system consequence you may lose control of the reach very high temperatures. This could vehicle and there is a risk of serious acci- cause a fire and considerable damage. dent. Fig. 160 Vehicle key positions ● Always park your vehicle so that no part ● The assisted braking and steering sys- of the exhaust system can come in contact Read the additional information carefully tems, the airbag system, seat belts and with flammable materials (such as wood, ›››  page 22 certain safety equipment are only active leaves, spilled fuel, dried grass, etc.). while the engine is running. ● Never apply additional underseal or anti- ● Immobiliser display The engine should only be switched off corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, When an invalid key is used or in the event of when the vehicle is at a standstill. catalytic converter or the heat shields on a system fault,  is displayed on the instru- the exhaust system. » ment panel. The engine cannot be started.

149 Driving

WARNING ● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs ● Natural gas engines always start up with and heavy acceleration and do not make petrol, as a certain operating temperature Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle the engine work hard. is required for running with gas. Once the key could result in serious injury. ● Do not push or tow start the engine. Un- required operating temperature is reached, ● Always take all the keys with you when- burnt fuel could damage the catalytic con- the engine will change to operate with nat- ever you leave the vehicle. If not, the en- verter. ural gas. gine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in For the sake of the environment serious injury. Stopping the engine Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start ● Never leave children or disabled people driving immediately if the visibility is OK. Switching off the engine alone in the car. Passengers could be trap- This helps the engine reach operating tem- ped in the car in an emergency and not be perature faster and reduces emissions. – Stop the vehicle ››› . able to get themselves to safety. For exam- – Turn the ignition key to position 1 ple, depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed Note ››› Fig. 160. vehicle can be extremely high or extremely ● If the key is left in the ignition lock with low resulting in serious injuries and illness the engine off for long periods, the vehicle Engaging the steering wheel lock or even death, particularly for young chil- battery will run flat. In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the igni- dren. ● For automatic gearbox vehicles, the key tion key can only be removed when the se- ● Never remove the key from the ignition if can only be removed from the ignition lock lector lever is in position N1). the vehicle is in motion. The steering may if the gear selector lever is in position P. If – Remove the key from the ignition in posi- lock and it will not be possible to turn the applicable, press and release the locking tion 1 Fig. 160 . steering wheel. button of the selection lever. ››› ››› ● Electrical devices with a high power con- – Turn the steering wheel until you hear it en- CAUTION sumption are switched off temporarily gage. when the engine starts. ● An attempt to start the engine while driv- Possible vehicle theft is prevented with the ing or starting the engine immediately after ● When the engine is started cold, there steering lock engaged. turning it off can cause damage to the en- may be strong vibrations for a few mo- gine or starter motor. ments for technical reasons. This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.

1) Depending upon country. 150 Start and driving

WARNING Electronic immobiliser Braking and parking Never switch off the engine while the vehi- The gear lock prevents the engine from being cle is moving. You may lose control of the started with an unauthorised key and the ve- Introduction vehicle and there is a risk of serious acci- hicle being moved. dent. WARNING ● The airbags and belt tensioners do not The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It automat- Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty work when the ignition is switched off. ically deactivates the electronic immobiliser brake system may lead to serious accident. ● The brake servo does not work with the when the key is inserted into the ignition lock. ● If you believe the brake pads to be worn engine off. To stop, the brake pedal must be The electronic immobilizer will be activated or the brake system to be faulty, immedi- pressed with more force. again automatically as soon as you remove ately refer to a specialised workshop to ● As the power steering does not work if the the key from the ignition lock. check the brake pads and replace the worn engine is not running, you will need more For this reason, the vehicle can only be used ones. strength to steer than normally. with a genuine SEAT key with the correct ● If the key is removed from the ignition, the code. Coded keys can be obtained from WARNING steering may lock and it will not be possible SEAT dealerships ››› page 92. to steer the vehicle. Careless parking can cause serious injury. If an unauthorised key is used, the following ● Never remove the key from the ignition if signal appears on the instrument panel dis- CAUTION the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock play . The vehicle cannot be started in this may engage and lock the steering wheel If the engine has been driven at high speed case making the vehicle impossible to control. for a prolonged period of time, it may over- ● Always park your vehicle so that no part heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam- Note of the exhaust system can come in contact age, allow the engine to run for approxi- with flammable materials (such as wood, mately 2 minutes in neutral before switch- The correct operation of the vehicle is only leaves, dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.). ing it off. guaranteed when original SEAT keys are used. ● Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when you park. Note ● Never leave children or disabled people After stopping the engine, the engine com- alone in the vehicle. They could release the partment fan may continue running for a electronic parking brake, activate the se- few minutes, even when the ignition has lector lever or gear stick and start the vehi- been switched off or the key removed. The cle moving. This could result in a serious radiator fan is automatically switched off. accident. »

151 Driving

● Always take all the keys with you when- Control and warning lamps WARNING ever you leave the vehicle. The engine Driving with brakes in bad condition could could accidentally be started and electri-  It lights up ››› result in a serious accident. cal equipment such as the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in seri- Handbrake applied ››› page 153. ● If the brake warning lamp  does not ous injury. turn off or if it lights up when driving, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or ● Never leave children or disabled people It lights up  ››› there is a fault in the brake system. Obtain alone in the car. They could be trapped in professional assistance immediately the car in an emergency and will not be Fault in the brake system  Do not drive on! ››› page 200, Checking the brake fluid level. able to get themselves to safety. For exam- Seek professional advice ››› page 154. ple, depending on the time of the year, ● If the brake warning lamp  lights up to-  temperatures inside a locked and closed Brake fluid level inadequate. gether with the ABS warning lamp , the vehicle can be extremely high or extremely  Do not drive on! ABS regulation could be malfunctioning. As low resulting in serious injuries and illness Check brake fluid level ››› page 201. a result, the rear wheels can lock relatively or even death, particularly for young chil- easily when braking. If the rear wheels lock Together with the ABS control lamp : ABS and EBV dren. this could result in loss of vehicle control! If do not function. possible, reduce your speed and drive  Do not drive on! carefully to a specialised workshop close Seek professional advice ››› page 154. CAUTION by to check the brake system. During the following journey, avoid sudden braking ● Special care should be taken when park- Several warning and control lamps light up and manoeuvres. ing in areas with high kerbs or fixed barri- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ers. Objects protruding from the ground ed on, signalling that the function is being may damage the bumper or other parts of verified. They will switch off after a few sec- CAUTION the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid onds. damage, stop before the wheels touch the Failure to heed the warning lamps when barrier or kerb. they appear may result in faults in the vehi- WARNING cle. ● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- other objects. The vehicle underbody, cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci- bumpers, mudguards and running gear, dents and severe injuries. and the engine and exhaust system could ● Never ignore the warning lamps. be damaged as you drive over these ob- ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- jects. ble.

152 Start and driving

Handbrake ● Never use the handbrake to brake the ve- ● Apply the handbrake firmly ››› page 153. hicle except in an emergency. The braking ● For an automatic gearbox, move the selec- distance is considerably longer, because tor lever to position N. braking is only applied to the rear wheels. ● Switch off the engine and release the brake Always use the foot brake. pedal. ● Never drive with the handbrake gently ● applied. This can overheat the brake, af- Remove the key from the ignition. fecting the brakes system. This also causes ● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightly premature wear on the rear brake pads. to lock the steering. ● Never accelerate from the engine com- ● With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on partment with the engine running and a flat ground and slopes, or even reverse gear gear engaged. The vehicle could move, on hills, and release the clutch pedal. even if the handbrake is applied. Fig. 161 Between the front seats: parking ● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi- brake. cle, especially children. Note Using the handbrake ● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to you. ● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the 6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake ap- ● Lock the vehicle. handbrake lever while pressing the button. plied, an audible warning is sounded. ● The handbrake is applied when the control Additional information for steep slopes lamp  lights up on the instrument panel and hills ››› page 152 when the ignition is switched on. Parking Before switching off the engine, rotate the Releasing the handbrake When parking your vehicle, all legal require- steering wheel so that if the vehicle should move, it will be held by the kerb. ● Pull gently in an upwards direction on the ments should be observed. handbrake lever and press the lock button ● On slopes, turn the front wheels so that ››› Fig. 161 (arrow). To park the vehicle they are against the edge of the kerb. ● Move the handbrake lever downwards Complete operations only in the sequence ● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre of keeping the lock button pressed. given. the road. »

WARNING ● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ››› . ● The incorrect use of the handbrake may re- Press and hold the brake pedal until the ve- sult in a serious accident. hicle comes to a standstill.

153 Driving

WARNING on the brake pedal. While running in, the full are not used, there may be corrosion on the braking distance or emergency braking brake discs and a build up of dirt on the The components of the exhaust system distance is larger then when the brake pads brake pads. If the brakes are not used fre- reach very high temperatures. This could have been run in. While running in, avoid full quently, or if rust has formed on the discs, cause a fire and considerable damage. power braking or situations requiring braking SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and ● Always park your vehicle so that no part performance. For example, in heavy traffic. discs by braking firmly a few times at a mod- of the exhaust system can come in contact erately high speed. Only do this without en- The rate of wear of the brake pads de- with flammable materials (such as wood, dangering vehicles behind you or any other pends to a great extent on the conditions in leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel). road users ››› . which the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is driven. If the vehicle is used frequently CAUTION Faults in the brake system in city traffic or for short trips or driven sport ● Special care should be taken when park- style, visit a specialised workshop regularly, During braking, if you notice that the vehicle ing in areas with high kerbs or fixed barri- more frequently than advised in the Mainte- does not react as usual (that the braking dis- ers. Objects protruding from the ground nance Programme, to have the brake pads tance has increased suddenly) it may be may damage the bumper or other parts of checked. possible that there is a fault in the braking the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid system. This is indicated by the warning lamp If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af- damage, stop before the wheels touch the . Take the vehicle to a specialised work- barrier or kerb. ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall shop immediately and have the fault re- or even after washing the car, the effect of ● Special attention is required when driving paired. Drive at a moderate speed and be the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or prepared to use more pressure on the brake wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher speed, other objects. The vehicle underbody, pedal, and allow for longer stopping distan- “dry” the brakes as quickly as possible by bumpers, mudguards and running gear, ces. and the engine and exhaust system could braking gently several times. Only do this be damaged as you drive over these ob- without endangering vehicles behind you or Brake servo jects. any other road users ››› . The brake servo only operates when the en- A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads gine is running and the pressure applied by will reduce the effectiveness of the brakes the driver on the brake pedal increases. Information on the brakes and increase braking distance. If you drive for a prolonged period on salted roads without If the brake servo does not operate or the ve- For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake braking then brake carefully several times to hicle must be towed, then the brake pedal will pads have not yet reached their maximum eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ››› . have to be pressed with more force given that braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first the braking distance will be increased when If the vehicle remains parked for considerable ››› . The slightly reduced braking effect can the brake servo does not operate ››› . be compensated for by increasing pressure lengths of time, is used little, or if the brakes 154 Start and driving

WARNING WARNING ● Reduce speed or change down a gear when faced with steep and long slopes. New brake pads do not brake to full effi- Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take This allows you to use the engine braking ciency. longer to engage and this increases brak- effect and to reduce the strain on the brake ing distances. ● For the first 320 km, new brake pads have system. Otherwise, the brakes may over- not yet reached their maximum braking ca- ● Test the brakes carefully. heat and fail. Only use the brakes to reduce pacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, ● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt speed or to stop. to compensate for reduced braking effi- by braking gently several times, when visi- ciency the brake pedal will have to be bility, weather, and road and traffic condi- Note pressed with more force. tions permit. ● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and Make use, when having the front brake causing serious accidents, always take pads checked, and have the rear pads WARNING great care when driving with new brake checked also. The thickness of the brake pads. Driving without the brake servo may signifi- pads should be checked visually and regularly, by looking through the openings in ● When running in new brake pads, always cantly increase the braking distance and the wheel rims or from underneath the ve- respect the safety distances between you result in a severe accident. hicle. If necessary, remove the wheels to and other vehicles and do not cause situa- ● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards check them thoroughly. SEAT recommends tions requiring extreme braking perform- when the engine is switched off. taking your car in for technical service. ance. ● If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the brake ped- WARNING al will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking distance will be in- When brakes overheat, braking is less effi- creased when the brake servo does not op- cient and braking distances increase. erate. ● When driving on slopes, brakes can be overloaded and overheat quickly. CAUTION ● Reduce speed or change down a gear ● when faced with steep and long slopes. Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing This allows you to use the engine braking the pedal gently, if it is not really necessa- effect and to reduce the strain on the brake ry to brake. Continuously pressing on the system. brake pedal will heat the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, in- ● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers crease braking distance or even result in could restrict the airflow to the brakes and the total failure of the brake system. cause them to overheat.

155 Driving

Braking and stability sys-  Flashes be stopped using normal braking without ABS. The protection provided by the ABS is tems Traction Control* regulator in operation. not available. Visit a specialised workshop Lift off your fit from the gas pedal. Adjust your driving as soon as possible. style to the road conditions. Warning and control lamps  It lights up ››› CAUTION It lights up  ››› Failure to heed the warning lamps when  Along with the ESC* control lamp: fault in the ABS. they appear may result in faults in the vehi- ESC* disconnected by the system. Go to a specialised workshop. The vehicle can be cle. Turn the ignition on and off. If necessary, drive for a braked without ABS. short distance. Together with the warning lamp : ABS and EBV do Fault in the ESC*. not function. Go to a specialised workshop.  Do not drive on! Brake assist systems Seek professional advice page 154. Along with the ABS control lamp : fault in the ABS. ››› The assisted brake systems are the elec- Go to a specialised workshop. The vehicle can be braked without ABS. Several warning and control lamps light up tronic distribution of braking force (EBV), the for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- anti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist The battery has been reconnected ››› page 202. ed on, signalling that the function is being system (BAS), the electronic differential lock verified. They will switch off after a few sec- (EDL), traction control (TC)*, the traction  Flashes onds. control system (ASR) and the electronic stability control (ESC*). ESC* or ASR regulating. WARNING Stop pressing the gas pedal. Adjust your driving style The brake assistance systems only operate to the road conditions. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- when the ignition is switched on. They con- cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci- tribute significantly to increasing active safe-  It lights up ››› dents and severe injuries. ty. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. Traction Control* faulty or switched off by the sys- Electronic Stability Control (ESC)* tem. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- Go to a specialised workshop. ble. ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increases the vehicle stability by braking individual WARNING wheels under specific driving conditions. ESC* detects critical handling situations, ● If the ABS warning lamp  does not go such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin out or if it lights up while driving, the ABS is on the driven wheels. The system stabilises not working properly. The vehicle can only 156 Start and driving the vehicle by braking individual wheels or by driver to maintain the vehicle moving in the tance under any circumstances. This dis- reducing the engine torque. desired direction. If the vehicle is driven at tance will increase when driving on gravel, re- such a speed that it will leave the road before cent snow or on icy or slippery ground. The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise ESC* can intervene then the system cannot that ESC* is also subject to the laws of phys- provide assistance. Brake assist system (BAS) ics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all situations with which drivers may be faced. For The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in- The brake assistance system may reduce the example, if the road surface changes sud- corporated into the ESC*. The ESC* is al- required braking distance. The brake assis- denly then ESC* will not be useful in all ca- ways on1). tance system boosts the braking force if you ses. If the vehicle suddenly enters a section press the brake pedal quickly in an emergen- covered by water, mud or snow then ESC* Anti-lock system (ABS) cy. As a result, the braking pressure increases will not provide assistance in the same way rapidly, the braking force is multiplied and the ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur- as on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip braking distance is reduced. This enables the ing braking until just before the vehicle stops on the ground and moves on a film of water ABS to be activated more quickly and effec- thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle (“aquaplaning”), the ESC* will not be able to tively. and maintain control. This means that, even help the driver control the vehicle due to the during full braking, the risk of skidding is re- Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! loss of adherence with the road surface pre- duced: When the brake pedal is released or when venting braking and steering. If the vehicle is the brake force is reduced, brake assist auto- driven through series of bends at high speed, ● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not matically turns off the brake servo. the ESC* will not always be as effective: ag- remove your foot from the brake pedal or re- gressive driving is not the same as slow driv- duce braking force! Traction control system (ASR) or Traction ing. ● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce Control (TC)* braking force! Adjust your speed and driving style to suit vis- In the event of wheelspin, the traction control ibility, and weather, road and traffic condi- ● Maintain vehicle direction when braking system ASR or TC reduces the engine torque tions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws fully. to match the amount of grip available. The of physics; improve the transmission available ● When the brake pedal is released or when ASR or TC makes some situations easier, for or maintain the vehicle on the road if a lack of the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off. example, when starting, accelerating or go- driver attention creates an inevitable situa- ing uphill, even in unfavourable road condition. Otherwise, ESC* assists in maintaining ABS control can be observed by vibration of tions. » vehicle control in extreme situations and uses the brake pedal and noise. You should never the movements of the steering made by the expect the ABS to reduce the braking dis-

1) Depending on the version. 157 Driving

Electronic differential lock (EDS) not respect safety distances or drives to Note quickly in difficult conditions. EDL is available when driving in straight lines ● To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TC under normal conditions. When the EDL de- ● Even though brake assistance systems work properly, all four wheels must be fit- tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel are extremely effective and help control ted with identical tyres. Any differences in and directs the power to the other one. To the vehicle in difficult situations, remember the rolling radius of the tyres can cause the prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel that the vehicle stability depends on tyre system to reduce engine power when this is from overheating, the EDL cuts out automati- grip. not desired. cally if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL ● When accelerating on a slippery surface, ● If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, will switch on again automatically when the for example on ice or snow, press the ac- the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be af- brake has cooled down. celerator carefully. The wheels can still slip fected. even with brake assistance systems result- ● Noises may be heard while any of the ing in loss of vehicle control. WARNING above systems are operating. Driving at high speed on icy, slippery or wet ground can result in loss of vehicle control WARNING and serious injury to the driver and passen- The effectiveness of the ESC* can be con- gers. siderably reduced if other components and Changing gear ● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis- systems affecting driving dynamics are not ibility, road, traffic and weather conditions. maintained or are not functioning correct- Introduction Even though the brake assist systems, ABS, ly. This includes, among others, brakes, BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC* provide more se- tyres and other systems already men- When reverse gear is engaged and the ig- curity, do not take unnecessary risks while tioned. nition is switched on the following takes driving. ● Remember that changing and fitting oth- place: ● Brake assistance systems can not over- er components to the vehicle can affect ● Reverse lights light up. come the laws of physics. Even with ESC* operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ● and other systems, slippery and wet roads ESC*. The rear wiper blade performs one move- will always be dangerous. ment when the windscreen wiper is activated. ● Changes to the vehicle suspension or us- ● Driving to quickly on wet ground can re- ing unapproved wheel/tyre combinations ● If necessary, connect the parking distance sult in the wheels losing contact with the can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, warning system. ground in an effect known as “aquaplan- TC, EDL and ESC* and their effectiveness. ing”. Without adherence, it is impossible to WARNING ● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* de- brake, steer or control the vehicle. pends on the use of suitable tyres Rapid acceleration can cause loss of trac- ● Brake assistance systems cannot avoid ››› page 206. tion and skidding, especially on slippery accidents if, for example, the driver does ground. This could cause loss of control of

158 Start and driving

the vehicle resulting in an accident and  Flashes Manual gear change considerable damage. An automatic gearbox in the vehicle does not guar- ● Use rapid acceleration only when visibili- antee that the vehicle will not roll away. ty, weather, road conditions and traffic per- Engage the handbrake. mit.  Flashes WARNING On the instrument panel display, near the required Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a pro- control lamp, press the brake pedal : requirement longed period of time, or brake frequently to start the engine. or for long periods of time. Continuous Move the gearshift lever to the  position and start braking heats up the brakes. This could sig- the engine. nificantly reduce braking power, increase On the instrument panel display: while driving for- Fig. 162 braking distance or even result in the total Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man- ward, try to move the gearbox level to position . ual gearbox failure of the brake system. Stop the vehicle and move the gearbox lever to position  in order to change the position afterwards . Read the additional information carefully On the instrument panel display: the gearbox lever of ›››  page 28 Control and warning lamps an automatic transmission mas moved to position  or , but the brake pedal was not operated. Shifting down a gear  It lights up Operate the brake pedal, move the gearbox lever to position  and then to the desired position  or . Shifting down a gear while driving must be carried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear im- Place the automatic gearbox lever in the position  and do not press the brake pedal. When switching on the ignition some warning mediately preceding the current gear and at Press the brake pedal to select a list of gears. and indication lamps light up for a short time an engine speed that is not excessive ››› . At to check the operations. They will switch off high speeds, or high engine speeds, skipping Near the blinking display on the instrument panel one or various gears when shifting down a display: the gearbox level of automatic transmission after a few seconds. is not in position , which is required to start the en- gear can cause damage to the clutch and gine. the gearbox, even if the clutch is not engaged Move the gearbox lever to position  and start the en- during the process ››› . gine. WARNING When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a gear is engaged and the clutch released. »

159 Driving

● Never engage the reverse gear when a Automatic gear change In the instrument panel display, with the igni- vehicle is moving forward. tion switched on, the selected gear range or the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown. WARNING  - Reverse gear As a consequence of shifting down a gear Reverse gear is selected. Engage only when incorrectly, you may lose control of the ve- the vehicle is stopped. hicle and cause an accident with serious consequences.  - Neutral

CAUTION The gearbox is in neutral. No movement is transmitted to the wheels and the engine If, at high speeds or high engine speeds, does not act as a brake. the gear lever is shifted down to a gear that Fig. 163 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears is too low, serious damage can be caused  - Standard driving position to the clutch and gearbox. This may also Read the additional information carefully happen if you press the clutch pedal and it ›››  page 28 The gears are changed (up and down) auto- does not engage. matically. The gear shifts are determined by Move the selector lever to the N position to: the engine load, your individual driving style CAUTION ● Starting up the engine and the speed of the vehicle. ● Remove the key from the ignition switch To prevent damage and avoid premature  - Tiptronic driving position (manual shift wear, please observe the following: ● Engage the steering wheel lock programme) ● While driving, do not leave your hand All gears can be changed (up and down) resting on the gear stick. The pressure ap- Move the selector lever to the D or R position plied by your hand is transmitted to the to: manually ››› page 161. This is possible as gearbox selector forks. long as the system is not changing gear au- ● Park the vehicle tomatically due to a traffic situation. ● Always ensure that the vehicle is com- ● pletely stopped before engaging the re- Repair a puncture WARNING verse gear. ● Changing a wheel ● When changing gear, always make sure Placing the selector lever in an incorrect To move the gear selector lever from the po- the clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor. position may cause loss of control of the sition N to D or to R, first press and hold the vehicle and a serious accident. ● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on brake pedal. hills with the engine on. ● Do not press the accelerator when engaging a range of gears. 160 Start and driving

● With the engine running and a gear range Engaging gear with Tiptronic With the lever in the position D, and pressing selected, the vehicle will move when the forwards + or backwards – the Tiptronic accelerator is pressed. programme can be selected M. ● Never engage reverse gear while driving. CAUTION ● Unintentional movements of the vehicle could cause serious injury. ● When accelerating, the gearbox automatically shifts up into the next gear short- ● As a driver, you should never leave your ly before the maximum engine speed is vehicle if the engine is running and a gear reached. range is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle while the engine is running, you ● When reducing speed manually, the must always apply the handbrake and put gearbox only shifts gear when the engine the selector lever in position N. can no longer exceed the maximum engine Fig. 164 Lever in the Tiptronic position speed. ● Never engage the R gear range when the vehicle is moving. With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up ● Never leave the vehicle without applying or down manually with the automatic gear- Driving with automatic gearbox the handbrake. With the engine running the box. When you change to the Tiptronic pro- vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gramme, the vehicle remains in the currently gear range selected. The gearbox changes gear ratios automati- selected gear. This is possible as long as the cally as the vehicle moves. system is not changing gear automatically Note due to a traffic situation. Driving down hills If, while driving, the selector lever is acci- The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear dentally placed in position N, lift your foot Using Tiptronic you will need to select. The lowest gears in- off the accelerator. Wait until the engine is ● Place the lever in the position D to the left running at idle speed before selecting a crease the engine braking work. Never go on the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› in Auto- down hills with the selector lever in neutral N. new gear range. matic gear change on page 160. ● ● Press the lever forwards + or backwards You should reduce speed accordingly. – to move up or down a gear ››› Fig. 164. ● Place the lever in the position D to the left ● Place the lever back to the position M to the on the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› page 161. left on the Tiptronic shift gate, to leave Tip- ● Gently pull the selector lever back – to tronic mode ››› in Automatic gear change change down a gear. » on page 160.

161 Driving

Starting when going up a slope ● Always adapt your driving style to suit  It lights up yellow The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear the flow of traffic. In the automatic gearbox the gears can engage in- you will need. ● Only use the kick-down function or rapid correctly. acceleration if visibility, weather, road and When stopping on a slope with a gear range Switch the ignition on and off. When the control lamp traffic conditions so permit. engaged, the vehicle must be prevented from does not light up, find the nearest specialised workshop and have the automatic gearbox checked. rolling backwards by always pressing the ● Never put other road users in danger by brake pedal or pulling the handbrake lever accelerating or with your driving style. The automatic gearbox overheats temporarily. up. When starting, release the brake pedal or Let the transmission cool with the gearbox lever in the handbrake ››› . CAUTION the position . When the control lamp does not light up, find the nearest specialised workshop and have If you stop on a hill with a gear range en- the automatic gearbox checked. Kick-down gaged, do not try to prevent the vehicle The kickdown system provides maximum ac- from rolling back by pressing on the accel-  It lights up celeration when the gear selector lever is in erator. Otherwise, the automatic gearbox the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M. may overheat causing damage. Along with the yellow control lamp for transmission temperature : the automatic gearbox overheats. When the accelerator pedal is pressed right Press the brake pedal and let it cool down. Avoid down, the automatic gearbox will shift down pressing the accelerator. When the control lamp to a lower gear, depending on road speed Automatic gearbox malfunction does not light up, find the nearest specialised work- and engine speed. This takes advantage of shop and have the automatic gearbox checked. the maximum acceleration of the vehicle Control lamps Back-up programme ››› .  It lights up red When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, When automatic gearbox warning and indi- Fault in the automatic gearbox. cation lamps light up on the instrument panel, the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gear  Do not drive on! there may be a system malfunction only after the engine reaches the specified Seek professional advice. Failure to do so could re- maximum engine speed. sult in considerable damage to the transmission. ››› page 158. In the event of some faults the automatic gearbox functions using a backup WARNING programme. When the programme is activated, it is possible to drive the vehicle, however, Rapid acceleration can cause loss of trac- at low speeds and within a selected range of tion and skidding, especially on slippery gears. ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting in an accident and se- With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is rious injury. not possible to drive with all the gears.

162 Start and driving

In all cases the automatic gearbox must be ● To prevent damage to the gearbox, driv- For the sake of the environment checked at a specialised workshop. ing must only be continued when the warn- Selecting the most appropriate gear for the ing lamps are no longer lit up. While the situation will help you to save fuel. Automatic gearbox overheating gearbox is overheated, starting up and The automatic gearbox can overheat with a driving, even at a slow speed should be avoided. Note prolonged start up, or when stopping and starting continuously. This overheating is dis- The recommended gear display is switched played with a warning lamp  in the instru- off when the clutch pedal is pressed. ment panel. Additionally, an audible warning Recommended gear display can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool ››› . In some vehicles, the recommended gear for reducing fuel consumption is displayed on Steering The vehicle moves forward or back de- the instrument panel: spite having selected a gear range Information relating to different ve- Display Meaning When the vehicle does not move in the re- hicle processes. quired direction, the system may not have the  Optimum gear. gear range correctly engaged. Press the Electro-mechanical power steering assists brake pedal and engage the gear range Recommendation to change up a the driver when steering.  gear. again. If the vehicle still does not move in the Electro-mechanical power steering adapts required direction, there is a system malfunc-  Recommendation to change down a electronically to the speed of the car, torque tion. Seek specialist assistance and have the gear. and turning angle. system checked. If the power steering should fail at any time or WARNING CAUTION the engine is switched off (for instance when The recommended gear display is intended being towed), the car can still be steered, as ● When the gearbox is displayed as over- as a guideline only; it should never replace long as the key remains in the ignition. How- heating for the first time, the vehicle must the driver's attention to driving carefully. ever, more effort than normal will be required be parked safely or must be driven at a ● Responsibility for selecting the correct to turn the steering wheel. speed of more than 20 km/h (12 mph). gear for each situation continues to lie with ● When the warning lamp lights up and the the driver, for example when overtaking or Steering column mechanical lock audible warning is heard, the vehicle must climbing a hill. be parked safely and the engine switched To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the off. Let the gearbox cool down. steering before leaving the vehicle. »

163 Driving

Lock the steering column by removing the key Control and warning lamps  It flashes yellow from the ignition when the vehicle is stopped. Twisted steering column.  It lights up red Please engage steering lock Swing the steering wheel a few times. The electromechanical steering is damaged. Park the vehicle ››› page 151. Not unlocked or blocked steering column. Do not continue driving. Stop the vehicle safely and Remove the key from the ignition and then switch the as soon as possible. Remove the key from the ignition. ignition back on. If necessary, check the messages Have the steering checked immediately by a special- displayed on the instrument panel display. Turn the steering wheel slightly until you hear the ised workshop. Do not drive on, if the steering column remains steering lock. locked after the ignition has been switched on. Seek  It lights up yellow specialist assistance. Unlocking the steering Hindereed operation of the electromechanic steer- Several warning and control lamps light up Insert the key in the ignition lock. ing. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- The steering system should be checked by a special- ed on, signalling that the function is being ised workshop as soon as possible. Turn the steering wheel slightly to release the steer- verified. They will switch off after a few sec- ing lock. If, after restarting the engine and driving for a short distance, the yellow warning lamp no longer comes onds. Hold the steering wheel in this position and switch on on, it will not be necessary to take the vehicle to a the ignition. specialised workshop. WARNING If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- WARNING  Flashes red cle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries. If the power steering is not working then the Fault in the steering column electronic lock. steering wheel is much more difficult to  Do not continue driving! Seek specialist assis- ● Never ignore the warning lamps. turn and the vehicle more difficult to con- tance. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possi- trol. ble. ● The power steering only works when the engine is running. CAUTION ● Never allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off. Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehi- ● Never remove the key from the ignition if cle. the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.

164 Start and driving

Run-in and economical driv- Running in new tyres and brake pads ● Use of compatible plastics in the same part ● Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres if its components are not easily separated. ing ››› page 206 ● Use of recycled materials and/or materials ● Notes on the brakes ››› page 151 originating from renewable sources. Running in ● Reduction of volatile components, including For the sake of the environment odour, in plastic materials. Please observe the instructions for running-in new components. If the engine is run in gently, the life of the ● Use of CFC-free coolants. engine will be increased and the engine oil Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions Running-in the engine consumption reduced. dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive The engine needs to be run in over the first 2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, 1,500 km. During its first few hours of running, hexavalent chromium. the internal friction in the engine is greater Environmental compatibility than later on when all the moving parts have Manufacturing methods bedded down. Environmental protection is a top priority in the design, choice of materials and manufac- ● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500 km ture of your new SEAT. protective wax for cavities. influences the future engine performance. ● Use of plastic film as protection during vehi- Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should be Constructive measures to encourage re- cle transport. driven at a moderate speed, especially when cycling ● the engine is cold, as this will reduce engine Use of solvent-free adhesives. wear and increase its useful life. Never drive ● Joints and connections designed for easy ● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys- at extremely low engine speeds. Change dismantling. tems. down to a lower gear when the engine no ● Modular construction to facilitate disman- ● Recycling and energy recovery from resi- longer runs “smoothly”. Up to 1,000 kilome- tling. dues (RDF). tres the following instructions apply: ● Increased use of single-grade materials. ● Improvement in the quality of waste water. ● Do not use full throttle. ● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in ● Use of systems for the recovery of residual accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and ● Do not force the engine above two thirds of heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, ISO 1629. its maximum speed. etc.). ● The use of water-soluble paints. Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres, Choice of materials gradually increase power until reaching the ● Use of recycled materials. maximum speed and high engine speeds.

165 Driving

Economical and environmentally in third gear, at 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourth ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance friendly driving gear and at 50 km/h (31 mph) in fifth gear. from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow down by simply lifting your foot off the accel- In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting up erator. This eliminates the need for constant helps to save fuel, weather and traffic condi- braking and acceleration. tions permitting.

Do not wait until the last moment before Calm and steady driving changing gear. Only use first gear when you A constant driving style is more important move off and change to second gear quickly. than speed: a constant driving style will entail Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles with lower fuel consumption. automatic gearbox. When driving on the motorway, it is more effi- Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve cient to drive at a constant and more moder- an economical driving style as the display in- ate speed than to be continuously accelerat- dicates the best moment to change gear. Fig. 165 Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km ing and braking. As a general rule, you will at 2 different outside temperatures reach your destination just as quickly when Let the vehicle roll you drive at a constant speed. Fuel consumption, environmental impact and If you take your foot off the accelerator, the engine, brake and tyre wear depend largely The cruise control function helps you to ach- fuel supply is stopped and consumption is re- on three factors: ieve a constant style of driving. duced.

● Personal driving style. Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, Moderate use of additional devices ● for example when approaching a red traffic Conditions of use (weather, road surface). It is important to travel in comfort, but con- light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too ● Technical requirements. venience systems should be used ecological- slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch ly. Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption are pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en- possible with an appropriate driving style and gine will then operate at idle speed. Some equipment, when connected, increase fuel consumption considerably, for example: the adoption of certain simple tips. If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for a period of time, switch off the engine; for ex- ● Air conditioning cooling system: If the air Changing gear early ample, while waiting at a level crossing. conditioning system is required to cool to sig- General remarks: the highest gear is always nificantly lower temperatures than the true the most economical. As a guide, for most ve- Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic outside temperature, it will require a large hicles at a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph), drive Frequent acceleration and braking consider- amount of energy from the engine. Therefore, ably increase fuel consumption. If you think we recommend that the selected 166 Start and driving temperature for the vehicle is not too different The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in When purchasing engine oil, always observe to the outside temperature. It is a good idea summer, even when other conditions are the legal requirements and ensure that the oil is to air the vehicle before starting your journey same. approved by SEAT. and to drive a short distance with the win- The engine takes a long time to warm up dows open. Then you can close the windows Avoid carrying unnecessary loads when it is idling. In addition, mechanical wear and switch on the air conditioning. Keep win- and pollutant emissions are also especially The lighter the vehicle, the more economical dows closed when travelling at high speeds. high during this initial warm-up phase. It is and ecological the driving style. For example, Driving with the windows open increases fuel therefore best to drive off immediately after an additional weight of 100 kg will increase consumption. starting the engine. Doing this avoids running fuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km. ● Switch off the seat heating when the seats the engine at a high speed. Remove any unnecessary objects or loads have warmed up. from the vehicle. ● Switch off the heated rear window when it Adjusting type pressures. is not moist or covered in ice. Having the correct pressure in your tyres Remove optional equipment and unneces- helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a sary accessories Avoid short journeys result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower the tyre pressure slightly (+0.2 Fuel consumption is much higher when the the fuel consumption. Optional equipment bar/+3 psi/+200 kPa) can help to save fuel. engine is cold, immediately after it has been and accessories (such as roof racks or bike started. It takes a few kilometres of driving for When you buy new tyres, make sure they are carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of the engine to warm up and to normalise con- optimised for minimum rolling resistance. the vehicle. sumption. Therefore, we recommend you remove all op- The engine and catalytic converter need to Use low friction engine oil tional and unnecessary equipment and reach their proper working temperature in The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, racks, especially if you intend to drive at high order to minimise fuel consumption and emis- known as low friction engine oil, helps to re- speeds. sions. The ambient temperature has a deci- duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the sive influence. resistance caused by friction in the engine, Other factors which increase fuel con- Fig. 165 shows the difference in consumption they flow around the engine more quickly sumption (examples): and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The for the same journey at +20°C (+68°F) and at ● Fault in engine management. -10°C (+14°F). effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles frequently used for short journeys. ● Driving on hills. » Therefore, unnecessary short journeys should be avoided. Try to combine trips. Always check the engine oil level and observe service intervals (engine oil change intervals). 167 Driving

WARNING Control and warning lamps Note Always adapt your speed and the distance While the  or  control lamps remain lit, to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility,  It lights up the engine may have faults, there will be weather conditions, the condition of the higher fuel consumption and a possible Fault in the management of the petrol engine. road and the traffic situation. loss of engine power. Have the engine checked by a specialised workshop as soon as possible.

Engine management and ex-  It lights up Catalytic converter haust gas purification sys- Fault in the emission control system. The catalytic converter permits the subse- Reduce speed and drive carefully to the nearest spe- quent treatment of the exhaust gases thus re- cialised workshop to have the engine checked. tem ducing contaminating gas emissions. To ensure a longer working life for the exhaust sys- Introduction  Flashes tem and catalytic converter in a petrol en- Combustion fault which could damage the catalytic gine: WARNING converter. Reduce speed and drive carefully to the nearest spe- ● Always use unleaded petrol. The components of the exhaust system cialised workshop to have the engine checked. ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. reach very high temperatures. This could ● cause a fire. Several warning and control lamps light up Do not top up with too much engine oil ● Always park your vehicle so that no part for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ››› page 195. of the exhaust system can come in contact ed on, signalling that the function is being ● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter with flammable materials (such as dried verified. They will switch off after a few sec- cables ›››  page 44. grass). onds. ● Never apply additional underseal or anti- If you should notice misfiring, uneven running corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, CAUTION or loss of power when the car is moving, re- catalytic converter or the heat shields on duce speed immediately. Have the car in- Always pay attention to any lit control the exhaust system. spected by a specialised workshop. If this lamps and to the corresponding descrip- happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust tions and instructions to avoid damage to system and escape into the atmosphere. The the vehicle. catalytic converter can also be damaged by overheating.

168 Start and driving

For the sake of the environment specifications available in the destination WARNING country? Even when the emission control system is When driving through water, mud, melted working perfectly, there may be a smell of ● Are special tyres required in the destination snow, etc., please remember that due to sulphur under certain conditions. This de- country? damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in pends on the sulphur content of the fuel winter, the braking effect may be delayed, used. CAUTION therefore the required braking distance is SEAT does not accept liability for any dam- greater. age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower ● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by brak- quality fuel, an inadequate service or the ing carefully. Ensure that you are not en- Driving tips non-availability of genuine spare parts. dangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in the process. Driving abroad ● After driving through water, avoid sudden Driving through flooded roadways sharp manoeuvres. In some countries, certain safety regulations and requirements are in force relating to ex- To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv- CAUTION haust gas emissions, which differ from the ing through water, for example, along a floo- ● Driving through flooded areas may se- technical characteristics of the vehicle. Be- ded road, please observe the following: fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommends verely damage vehicle components such you consult a technical service about the le- ● Check the depth of the water before enter- as the engine, transmission, drive train or gal requirements and the following points: ing the flooded zone. The water should never electrical system. come above the lower edge of the bodywork ● Never drive through salt water as salt ● Does the vehicle need technical modifica- ››› . causes corrosion. Always rinse any parts of tions for driving abroad, for example, adjust- the vehicle which have been in contact with ● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian. ment of the headlamps? salt water. ● ● Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag- Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear nostics equipment and spare parts required or switch off the engine. for inspections and repairs? ● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which ● Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina- raise the level of the water, making it difficult tion country? to cross the water. ● ● For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail- Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenev- able at the right octane rating? er crossing water. ● Are a suitable engine oil (››› page 195) and other engine fluids complying with SEAT 169 Driving

Driver assistance systems WARNING Vehicles with a manual gearbox Observe the safety warnings ››› in Con- ● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neu- trol and warning lamps on page 27. tral and release the clutch pedal. The engine Start-Stop system will stop. ● To restart, simply engage the clutch. Control lamps Start-Stop system Vehicles with an automatic gearbox  It lights up ● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress The Start-Stop system is enabled. the brake or keep it pressed down. The engine switches off.  Flashes ● The engine will start again as soon as you release the brake pedal. The Start-stop system is not available. Go to a specialised workshop. ● With the selector lever set to position N, the engine will not start until a range of gears is . It lights up selected or the accelerator pedal is depressed. The Start-Stop system is enabled but the engine Fig. 166 In the centre console, top section: cannot be automatically stopped. Important conditions for the engine to stop Go to a specialised workshop. Start-stop system. automatically With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en- ● The driver's seat belt must be fastened.  It lights up gine is automatically stopped when the vehi- ● The driver door must be closed. The Start-stop system cannot start the engine. cle is at a standstill. It will start again auto- ● Start the vehicle manually with the key ››› page 149. matically as required. The bonnet must be closed. ● The engine must have reached a minimum There is a fault in the alternator ››› page 202. This function remains enabled while the igni- temperature. tion is switched on. The instrument panel dis- Some control and warning lamps will light up play shows information on the current status ● The vehicle must have moved since the last briefly when the ignition is switched on to ››› page 170. time the engine was stopped. check certain functions. They will switch off ● The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand after a few seconds. charged. whenever crossing water. ● The battery temperature must not be too low or too high.

170 Driver assistance systems

● The vehicle must not be on a very steep WARNING Note slope. The smart technology included in the hill In some cases, it may be necessary to start hold cannot change the laws of physics. Do the engine by hand using the key. Refer to Conditions for the engine to restart auto- not let the extra convenience afforded by the corresponding control lamp on the in- matically the hill hold tempt you into taking any risks strument panel. The engine can be automatically restarted in when driving. the following cases: ● Any accidental movement of the vehicle could result in serious injury. ● If the vehicle starts to moves. Cruise control system ● The hill hold is not a replacement for driv- ● If the battery voltage drops. er awareness. (CCS)* ● Adjust your speed and driving style to vis- Conditions requiring engine start-up using ibility, weather, road and traffic conditions. the key Control lamp ● The hill hold cannot always keep the ve- The engine has to be manually started in the hicle at a standstill on a slope or brake suf-  It lights up following cases: ficiently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slippery or frozen surfaces). This cruise control system maintains the set speed of ● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt. the vehicle. ● If the driver door is opened. WARNING Several warning and control lamps light up ● If the bonnet is opened. The brake servo and the electromechani- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- cal steering do not work when the engine is ed on, signalling that the function is being Switching the Start-Stop system on and switched off. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- off ● The vehicle must never be allowed to onds. ● Press the button  situated in the centre move with the engine switched off. console ››› Fig. 166. ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system before WARNING ● The button will light up when the Start-Stop working in the engine compartment. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- system is switched off. cle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries. The engine will start immediately if the vehi- CAUTION ● Never ignore the warning lamps. » cle is in Stop mode when the system is The vehicle's battery could be damaged if switched off by hand. the vehicle is used for long periods at very high outside temperatures.

171 Driving

CAUTION ● If the gear is changed with the manual Parking distance warning gearbox. Failure to heed the warning lamps when system* they appear may result in faults in the vehi- ● If the airbag is triggered. cle. WARNING Introduction Use of the cruise control could cause acci- The parking distance warning system assists dents and severe injuries if it is not possible Cruise control operation the driver when parking. If the rear of the ve- to drive at a constant speed maintaining hicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermit- the safety distance. Read the additional information carefully tent audible warning is emitted. The shorter ● ›››  page 26 Do not use the cruise control in heavy the distance, the shorter the intervals be- traffic, if the distance from the vehicle in tween tones. If the vehicle is too close to the The cruise control system (CCS) is able to in- front is insufficient, on steep roads, with obstacle, the audible warning becomes con- dividually maintain the set speed when driv- several bends or in slippery circumstances stant. ing forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph). (snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on floo- The CCS only slows down by reducing the ded roads. If you continue to approach an obstacle accelerator but not by braking ››› . ● Never use the CCS when driving off-road when the sound is continuous, this means the or on unpaved roads. system can no longer measure the distance. Travelling down hills with the CCS ● Always adapt your speed and the dis- Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit tance to the vehicles ahead in line with visi- When travelling down hills the CCS cannot and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound bility, weather conditions, the condition of maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle signal (transmission, reflection from the ob- the road and the traffic situation. down using the brake pedal and reduce stacles and reception), this system continu- gears if required. ● To avoid unexpected operation of the ously calculates the distance between the cruise control system, turn it off every time bumper and the obstacle. you finish using it. Automatic off ● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is WARNING The cruise control system (CCS) is switched too high for the prevailing road, traffic or The parking distance warning system can- off automatically or temporarily: weather conditions. not replace the driver's assessment of the ● If the system detects a fault that could af- ● When travelling down hills, the CCS can- situation. not maintain a constant speed. The vehicle fect the working order of the CCS. ● The sensors have blind spots in which ob- tends to accelerate under its own weight. ● If you increase the stored speed by press- stacles and people are not registered. Select a lower gear or use the foot brake to ing the accelerator pedal for a certain time. slow the vehicle. ● If the brake pedal is pressed.

172 Driver assistance systems

● Always observe the area around the vehi- ● To ensure that the system works properly, The sensors of the parking distance warning cle, as the sensors do not always detect the bumper sensors must be kept clean, system are situated on the rear bumper small children, animals or objects. free of ice and snow and uncovered. ››› Fig. 167. ● The surface of certain objects and some ● When cleaning the sensors with high- clothing do not reflect the ultrasound sig- pressure or steam cleaning equipment, Switching the parking distance warning nals from the parking distance system. The spray the sensors briefly at a distance of system on and off system cannot detect or incorrectly de- no less than 10 cm. ● Switch on: With the ignition switched on, se- tects these objects and people wearing ● Different sources of noise can produce lect reverse gear. A short audible warning these types of clothes. errors in the parking distance warning sys- confirms that the parking distance warning ● External sound sources can affect the tem, e.g. parking distance warning systems system is switched on and functioning. parking distance aid signals. In this case, from other vehicles, inductive loops or con- ● Switch off: Release reverse gear. under certain circumstances, people and struction works machines. objects will not be detected. ● Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, Special features of the parking distance such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with warning system CAUTION the function of the parking distance warning system. ● The parking distance warning system ● The sensors may not always be able to sometimes registers water on the sensors as detect objects such as trailer draw bars, an obstacle. thin rails, fences, posts, trees and open ● boots, etc. This could result in damage to Parking distance warning system If the distance does not change, the warn- your car. ing signal will sound less loudly after a few seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the ● Although the parking distance warning volume will remain constant. system detects and warns of the presence of an obstacle, the obstacle could disap- ● When the vehicle moves away from the ob- pear from the angle of measurement of the stacle, the beeping sound automatically sensors if it is too high or low and the sys- switches off. When getting close again, it re- tem would no longer show it. Therefore, it connects. will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring ● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume the warnings of the parking sensor system of the warning signals. could cause considerable damage to the vehicle. Note ● The bumper sensors may become dam- Fig. 167 Parking distance warning system sen- aged or misaligned, for example, when sors on the rear bumper A fault in the parking distance warning sys- parking. tem is indicated through a brief audible warning that is constant for about 3 » 173 Driving

seconds when switching it on the first time. Function Necessary operations Distance Colour of the Audible Check the parking distance warning sys- from the vehi- segment if an warn- tem at a Specialised workshop as soon as Switching on the ››› page 173 cle to the ob- obstacle is rec- Switching the parking distance warning system. possible. ing a) display on: The OPS switches on automati- stacle ognised cally. perma- behind: nent Red Switching the Release reverse gear. approx. 0-30 cm Optical parking system* (OPS) display off sound manually: a) Displayed in colour on the screen.

Zones explored WARNING Behind the vehicle ››› Fig. 168 C , the zone Do not be distracted from traffic to look at analysed reaches a distance of up to 150 cm the screen. and around 60 cm to the sides. Note Screen display ● SEAT recommends practising using the The image displayed represents the super- Fig. 168 On-screen OPS display parking distance warning system in a traf- vised zones in several segments. As the vehi- fic-free zone or in a car park to familiarise A An obstacle was detected in the collision cle approaches an obstacle, it approaches yourself with the system and its operation. the displayed vehicle segment A or B . Ulti- area ● The display on the radio screen of the mately, when the second-to-last segment is B An obstacle was detected in the segment area explored by the sensors may take up shown, the collision area has been reached. to 5 seconds. C Zone behind the vehicle registered Stop the vehicle!

The optical parking system is an extension of Distance Colour of the the parking distance warning system Audible from the vehi- segment if an ››› page 173. warn- City safety assist (Safety As- cle to the ob- obstacle is rec- ing The radio screen displays the area behind stacle ogniseda) sist)* the vehicle recorded by the sensors. Any ob- behind: stacles are displayed in relation to the vehicle beeping approx. 31-150 Yellow Introduction sound ››› . cm The City Safety Assist function covers driving situations at a distance of about 10 metres in

174 Driver assistance systems front of the vehicle, in a speed range of ap- WARNING ● Automatic brake intervention by the City proximately 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph). Safety Assist function can be cancelled by Relying on the City Safety Assist system in pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator When the system detects a possible collision city driving as part of one's driving behav- pedal or by a corrective intervention. with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares for iour may cause accidents and serious in- a possible emergency braking ››› . jury. The system is not a replacement for ● During automatic braking by the City driver awareness. Safety Assist function you may hear unusu- If the driver does not react to an imminent al noises. This is normal and is produced in ● Always adapt your speed and the dis- collision, the system can automatically brake the brake system. the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced tance to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of with a possible collision. The system can help the road and the traffic situation. to reduce the consequences of an accident. ● The City Safety Assist function does not Warning and control lamp If the City Safety Assist function determines react to people, animals or vehicles that that the driver has braked insufficiently when cross or move in the opposite direction in The City Safety Assist function is switched on faced with an imminent collision, the system the same lane. every time the ignition is switched on. No spe- can increase the brake force in order to re- ● If after switching on the City Safety Assist cial indication is produced. duce speed. The system can help to reduce function the vehicle begins to move, slow If the City Safety Assist function is switched the consequences of an accident. the vehicle with the foot brake. off or on, or if there is an error in the system, it WARNING will be shown by a control lamp on the instru- CAUTION ment panel display. The smart technology in the City Safety As- If you suspect that the City Safety Assist la- sist system cannot change the limits im-   It lights up posed by the laws of physics and by the ser sensor is damaged, switch it off. This will avoid additional damage. system itself. The increased convenience The city safety assist function has been switched on offered by the City Safety Assist system ● Any reparation of the laser sensor re- with the   button ››› Fig. 171. should never prompt you to take risks. The quires specialist knowledge. SEAT recom- The control lamp automatically switches off after 5 driver always assumes the responsibility of mends taking your car in for technical serv- seconds. braking in time. ice. ● The City Safety Assist function cannot  Flashes prevent accidents or serious injury by itself. Note Fast: the City Safety Assist system function brakes ● The City Safety Assist system may carry ● If the City Safety Assist function activates automatically or has braked automatically. out unwanted brake interventions in com- a brake, the brake pedal range is reduced. The control lamp switches off automatically. » plex driving situations e.g. when a vehicle This makes the brake pedal seem “harder”. crosses at a short distance.

175 Driving

 Flashes CAUTION A laser sensor on the windscreen ››› Fig. 169 allows the system to detect driving situations Slow: City Safety Assist function currently not availa- Failure to heed the warning lamps when in front of the vehicle. ble. they appear may result in faults in the vehi- If the vehicle stops, turn the engine off and on again. cle. Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a dis- If necessary, inspect the laser sensor (dirt, frost) tance of about 10 m. ››› in Laser sensor on page 176. If it still does not function, refer to a Specialised workshop to have the WARNING system inspected. Laser sensor The laser beam on the sensor can produce serious injuries to the eyes.   Flashes ● Never focus optical devices, e.g. a cam- Within the 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph) operating range: era, a microscope or a magnifying glass the city safety assist has been switched off with the closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor.   button ››› Fig. 171. ● Note that the laser beam can stay active Switch the city safety assist function on with button   ››› Fig. 171. when the City Safety Assist system is switched off or unavailable. The laser Several warning and control lamps should beam is not visible to the human eye. light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is be- CAUTION ing verified. They will switch off after a few Fig. 169 On the windscreen: laser sensor for If the windscreen is dirty or frosted in the seconds. the City Safety Assist function. area of the laser sensor, e.g. due to rain, mist or snow, the City Safety Assist system WARNING may fail to operate as a result. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehi- ● Always keep the laser sensor area free of cle may stall in traffic, or may cause acci- dirt and ice. dents and severe injuries. ● Use a small brush to remove snow and a ● Never ignore the warning lamps. de-icer spray to remove ice. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. CAUTION A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor area may cause the City Safety Assist Fig. 170 Laser sensor detection area. function to stop working.

176 Driver assistance systems

● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, When the City Safety Assist function is ● Switch off the City Safety Assist function cracked or chipped by stones in the laser switched on, the control lamp   lights up in critical situations. sensor area. Only use a windscreen author- on the dash panel within the operational ised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not range, i.e. for speeds between 5-30 km/h permitted (e.g. in the case of damage suf- (3-19 mph). fered in an impact from a stone). ● When replacing the windscreen wipers, Switch off the City Safety Assist function in only use windscreen wipers authorised by the following situations SEAT. Switching off the City Safety Assist function is ● Do not paint the laser sensor area on the recommended in the following situations windscreen or cover it with adhesives or ››› : other materials. ● While the vehicle is being towed. ● If the vehicle has been taken to an auto- Function matic car wash. ● If the vehicle is above a test bed. ● If the laser sensor is faulty. ● After the laser sensor has been involved in a collision. ● When driving off road (overhanging branches). ● If objects are protruding above the bonnet, e.g. a load carried on the roof that significantly protrudes over the front. ● If the windscreen is damaged in the laser Fig. 171 In the lower part of the centre console: sensor area. button for the city safety assist function. WARNING Switching on and off the City Safety Assist function Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist function in the above situations may result ● Press the ››› Fig. 171 button on the centre in accidents and serious injury. console. 177 Driving

Special driving situations system itself. For this reason, this may pro- Possible malfunction in the laser sensor duce reactions from the City Safety Assist If laser sensor operation is impaired, for ex- system in certain circumstances that are late ample due to heavy rain, mist, snow or dirt, or unexpected by the driver. For this reason, the City Safety Assist system function is tem- always pay due attention and if necessary, porarily switched off. On the instrument panel intervene. display the control lamp  flashes. For example, the following driving situa- When the fault in the laser sensor has been tions require special attention: rectified, the City Safety Assist system function automatically becomes available again. Driving through a bend The control lamp  switches off. When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the vehicle may decelerate when the laser sen- The following conditions could prevent the sor detects a vehicle travelling in the opposite City Safety Assist system from functioning: lane ››› Fig. 172 A. To interrupt the decelera- ● Tight bends. tion, you can step on the gas pedal, turn the ● steering wheel or operate the clutch. Accelerator pressed all the way down to the floor. Fig. 172 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: Motorcyclist ● If the City Safety Assist system is switched driving ahead out of range of the laser sensor. Narrow vehicles in front off or there is a fault ››› page 175. The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehicles in front if they are in the sensor's detec- ● If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or over- tion zone ››› Fig. 172 B. This applies particu- heated ››› page 176. larly to narrow vehicles such as motorcycles. ● In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense fog. Other vehicles changing lanes ● If there are vehicles in front. Vehicles moving into your lane in close prox- ● Vehicles changing lanes. imity can cause unexpected braking from the ● Vehicles moving in the opposite direction in City Safety Assist system ››› Fig. 173. To inter- the same lane. rupt deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch. ● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of re- Fig. 173 Other vehicles changing lanes flection. ● Presence of thick dust. The City Safety Assist function is limited by the laws of physics and by the nature of the 178 Towing bracket device

Hill driving assistant* This system is also active when reversing up- Towing bracket device hill.

Operation WARNING Driving with a trailer This function is only included in vehicles with ● If you do not start the vehicle immediate- ESC. ly after taking your foot off the brake pedal, Information on driving with a trailer the vehicle may start to roll back under The hill driving assistant helps the driver to certain conditions. Depress the brake ped- The vehicle is not certified for trailer coupling. move off and upward on a hill when the vehi- al or use the hand brake immediately. The vehicle is not factory-equipped with a cle is stationary. ● If the engine stalls, depress the brake towing bracket, nor is it possible to retrofit it. The system maintains brake pressure for ap- pedal or use the hand brake immediately. proximately two seconds after the driver ● When following a line of traffic uphill, if WARNING takes his foot off the brake pedal to prevent you want to prevent the vehicle from rolling Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle the vehicle from lurching backward when it is back accidentally when starting off, hold may cause accidents and serious injuries started. During these 2 seconds, the driver the brake pedal down for a few seconds while operating the vehicle. has enough time to release the clutch pedal before starting off. ● Never install a towing bracket on the ve- and accelerate without the vehicle moving hicle. and without having to use the handbrake, Note ● The trailer may be released from the ve- making start-up easier, more comfortable The Official Service or a specialist work- hicle when the vehicle is moving. and safer. shop can tell you if your vehicle is equip- These are the basic operation conditions: ped with this system. CAUTION ● being on a ramp or hill/slope, Any type of towing bracket installed on the vehicle can cause serious and costly dam- ● doors closed, age that are not covered under the SEAT ● vehicle completely stationary, guarantee. ● engine running and foot on the brake, ● besides having a gear engaged or being in neutral for manual gear change and with the selector lever at positions S, D or R in vehicles with an automatic gearbox.

179 Practical tips

Practical tips ● Only use wheels and tyre combinations proved by SEAT for use in your vehicle and which have been approved by SEAT for bear the e mark (the European Union's au- your vehicle type. thorisation symbol). This includes cruise con- Care and maintenance trol systems or electronically controlled suspension. Accessories, replacement of Accessories and spare parts If any additional electrical devices are fitted which do not serve to control the vehicle parts and modifications SEAT recommends you consult an Official itself, these must bear the  mark (European Service before purchasing accessories and Union manufacturer conformity declaration). Introduction spare parts or consumables. For example, This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or when fitting accessories at a later date, or ventilator fans. WARNING when replacing a component. A SEAT Official Service will advise you as to the legal require- WARNING The use of spare parts and accessories, or ments and manufacturer's recommendations Unprofessional repairs or modifications to incorrectly performed modifications or re- regarding accessories, spare parts and other the vehicle may affect the performance of pairs may result in damage to the vehicle, components. the airbags, and may cause operating accidents and serious injury. SEAT recommend you use only approved faults or fatal accidents. ● SEAT strongly recommends you to only ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as use SEAT approved accessories and SEAT® SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare ® drink holders or telephone cradles over or original spare parts. These parts and ac- parts . These parts and accessories have next to the covers of the airbag modules or cessories have been specially tested by been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, within their deployment zones. SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety. reliability and safety. In addition, SEAT technical services will guarantee that assembly is ● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or ● Have any repairs or modifications carried within their deployment zones, could lead out at a specialised workshop. These work- performed professionally. to serious injury or loss of life if the airbags shops have the necessary tools, diagnos- Although we continually monitor the market, are triggered. tics equipment, repair information and SEAT cannot guarantee that products not qualified personnel. approved by SEAT are reliable, safe or suita- ● Only mount parts with the same specifi- ble for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot cations as the parts fitted at factory. accept liability, even in those cases author- Service fluids and components ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as ised by an officially recognised technical in- All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as drink holders or telephone cradles over the spection office or other official body. covers of the airbag modules or within their notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine Any retro-fitted equipment which has a di- deployment zones. oils, spark plugs and batteries are continually rect effect on vehicle control must be ap- being developed. Therefore all fluids and 180 Care and maintenance consumables should be changed at a speci- cooling effect of the coolant. If the engine modifications or repairs performed incorrect- alised workshop. Technical services are per- is running under great strain in high outside ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these manently informed of any modifications. temperatures, it could overheat. cases. SEAT recommends you have any technical WARNING For the sake of the environment modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT The incorrect use or handling of fluids or Official Service and that you use genuine Leaking fluids could pollute the environ- consumables may result in accident, seri- SEAT spare parts®. ment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable ous injury, burns or intoxication. containers and dispose of them in accord- ● Therefore, fluids must always be stored ance with legislation and with respect for Vehicles with special accessories and closed in their original container. the environment. equipment ● Never store fluids in empty food contain- The manufacturers of additional equipment ers or bottles as other people may acci- guarantee that the equipment complies with dentally drink the fluid. Repairs and technical changes applicable laws and regulations with respect ● Keep all fluids and consumables out of to the environment, in particular Directives reach of children. When performing repairs and technical 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first di- ● Read and observe the information and modifications, SEAT's directives must be rective governs the disposal of end-of-life ve- warnings given on the fluid containers. observed! ››› hicles while the second refers to the restrictions on the marketing and use of certain ● Only work in the open air or in well-venti- Unauthorised modifications to the electronic dangerous substances and preparations. lated zones, when using products which components or software in the vehicle may give off harmful vapours. cause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec- The vehicle owner should keep the documen- ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, tronic components are linked together in net- tation for the additional equipment safely acetone or any other volatile liquid in the works, other indirect systems may be affec- and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end maintenance of the vehicle. These are toxic ted by the faults. This may significantly affect of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that and highly flammable. They could lead to the vehicle's performance, increase compo- any additional equipment mounted in end-of- fire or explosions! nent wear and could mean that the vehicle life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re- registration documents are no longer valid. spect for the environment. CAUTION Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held lia- WARNING ● Only use appropriate fluids. Do not con- ble for any damage caused by technical fuse fluids as this can cause serious mal- modifications or repairs performed incorrect- Repairs or modifications which are not per- functions or engine damage. ly. formed correctly may result in damage or ● Accessories and other components errors in the vehicle operation, affecting The SEAT Official Service does not accept li- mounted in front of the air inlet reduce the the effectiveness of the driver assistance » ability for damage resulting from technical 181 Practical tips

systems. This could result in serious acci- Modifications to the vehicle suspension may ● Never fit recycled or reused airbag com- dent. affect the operation of the airbag system in ponents in your vehicle. the event of collision. For example, if wheel ● All repairs and modifications to the vehi- and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT cle should only be performed by a special- WARNING ised workshop. are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered, the suspension is stiffened or the suspension Modifications to the vehicle suspension, in- springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are cluding the use of unauthorised wheel and modified, the results received by the airbag tyre combinations, may affect the perform- Repairs and malfunctions in the sensors and sent to the control unit may not ance of the airbags and increase the risk of airbag system be accurate. For example, some modifica- serious or fatal injury in the event of acci- tions to the suspension could increase the dent. When performing repairs and technical force measured by the sensors and result in ● Never fit suspension components which modifications, SEAT's directives must be the triggering of the airbag systems in colli- are not identical to the original parts in the observed! ››› sions. Under normal conditions, the measured vehicle. values would be lower and the airbag would ● Modifications and repairs to the front bumper, Never use wheel and tyre combinations not have been triggered. Other modifications not approved by SEAT. doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof or may reduce the forces measured by the sen- chassis should only be carried out in a speci- sors and prevent the airbags from being trig- alised workshop. These components may gered when they should. contain parts or sensors belonging to the air- Retrofitting of mobile phones bag system. WARNING An exterior aerial is required for the use of If work is carried out on the airbag system or Repairs or modifications which are not per- two-way radios in the vehicle. parts have to be removed and fitted on the formed correctly may result in damage or The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap- system when performing other repair work, errors in the vehicle operation, affecting pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap- parts of the airbag system may be damaged. the effectiveness of the airbag systems. The consequence may be that, in the event This could result in serious or fatal acci- proval for use in your vehicle. Under certain of an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly dents. circumstances, this could mean that your ve- or does not inflate at all. hicle registration documents are no longer ● All repairs and modifications to the vehi- valid. So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not cle should only be performed by a special- reduced and that removed parts do not ised workshop. SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with cause any injuries or environmental pollution, ● Airbag modules must never be repaired: two-way radios providing the following con- regulations must be observed. These require- they have to be replaced. ditions are observed: ments are known to specialised workshops.

182 Care and maintenance

● The exterior aerial must be mounted pro- tion may be exceeded. This is also the case than if the mobile phone were connected to a fessionally. if the aerial has not been correctly instal- built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial. ● The maximum transmitting power is 10 led. If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands- watts. ● You should only use a two-way radio in- free device that allows the employment of side the vehicle if it has first been correctly numerous additional mobile telephone func- The optimal reach of the equipment is only connected to an exterior aerial. tions with compatible Bluetooth technology®, achieved with an external aerial. it will comply with the legislation in many Check first with a specialised workshop that countries which only permits the use of mo- understands the technical possibilities of in- Using a mobile telephone in a vehi- bile phones inside vehicles using a hands- stallation if you wish to use a two-way radio cle without connection to an exteri- free device. with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. Mobile telephones must be placed in a suita- SEAT recommends taking your car in for or aerial ble telephone support or stored safely in the technical service. Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio vehicle. If a support is used for the telephone, All legal requirements, together with the in- waves also called high-frequency energy, it must be securely fastened to the base structions for the use of two-way radios must both when in use and when on stand-by. Sci- plate. The mobile will be secure on the instru- be observed. entific studies state that radio waves exceed- ment panel and always within reach of the ing certain values may be harmful to the hu- driver only by following these procedures. WARNING man body. International committees and au- Mobile telephone connection with an exter- If the two-way radio is not securely fas- thorities have established limits and direc- nal aerial is carried out subject to the hands- tened in position, it could be sent flying tives in order to ensure electromagnetic radi- free device, via the telephone support or by ® around the vehicle in the event of sharp ation from mobile phones remains within cer- the Bluetooth connections present in the braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, tain limits that do not endanger health. Nev- mobile telephone and the vehicle. causing injury. ertheless, there is no conclusive scientific evi- If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial ● While driving, two-way radios must be dence that wireless telephones are totally incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior securely fastened in position, outside the safe. aerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re- airbags deployment zones, or safely stow- That is why some experts recommend mod- duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit- ed away. erate use of the mobile telephone, and the ted and the risk to human health. It will also appliance of measures to reduce radiation on improve the quality of the connection. WARNING the human body. If the phone is used inside the vehicle without When using a two-way radio without a con- When a mobile phone not connected to an the hands-free system, it will not be securely nection to an exterior aerial, the maximum exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the fastened and will not be connected to the ex- permitted levels of electromagnetic radia- electromagnetic radiation may be greater terior aerial of the vehicle telephone. Nor will »

183 Practical tips

the telephone charge if it is not on the sup- This is also the case if the aerial has not port. In addition, some calls may break off been correctly installed. and the quality of the connection will be af- ● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be fected. kept between mobile phone aerials and ar- Mobile telephones should only be used inside tificial pacemakers, as mobile telephones the vehicle if they are connected to a hands- may affect the working of pacemakers. free system. SEAT recommends using an ex- ● Do not keep mobile phones in breast ternal aerial should you wish to use a mobile pockets directly above pacemakers. telephone inside the vehicle. ● Immediately switch off the mobile tele- Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue- phone if you suspect any interference with Fig. 175 Rear jacking points for raising vehicle tooth® SIG, Inc. pacemakers or other types of medical equipment. with lifting platform or jack

WARNING Always use the jacking points indicated in the If the mobile phone is not securely fastened figures ››› Fig. 174 and ››› Fig. 175 when rais- in position, it could be sent flying around Support points for raising the vehi- ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, cle these points, it could be seriously damaged sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing ››› or lead to serious injury ››› . injury. The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting ● While driving, the mobile telephone, oth- platforms with lift pads containing fluid. er equipment including telephone accessories such as telephone supports, note- When raising a vehicle using a platform or pads and navigators must be correctly se- jack, a series of precautionary measures are cured, away from the airbags deployment required. Do not raise the vehicle with a lifting zones, or stored in a safe place. platform or jack unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to do WARNING so safely. When using a mobile telephone or two-way Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack radio without connecting an external aer- Fig. 174 Front jacking points for raising vehicle ››› page 72. ial, the maximum permitted levels of elec- with lifting platform or jack tromagnetic radiation in the vehicle may be exceeded, thus putting the driver and the rest of the vehicle occupants in danger.

184 Care and maintenance

WARNING CAUTION The improper use of the lifting platform or ● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil the jack when raising the vehicle may result sump, the gearbox or the rear or front in accidents or serious injury. axles. ● Before raising the vehicle, please observe ● Always use an intermediate rubber sup- the manufacturer's instructions for the port to prevent damage to the vehicle un- platform or jack, and the legal require- derbody. Check that the arms of the lifting ments, where applicable. platform are able to move with obstruction. ● There should not be anyone inside the ● The arms should not come into contact vehicle when it is being raised or once it is with the side running boards or other parts in the air. of the vehicle. ● Only use the jacking points indicated in the figures ››› Fig. 174 and ››› Fig. 175 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the indicated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is being dismounted, for example. ● The jacking points should be centrally aligned and firmly positioned on the platform support plates. ● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform due to the engine vibrations. ● If it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle while it is raised, you should check that the supporting stands have an adequate load capacity. ● Never climb onto the lifting platform. ● Always make sure that the weight of the vehicle does not exceed the lifting platform load capacity.

185 Practical tips

Checking and refilling lev- age of ethanol in the petrol. “E5” means, Super unleaded petrol 95 octane petrol or for example, an ethanol ratio of 5% max. normal 91 octane petrol at least els 2 Diesel with biodiesel (“B” stands for Bio- We recommend refuelling with super 95 oc- diesel). The number indicates the per- tane petrol (91 AKI). If not available: normal 91 Fuel centage of biodiesel in the diesel. “B7” octane petrol (87 AKI) (with a slight power means, for example, a proportion of bio- loss). diesel of max. 7%. Identification of the fuel1) 3 Natural gas: “CNG” means Compressed Super unleaded petrol, 95 octanes at Natural Gas. least You should use super 95 octane petrol (91 AKI) at least. Type of petrol If super is not available, if necessary, use nor- 3 Applies to vehicles: with petrol engine mal 91 octane petrol (87 AKI). In this case only use moderate engine speeds and a light The correct grade of petrol is listed inside the throttle. Refuel with super as soon as possi- fuel tank flap. ble. The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter and must only be run on unleaded Unleaded super plus 98 octane petrol or Fig. 176 Identification of fuels according to Eu- petrol. The petrol must comply with the super 95 octane petrol at least ropean Union (EU) Directive 2014/94/ standard EN 228 and be sulphur-free. Fuels We recommend refuelling with super plus 98 with a 10% ethanol ratio can be refuelled Fuels are identified with different symbols. octane petrol (93 AKI). If not available: super (E10)2). The types of petrol are differentiated Depending on the fuel, the different symbols 95 octane petrol (91 AKI) (with a slight power by using the octane numbers (RON) or via are on the pump and the tank lid of your vehi- loss). the anti-knock index (AKI). cle. The identification serves to prevent con- If super is not available, if necessary, use nor- fusion when choosing the fuel. The following pieces of text show the infor- mal 91 octane petrol (87 AKI). In this case only mation included in the corresponding stickers use moderate engine speeds and a light 1 Petrol with ethanol (“E” stands for Etha- on the tank lid (examples): nol). The number indicates the percent-

1) Depending on country 2) Follow the regulations of the country you are driving in. 186 Checking and refilling levels throttle. Refuel with super as soon as possi- Note Natural gas ble. ● Fuel with an octane rating higher than the 3 Applies to vehicles: with a natural gas engine one required by the engine can be used. CAUTION Natural gas can be compressed or in liquid ● In countries in which there is no sulphur- ● Fuels high percentage of ethanol, e.g. form, addition to others. free fuel, it is also allowed to use low sul- E30 - E100 button must not be used. The phur content fuel. fuel system would be damaged. Exception: Use of compressed natural gas (CNG) vehicles with Totalflex engine ››› page 187, Vehicles with a natural gas engine must only Ethanol fuel. Ethanol fuel be working with CNG (Compressed Natural ● A single refuelling with leaded fuel or Gas CNG ), or with a mixture of biomethane other metal additives entails a permanent 3 Applies to vehicles: with Totalflex engine if it complies with Regulation EN 16723-2. deterioration of the effectiveness of the catalytic converter. You can recognise vehicles with Totalflex en- Do not use fuels such as liquefied natural gas 1) ● Only use fuel additives that have been gines by label on the fuel tank lid with with (Liquefied Natural Gas), liquified petroleum approved by SEAT. The products that con- the marking “Petrol/ethanol”. gas (LPG = Liquefied Petroleum G) or hy- thane (hydrogen mixed with methane) ››› . tain substances to increase the octane rat- Vehicles with Totalflex engine can run with ing or decrease knocking may contain met- unleaded petrol (95 octane / 91 AKI) accord- Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine al additives that damage the engine and ing to ANP No. 57 and with fuels with any high must only be refuelled using compressed catalytic converter. This type of products percentage of ethanol. The vehicle is refuel- natural gas (CNG). must not be used. led in the same way as petrol refuelling. ● Do not use fuels shown in the pump as Natural gas quality and consumption containing metals. LRP (lead replacement Also consider that ››› page 186, Type of pet- petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of rol Natural gas is divided into the groups H and L metal additives. Risk of engine damage! depending on its quality. ● High engine speed and full throttle can Note Gas type H has a superior heating power and damage the engine when using petrol with SEAT recommends filling the tank exclu- inferior nitrogen and carbon dioxide content an octane rating lower than the correct sively with petrol every 10,000 km to de- than type L. The higher the heating power of grade for the engine. crease impurities that using E100 ethanol the natural gas, the lower the consumption fuel might have left in the engine. will be. »

1) This motor is only available in some markets. 187 Practical tips

However, the heating power and the propor- gas tanks are weakened by deformations, WARNING tion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluc- damage or corrosion. As a result, the tanks tuate within the quality groups. Therefore, ve- could burst and result in serious injuries or Damaged, corroded or rusted tanks can result in serious injury or even death. hicle consumption can also vary when using even death. For this reason, the vehicle owner a single type of gas only. must have a specialised workshop check (vis- ● Have the natural gas deposits checked at ual check) the gas system every 4 years at least every 4 years (visual check). The engine management automatically least. The vehicle owner must have a speci- ● Natural gas tanks have a limited service adapts to the natural gas used according to alised workshop replace the natural gas life. Have the natural gas tanks replaced its quality. Therefore, different quality gases tanks before they reach the end of their serv- when required. You can obtain further infor- can be mixed in the tank, without the need for ice life. For further information about the serv- mation about this at SEAT dealers or speci- comprehensive draining before applying a ice life of gas tanks, go to a SEAT dealer serv- alised workshops. different quality gas. ice or a specialised workshop WARNING Natural gas and safety WARNING If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a If the vehicle underbody touches the Failure to act when you can smell gas in the ground or in the event of a rear collision, leak ››› : vehicle or when refuelling can cause seri- there could be damage to the natural gas ● Stop the vehicle immediately. ous injuries. tanks. ● Carry out the necessary operations. ● Switch the ignition off. ● Check whether there is a smell of gas. ● Leave the danger zone. ● ● Open the doors to appropriately ventilate If you notice a smell of gas, take the vehicle to a specialised workshop immediately the vehicle. ● If necessary, warn the emergency services. and have the natural gas system checked. ● Extinguish cigarettes immediately. ● Move away from the vehicle or switch off WARNING Note objects that may cause sparks or a fire. The vehicle is not suitable for liquefied nat- Have the natural gas system checked regu- ● If you continue to smell gas, do not contin- ural gas (LNG) or liquefied petrol gas (LPG), larly by a specialised workshop, according ue driving! so LNG or LPG should not be used under to the Maintenance Programme. ● Seek specialist assistance. Have the fault any circumstances. Liquid gas can cause repaired. an explosion of the natural gas tanks and cause severe injuries! Regular checks of the natural gas system The natural gas tanks may be damaged or corroded by external factors. The walls of the

188 Checking and refilling levels

Filling the tank prevent the generation of static electricity. – If you are using a metal fuel canister, Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling. the nozzle must always touch the can- Introduction ● Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks ister while it is being filled to avoid stat- or objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga- ic electricity. The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the rettes). – Follow the legal requirements for the vehicle. ● Avoid static electricity and electro-mag- use, storage and transport of spare fuel netic radiation when refuelling. canisters. WARNING ● Observe the safety regulations of the – Insure that the fuel container complies with manufacturing standards, for ex- Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can service station. ample, ANSI or ASTM F852-86. cause an explosion or fire resulting in seri- ● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the ous burns and injuries. luggage compartment. ● Always make sure that you correctly CAUTION close the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and WARNING ● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere fuel spillage. on the vehicle to avoid damage to the For safety reasons, SEAT does not recom- ● Fuels are highly explosive and inflamma- wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paint- mend carrying a spare fuel canister in the ble substances that can cause serious work. vehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catch burns and injuries. fire, above all in case of an accident and ● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can ● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the en- this applies to a full container as well as cause serious engine and fuel system dam- gine is not switched off or if the filler fuel empty containers. This could lead to explo- age; the resulting malfunctions are not nozzle is not fully inserted into the tank fill- sions, fires and injuries. covered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuel er neck when refuelling. This could lead to with the wrong type of fuel, never start the ● Observe the following if you exceptional- a fire, explosion and severe injuries. engine. This applies to even the smallest ly have to carry fuel in a canister: amount of the wrong fuel. Seek specialist ● When refuelling, turn off the engine and – Never place a fuel container, to fill it, in- assistance. With the engine running, the turn off the ignition for safety reasons. side the vehicle or on the vehicle, for composition of the wrong fuel could signifi- ● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio example, in the luggage compartment. cantly damage the fuel system and the en- apparatus and other radio wave emitting Filling in these circumstances could gine itself. equipment before refuelling. Electromag- create an electrostatic charge and netic waves could cause sparks and lead spark that could ignite fuel fumes. to a fire. For the sake of the environment – Always place the canister on the ● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If ground to fill it. Fuels can contaminate the environment. it is absolutely necessary to enter, close Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a – Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the door and touch a metal surface before professional to dispose of them. the canister as far as possible. touching the filler nozzle again. This will 189 Practical tips

In natural gas engines Control lamps and fuel gauge a) It lights up During driving, the fuel gauge needle is in the The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is be- fuel area with which the car is currently driving used (red mark ››› Fig. 177) ››› page 32. ing. Whenever the ignition is switched on, the Refuel as soon as possible ››› . needle changes first for a few seconds to the petrol area in order to display the current lev- a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash panel ››› Fig. 177. el of fuel. The needle then moves to the natural gas area. After the engine is started, the a) It lights up needle changes to the area corresponding to the current operating mode. The natural gas tank is almost empty. The reserve Remark: if the vehicle is left parked for a long tank is being used (red mark ››› Fig. 178) ››› page 32. time just after refuelling, the gas level indica- Refuel as soon as possible ››› . Fig. 177 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge tor does not accurately indicate the same for petrol. a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on level shown after refuelling when the vehicle the dash panel ››› Fig. 177. is started up again. This is not due to a leak in the system, but to a drop in pressure in the  gas tank for technical reasons after a cooling and the seg- Flashes for about 10 sec- phase immediately after refuelling. ments remain- onds inga) WARNING

The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is be- Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could ing used ››› page 32. result in the vehicle breaking down in traffic Refuel as soon as possible ››› . and a serious accident. ● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on supply to the engine can become irregular Fig. 178 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge the dash panel display. for petrol. especially on slopes. Several warning and control lamps light up ● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to The fuel gauge can vary depending on the for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the vehicle equipment ››› Fig. 177 or ››› Fig. 178. ed on, signalling that the function is being power steering as well as all of the driver verified. They will switch off after a few sec- assistance systems including brake assis- onds. tance will stop working.

190 Checking and refilling levels

● Always refuel when there is only one Refuelling with petrol Vehicles with a natural gas engine quarter of the fuel tank left to avoid running Every 6 months it is necessary to run on pet- out of fuel. rol until the control lamp switches off  and then the tank must be refilled. This is neces- CAUTION sary to ensure the efficient operation of the system and the fuel quality required for run- ● Always pay attention to any lit control ning on gas. lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to WARNING the vehicle. ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. Do not continue refilling once the fuel noz- An irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition zle has switched itself off. The fuel tank faults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex- may be filled too much. As a result, fuel Fig. 179 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in haust system. This could damage the cata- may spurt out and spill. This could lead to a the holder lytic converter. fire, explosion and severe injuries. Read the additional information carefully Note ›››  page 32 CAUTION ● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, on the vehicle to avoid damage to the the instrument panel ››› Fig. 177 indicates the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paint- the side of the vehicle on which the fuel heating and keep them off during refuelling. tank flap is located. work. Refuelling For the sake of the environment The correct petrol type for the vehicle is located on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap Fuels can contaminate the environment. ››› page 186. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them. ● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as the fuel tank is full ››› . ● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! Otherwise, this will fill the expansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient conditions are warm. 191 Practical tips

Refuelling with natural gas ● Press on the rear area of the flap and open you can smell gas, stop refuelling immedi- it. ately.

Refuelling WARNING Remark: If the ambient temperature is very The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied high, the natural gas pump protection against natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be overheating disconnects this automatically. added under any circumstances. Liquefied ● Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to explode, resulting in serious injury. ››› Fig. 180 1 . ● Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas filler mouth. Note Fig. 180 Open tank lid: gas filler mouth 1 , fill- ● The fuel tank will be full when the pump ● The filling nozzles of natural gas pumps er mouth retainer 2 compressor automatically cuts the supply. can differ in the way they are operated. If you are unacquainted with the pump, it is Before refuelling, the engine and the ignition, ● If you wish to finish refuelling in advance, advisable that a member of staff of the mobile telephone and heating must be press the button on the pump to stop the flow. service station performs the refuelling op- switched off separately ››› . eration. Closing the fuel tank cap It is also essential to carefully read the in- ● Noises heard when refuelling are normal structions for the natural gas pump. ● Check that the gas filler mouth retainer 2 and do not indicate the presence of a fault is not trapped with the filler nozzle. If neces- in the system. The vehicle is equipped for refuelling only sary, place it in the filler mouth again. ● The vehicle natural gas system is pre- with Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) ››› . ● Insert the plug in the filler mouth. pared both for refuelling with a small com- Refuelling with another type of natural gas is pressor (slow refuel) and a large compres- ● not allowed, e.g. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it sor (fast refuel) in natural gas service sta- or hydromethane. click into place. tions.

Opening the fuel tank cap WARNING The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily tank cap, next to the petrol filler mouth. flammable substance. Incorrect handling of the natural gas can cause accidents se- ● Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the rious burns and other injuries. central locking button  situated on the driver ● Before refuelling with natural gas, the fill- door ››› page 97. ing mouth must be correctly engaged. If 192 Checking and refilling levels

Bonnet ● If you have to work underneath the vehi- ● Once the engine has cooled, follow the cle, you must use suitable stands addition- instructions below before opening the bon- Working in the engine compart- ally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of net: accident!. The jack is not intended for this ment – Engage the handbrake and place the kind of work and its failure could lead to se- gear selector lever in N or the gear vere injuries. stick in neutral. Read the additional information carefully ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system. ›››  page 12 – Remove the key from the ignition. – Keep children away from the engine Before working in the engine compartment, WARNING compartment and never leave them make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori- unsupervised. zontal and firm ground. The engine compartment is a dangerous area capable of causing serious injury. ● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- The engine compartment of the vehicle is a ● For all type of work, always take the ut- ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew hazardous area. Never work on the engine or most precautions, work carefully and note the cap on the expansion tank when the en- in the engine compartment if you are not fa- the general safety standards in force. Nev- gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray miliar with the operations to be carried out, er take personal risks. out under pressure causing burns and seri- the applicable safety standards and espe- ous injury. ● Never work on the engine or in the engine cially if you do not have the necessary instru- compartment if you are not familiar with – After cooling, carefully and slowly un- ments, liquids and tools ! If required, ››› the necessary operations. If you are not screw the cap anticlockwise, gently have any work carried out by a specialised sure about procedures then visit a special- pressing down on it. workshop. Negligent work can cause serious ised workshop to carry out the necessary – Always protect your face, hands and injury. work. Working incorrectly can cause seri- arms from hot coolant and steam using ous injuries. a large, thick cloth. WARNING ● Never open the bonnet if you see steam ● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this or coolant escaping from the engine com- on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- could cause serious injury. partment. This may cause serious burns. Al- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. ● Never work under the vehicle if it has not ways wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of steam or coolant coming from the been immobilized. If you must work under- WARNING neath the vehicle with the wheels in con- engine compartment. tact with the ground then it should be ● Always allow the engine to cool down be- The high voltages of the electrical system parked on flat ground, the wheels should fore opening the bonnet. can give electric shocks as well as causing be prevented from moving and the key burns and serious injury and possibly even ● Contact with hot elements of the engine death! » should be removed from the ignition. and the exhaust system can cause burns.

193 Practical tips

● Never cause short circuits in the electri- make sure that they cannot be trapped ● Never cover the engine with additional in- cal system. The battery could explode. by engine components. sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk of ● To minimise the risk of electric shock and – Take extreme caution when operating fire! serious consequences while the engine is the accelerator and remain attentive. running or starting the engine, note the fol- The vehicle could move, even if the WARNING lowing: handbrake is applied. If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it – Never touch the electrical wiring of the ● Always make sure you have not left any could suddenly open while driving leaving ignition system. objects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, the driver without visibility. This could re- in the engine compartment. If any object is sult in a serious accident. left in the engine compartment, this could WARNING ● cause malfunctions, engine faults and even After closing the bonnet, always check In the engine compartment, there are rotat- a fire. that it is properly secured by the locking ing parts that could cause serious injury. mechanism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be flush with the surrounding ● Never place your hands directly on or WARNING body panels. near the radiator fan. Touching the rotor blades could seriously harm you. The venti- Refill liquids and certain materials can ● While driving, if you notice that the bon- lator works according to the engine tem- catch fire easily in the engine compart- net is not correctly closed then stop imme- perature and could start suddenly even ment, causing a fire and serious injury! diately and close it correctly. when the ignition is turned off and the key is ● Never smoke. ● Make sure the bonnet is opened and removed. ● Never work close to places exposed to closed safely (when the engine is off, no ● If any work has to be performed when the flames or sparks. smoke is coming from the engine compartment, there is enough space around the engine is started or with the engine running, ● Never pour service fluids over the engine. car, no people are near, etc.). there is an additional, potentially fatal, These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and safety risk from rotating parts, such as the cause injuries. drive belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., as CAUTION ● well as from the high-voltage ignition sys- If it is necessary to work on the fuel sys- ● tem. Always work with the utmost caution. tem or the electrical system, please follow When refilling or changing service liq- the instructions below: uids, ensure that you put the liquids into the – Always make sure that no parts of your – Always disconnect the vehicle battery. right tank. Making a mistake when refilling body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and could cause serious malfunctions and long hair can be trapped by the rotat- – Never work close to heaters, heat sour- damage the engine! ing parts of the engine. Before any ces or places exposed to flames or ● work, remove ties and jewellery (neck- sparks. To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the windscreen wiper arms, only open it when laces, etc), tie long hair back and tie all ● Always keep a recently serviced and per- items of loose clothing to your body to fectly working fire extinguisher close by. 194 Checking and refilling levels

the windscreen wipers are in place against ● Never store engine oil in empty food con- WARNING the windscreen. tainers or bottles as other people may ac- Observe the safety warnings ››› in Con- cidentally drink it. ● Before driving, always lower the wiper trol and warning lamps on page 27. arms. ● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad for the skin. If you come into contact with engine oil, wash your skin with soap For the sake of the environment and water. Engine oil specifications Service fluids leaks are harmful to the envi- ● With the engine running, the engine oil Read the additional information carefully ronment. For this reason you should make gets extremely hot and can cause severe ›››  page 32 regular checks on the ground underneath skin burns. Always wait until the engine has your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a special- fully cooled. Replacement engine oil must strictly comply ised workshop to be checked if you see with the specifications. stains, oil or other fluids on the ground. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a For the sake of the environment The correct oil must be used to ensure the professional to dispose of them. Similar to the other service liquids, spilled correct operation and long service life of the engine oil can be bad for the environment. engine. The engine comes with a high-quality Collect these liquids in suitable containers multigrade oil that can generally be used all and dispose of them while respecting the year round. Engine oil environment. Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible ››› . Only refill Introduction engine oil using approved engine oil in ac- Control and warning lamps cordance with the corresponding VW stand- WARNING ard (›››  page 33). All oils indicated are Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause  Flashes synthetic multigrade oils. injury and serious burns. Engine oil pressure too low. Engine oils are being continuously further de- ● Always protect your eyes when handling  Stop the vehicle! Switch off the engine. Check veloped. Technical services are constantly engine oil. the engine oil level, and if necessary, refill with en- updated with any modifications. SEAT there- ● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the gine oil ››› page 196. fore recommends that you have the engine reach of children. - If the warning indicator flashes although the oil lev- oil changed by a technical service. el is correct, do not continue driving or leave the en- ● Engine oil should only be kept in its origi- gine running. Otherwise, the engine could be dam- nal packaging; the same goes for used oil aged. Seek specialist assistance. CAUTION until it is disposed of. ● Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by SEAT. The » 195 Practical tips

use of any other type of oil could cause en- ● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as gine damage! it will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oil has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark ● No additives should be used with engine should slot into the corresponding groove lo- oil. Any damage caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the fac- cated on the upper end of the tube. tory warranty. ● Remove the oil dipstick again and check the engine oil level. ● After reading the oil level, replace the dip- Checking engine oil level and top- stick in the tube completely. ping up Fig. 182 In the engine compartment: engine oil WARNING filler cap. Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact Read the additional information carefully with hot engine components. This could ›››  page 32 lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries. ● Always ensure that after topping of oil, Preparations the engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened. This will avoid engine oil spilling onto ● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the hot engine parts when the engine is run- engine oil reading is correct. ning. ● The engine must be hot to be able to check the engine oil level. Stop the engine and wait CAUTION a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the Fig. 181 Marked engine oil dipstick sump. ● If the engine oil level is above the area ››› Fig. 181 A do not start the engine. Re- ●  Open the bonnet ››› page 193. quest help from specialised staff. Other- ● The engine oil filler neck can be recognised wise catalytic converter and engine dam- by the symbol  on the cap ››› Fig. 182 and age may occur. the dipstick by its coloured handle. ● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the Check the engine oil level right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and ● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean damage the engine! cloth.

196 Checking and refilling levels

For the sake of the environment The engine oil must be changed regularly ac- ● Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into cording to the specifications of the Mainte- contact with engine oil. The oil level must never be above zone A . nance Programme. Otherwise oil can be drawn in through the ● Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be crankcase breather and leak into the at- Due to the problems linked with disposing of stored in a safe place out of the reach of mosphere via the exhaust system. used oil and the need for suitable tools and children. special knowledge, always visit a specialised workshop to have the engine oil and filter CAUTION Engine oil consumption changed. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service. No additives should be used with engine oil. This could result in engine damage. Any The consumption of engine oil can be differ- Detailed information on the service intervals damage caused by the use of such addi- ent from one engine to another and can vary is shown in the Maintenance Programme. tives would not be covered by the factory during the useful life of the engine. warranty. Engine oil additives make new oil darker after Depending on how you drive and the condi- the engine has been running for a short peri- tions in which the vehicle is used, oil con- od. This is normal and does not mean more For the sake of the environment sumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the frequent oil changes are required. Before changing the engine oil, find a suita- case of new vehicles, the consumption can ble location or service for proper disposal. exceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. For WARNING this reason the engine oil level must be Only change the engine oil yourself if you For the sake of the environment checked at regular intervals, preferably when have the specialist knowledge required! filling the tank and before a journey. Always dispose of engine oil with the ut- ● Before opening the bonnet, read and ob- most respect for the environment. Never When the engine is working hard, for instance serve the warnings ››› page 193. dispose of used engine oil in places such as during sustained high-speed motorway cruis- ● Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil a garden, woods, drains, roads, paths, riv- ing in summer or when climbing mountain may cause burn injuries. ers and drainage systems. passes, the oil level should preferably be kept ● Wear eye protection to avoid injuries, within area ››› Fig. 181 A . such as acid burns, caused by splashes of oil. ● When removing the oil drain plug with Topping up engine oil your fingers, keep your arm horizontal to help prevent oil from running down your Read the additional information carefully arm. ›››  page 32.

197 Practical tips

Engine coolant Coolant warning lamp WARNING Observe the safety warnings in Con- Several warning and control lamps light up ››› trol and warning lamps on page 27. Introduction for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on, signalling that the function is being WARNING verified. They will switch off after a few sec- Engine coolant is toxic! onds. ● Only keep engine coolant in its original container, tightly shut and in a safe place.  It lights up red ● Never store engine coolant in empty food Excessive engine coolant temperature. containers or bottles as other people may  Stop the vehicle! Stop the vehicle safely as soon accidentally drink it. as possible. Switch off the engine and let it cool.

● Always keep engine coolant out of reach Insufficient engine coolant level. of children.  Stop the vehicle! Check the engine coolant ● Ensure that the proportion of engine when the engine has cooled and, if it is low, refill with engine coolant page 199. coolant additive corresponds to the lowest ››› outside temperature to which the vehicle Engine coolant system faulty. will be exposed.  Do not continue driving. Seek specialist assis- ● If the outside temperature is extremely tance. low, the engine coolant could freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also  Flashes red cause the heating to stop working, vehicle occupants without warm clothing could Faulty engine coolant system. freeze. Request help from specialised staff.

It lights up blue For the sake of the environment  Coolants and additives can contaminate The natural gas engine coolant temperature is low. the environment. If any fluids are spilled, The engine has not reached service temperature. As long as the warning lamp is on, avoid high engine they should be collected and correctly dis- speeds and pushing the engine too hard. posed of, with respect to the environment.

198 Checking and refilling levels

Checking the coolant level and Preparations ● Screw on the cap tightly. topping up ● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm ● If, in the event of an emergency, you have ground. no coolant that is compliant to the required ● Allow the engine to cool ››› . specifications (›››  page 33), do not use another type of additive. Instead, top up with ●  Open the bonnet ››› page 193. distilled water only ››› . Then re-establish ● The coolant expansion tank is easily recog- the correct proportion of the mixture with the nisable because of the  symbol on the cap correct additive as soon as possible ››› Fig. 184. ›››  page 33.

Checking the engine coolant level WARNING ● When the engine is cold, check the coolant Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious level using the side marking on the expansion burns. Fig. 183 In the engine compartment: Marking tank ››› Fig. 183. ● Never open the coolant expansion tank if on coolant expansion tank ● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up steam or coolant is coming from the engine with coolant. When the engine is hot it may compartment. Wait until you cannot see or be slightly above the marked area. hear any steam or coolant escaping. ● Always wait until the engine has com- Topping up the engine coolant level pletely cooled before very carefully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with ● Always protect your face, hands and arms hot elements of the engine can cause skin from hot coolant and steam using a large, burns. thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank ● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- cap. ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew ● Remove the cap very carefully ››› . the cap on the expansion tank when the en- ● Only refill using new engine coolant ac- gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray Fig. 184 In the engine compartment: Coolant cording to SEAT specifications out under pressure causing burns and seri- expansion tank cap (›››  page 33) ››› . ous injury. ● The engine coolant level should be be- – Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap Read the additional information carefully anti-clockwise, gently pressing down tween the marks on the coolant expansion ›››  page 33 on it. » tank ››› Fig. 183. Do not exceed the top lev- If the coolant level is low, the coolant warning el of the marked area ››› . indicator will light.

199 Practical tips

– Always protect your face, hands and cialised workshop must immediately re- is the case! This could result in serious arms from hot coolant and steam using place all of the fluid in the engine cooling faults and engine damage. a large, thick cloth. system. ● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them ● Only top up coolant to the top level of the on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- marked area ››› Fig. 183. Otherwise the ex- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Un- cess coolant will be forced out of the cool- Brake fluid der specific circumstances, the ethylene ing system when the engine is hot, causing glycol can catch fire. damage. Checking the brake fluid level ● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, WARNING wait for the engine to cool down complete- Read the additional information carefully ly before adding coolant. Extensive coolant ›››  page 34 If there is not enough anti-freeze in the loss is an indication of leaks in the engine In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs coolant system, the engine may fail lead- cooling system. Have the engine cooling water from the ambient air. If there is too ing to serious damage. system inspected immediately by a speci- ● Please make sure that the percentage of alised workshop. Otherwise engine dam- much water in the brake fluid, the brake sys- additive is correct with respect to the low- age may occur. tem could be damaged. In addition, the boiling point of the brake fluid is significantly lowest expected ambient temperature in the ● When refilling service liquids, ensure that ered. When the brake fluid contains too much zone in which the vehicle is to be used. you put the liquids into the right tank. Mak- water and the brakes are subject to consider- ● When the outside temperature is very ing a mistake when refilling could cause se- low, the coolant could freeze and the vehi- rious malfunctions and damage the engine! able forces, bubbles of water vapour can cle would be immobilised. In this case, the form in the system. These bubbles can signifi- heating would not work either and inade- cantly reduce braking power, notably in- CAUTION quately dressed passengers could die of creasing braking distance, and could even re- cold. The original additives should never be sult in the total failure of the brake system. En- mixed with coolants which are not ap- suring that the brake system is always func- proved by SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk tioning correctly is essential for your own CAUTION of causing severe damage to the engine safety and the safety of other road users ● If there is no appropriate coolant liquid and the engine cooling system. ››› . available, fill it using distilled water, and ● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not nothing else. Any other type of water may purple but is, for example, brown, this indi- Brake fluid specifications lead to considerable rusting in the engine cates that the G13 additive has been mixed SEAT have developed a special brake fluid due to its chemical components. This could with an inadequate coolant. The coolant optimised for the brake system of their vehi- consequently damage the engine. If you must be changed as soon as possible if this have not used distilled water but another cles. To ensure the optimum working of the type of water to top up the coolant, a spe- brake system, SEAT recommends the use of 200 Checking and refilling levels brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14 pads and the automatic readjustment of the ● The replacement brake fluid must be standard. If this brake fluid is not available or brake. new. another brake fluid is used for different rea- ● Brake fluid should be stored in the closed sons, use a brake fluid that complies with the Changing the brake fluid original container in a safe place out of United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or The brake fluid should be changed in accord- reach of children. Risk of poisoning! the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 ance with the instructions given in the Mainte- ● ››› . If the brake fluid is left in the system for nance Programme. Have the brake fluid too long and the brakes are subjected to Brake fluids conforming to the standard changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT heavy use, vapour bubbles may form in the VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements of recommends taking your car in for technical brake system. This would seriously affect the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the Ger- service. This means that only brake fluid com- the efficiency of the brakes and the safety man DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. How- plying with the required specifications will be of the vehicle. This may cause an accident. ever, fluids that comply with the American used. FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the German CAUTION DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not nec- WARNING Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork. essarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard. If the brake fluid level is low or unsuita- Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork Always check the information on the brake ble/old brake fluid is used, the brake sys- immediately. fluid container and ensure that you are using tem may fail or braking power may be re- suitable brake fluid. duced. For the sake of the environment A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from ● Check the brake system and the brake SEAT dealerships. fluid level regularly! Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a ● The brake fluid should be changed regu- professional to dispose of them. Brake fluid level larly in accordance with the instructions given in the Maintenance Programme. The level of the brake fluid should always be between the MIN and MAX marks, or above ● Always ensure that you use suitable the MIN mark ››› . brake fluid. Only use brake fluid that com- Windscreen washer reservoir plies with the VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 It is not always possible to check the level of or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards. Other the brake fluid, as in some models the engine types of brake fluids can affect the opera- Checking and topping up the wind- components make it difficult to see the brake tion of the brakes and decrease braking screen washer reservoir with water fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the exact power. Do not use a brake fluid if the con- brake fluid level, consult a specialist. tainer does not specify compliance with Read the additional information carefully the VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or ›››  page 34 » The brake fluid level drops slightly when the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards. vehicle is being used due to wear of the brake 201 Practical tips

Check the water level in the windscreen tion system. The antifreeze could freeze on The battery is a component of the vehicle's washer reservoir regularly and top up as re- the windscreen and reduce visibility. electrical system. quired. Never work on the electrical system without ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 193. WARNING fully understanding the operations required, the applicable safety standards and without ● The washer reservoir is marked with the Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other the correct tools ››› ! If required, have any symbol  on the lid. similar additives with the windscreen wash- work carried out by a specialised workshop. er water. A greasy layer may be formed on ● Check there is enough water in the reser- the windscreen which will impair visibility. SEAT recommends taking your car in for voir. technical service. Negligent work can cause ● Use clean water with a window cleaner ● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner serious injury. recommended by SEAT. recommended by SEAT ››› . Please follow ● the instructions for use found on the packag- If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to Location of the vehicle battery the water in the reservoir. ing. The battery is located in the engine compart- ● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should ment. also be added to prevent the water from CAUTION freezing. ● Do not mix cleaning products recommen- Explanation of the warning indications on ded by SEAT with other products. This the vehicle's battery Reservoir capacity could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer jets.  Wear eye protection! The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres. ● When topping up service fluids, make ab- Battery acid is very corrosive and solutely certain that you fill the fluids into  caustic. Always wear protective gloves the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong flu- WARNING and eye protection! ids could cause serious malfunctions and If the water from the windscreen washer engine damage!  Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking does not contain enough anti-freeze, it may are prohibited. freeze on the windscreen and rear window, A highly explosive mixture of gases is reducing forward and rear visibility.  released when the battery is under ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer Vehicle battery charge. contains enough anti-freeze. Keep children away from acid and bat- ● In cold conditions, you should not use the Introduction  teries! windscreen wiper system unless you have warmed the windscreen with the ventila- Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 34.

202 Checking and refilling levels

WARNING CAUTION WARNING Working on the vehicle battery and the ● Never disconnect the battery if the igni- Observe the safety warnings ››› in Con- electrical system can cause corrosion, fire tion is switched on or if the engine is run- trol and warning lamps on page 27. and electric shocks. Always read and take ning. This could damage the electrical sys- into account the following warnings and tem or electronic components. safety standards before carrying out any ● Do not expose the battery to direct sun- Checking the electrolyte level of work: light over a long period of time, as the in- ● Before working on the battery, switch off tense ultraviolet radiation can damage the the vehicle battery the engine, the ignition and all electrical battery housing. devices then disconnect the negative con- ● If the car is left standing for long periods, nection on the battery. protect the battery from extreme cold tem- ● Keep children away from acid and the perature so that it does not “freeze up” and battery itself! become damaged. ● Wear eye protection. ● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause blindness. Warning lamp When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of acids, above all your  It lights up hands, arms and face. Faulty generator. Fig. 185 In the engine compartment: remove ● Do not smoke and never work close to the lid from the vehicle's battery. places exposed to flames or sparks. Contact a specialised workshop. Have the electrical system checked. ● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharg- Disconnect any unnecessary electrical devices. The The battery's electrolyte level should be es when working with cables and electrical generator does not charge the battery while the ve- checked regularly in high-mileage vehicles, in devices. hicle is in motion. hot countries and in older batteries. Other ● Never short the battery terminals. batteries do not require maintenance. Several warning and control lamps light up ● Never use a damaged battery. It can ex- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are plode. Replace a damaged battery imme- ed on, signalling that the function is being equipped with special batteries. For technical diately. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be ● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as onds. checked in these batteries. » soon as possible. A flat battery can also freeze at temperatures close to 0°C (+32°F).

203 Practical tips

Preparations ● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT ● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine acid could spill out of the openings for the recommends you have the battery replaced compartment ››› page 193 release of gases and cause corrosion dam- by a technical service. age. ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 193. Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries ● Never open the vehicle battery. conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73 ● Press on the tabs ››› Fig. 185 (arrows) in the Standards. These standards must be dated direction of the arrows and lift the battery ● If battery acid splashes on you, immediately rinse your eyes and skin abundantly April 2008 or later. cover up. with water for several minutes. Then seek Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are medical care immediately. Checking the battery electrolyte level equipped with a special battery. Therefore, ● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a this battery must only be replaced by anoth- ● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to doctor immediately. er with the same specifications. clearly recognise the colours. Never use flames or shiny objects as a light source. Disconnecting the vehicle's battery ● Depending on the level of acid, the Magic Charging, replacing and connect- eye on the top of the battery will change col- If you must disconnect the battery from the our. ing or disconnecting the battery electrical system, please note the following: Charging the battery ● Switch off the ignition and all electrical Colour indi- Necessary operations equipment. cator The vehicle battery should be charged by a specialised workshop only, as batteries using ● The vehicle must be unlocked before dis- The electrolyte level of the vehi- special technology have been installed and connecting the battery, otherwise the alarm cle's battery is too low. Have the Light yellow or they must be charged in a controlled environ- will be triggered. battery checked and, where ap- colourless plicable, replaced by a special- ment ››› . SEAT recommends taking your ● First disconnect the negative cable and ised workshop. car in for technical service. then the positive ››› .

The electrolyte level of the vehi- Black Replacing a vehicle battery cle's battery is correct. Connecting the vehicle's battery The battery has been developed to suit the ● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off WARNING conditions of its location and has special the engine and all electrical devices. safety features. If the battery must be re- ● First reconnect the positive cable and then Working with the vehicle battery involves a placed, consult a technical service for infor- the negative ››› . risk of corrosion, explosions and electric mation on electromagnetic compatibility, the shock. size and maintenance, performance and Different control lamps may light up after safety requirements of the new battery in connecting the battery and switching the 204 Checking and refilling levels ignition on. They will be turned off after a Why the battery runs flat: CAUTION short trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h ● When stationary for a long time without (10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain ● Never disconnect the battery if the igni- starting the engine, particularly if the ignition tion is switched on or if the engine is run- lit, please visit a specialised workshop to is switched on. ning. This could damage the electrical sys- have the vehicle checked. ● Use of electrical devices with the engine tem or electronic components. If the battery has been disconnected for a switched off. ● Never plug accessories that supply cur- long time, it is possible that the next service rent, such as solar panels or a battery date is not displayed or calculated correctly WARNING charger, to the 12-volt power socket or the ››› page 88. Respect the maximum service cigarette lighter. This could damage the Incorrectly securing the battery or using intervals permitted ››› page 217. vehicle's electrical system. the wrong battery can cause short-circuits, fire and serious injuries. Automatic device disconnection ● Always use only maintenance-free bat- For the sake of the environment The intelligent vehicle electrical system auto- teries, protected to prevent a leak, and Dispose of the battery in an environment- matically implements a range of measures to whose properties, specifications and size friendly manner. Batteries contain toxic prevent the battery from discharging when correspond to the standard battery. substances such as sulphuric acid and high demands are made on it: lead.

● The idling speed is increased so that the al- WARNING ternator provides more electricity. A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- For the sake of the environment ● Where necessary, the power to the most leased when the battery is under charge. Battery acid can contaminate the environ- powerful devices is reduced or even com- ● The batteries should be charged in a ment. Collect any spilt service fluids and pletely disconnected. well-ventilated room only. dispose of them correctly. ● On starting the engine, the power supply ● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed from the 12-volt power sockets and the ciga- battery. A flat battery can also freeze at rette lighter may be interrupted for a short temperatures close to 0°C (+32°F). time. ● Always replace a battery which has frozen. The on-board management program cannot ● Battery cables not correctly connected always prevent the battery from running flat. may cause a short circuit. Reconnect first For example, if the ignition is left on for a long the positive cable and then the negative period with the engine off or if the side lights cable. or parking lights are left on while the vehicle is stationary.

205 Practical tips

Wheels and tyres ● Check tyre pressures regularly and en- tyres are over six years old, they should on- sure they are maintained at the pressures ly be used in an emergency and with ex- indicated. If the tyre pressure is too low, treme caution. Tyres they could overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres. Note Introduction ● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving For technical reasons, it is not generally SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and on damaged or worn tyres could result in possible to use the wheels from other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true wheels is carried out by a specialised work- burst tyres, serious accidents or damage. for the same model of wheel. Please refer shop. These workshops have the necessary Worn or damaged tyres must be replaced to the vehicle documentation or ask at a special tools and replacement parts, trained immediately. technical service. personnel and facilities for disposing of the ● Never exceed the maximum permitted old tyres while respecting the environment. speed or loads specified for the type of SEAT recommends taking your car in for tyre fitted on your vehicle. technical service. ● The effectiveness of driver and brake as- Handling tyres and wheels sistance systems also depends on the grip WARNING of the tyres. The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or ● If you notice unusual vibration or if the braked if the tyres (new or used) are worn vehicle pulls to one side when driving, stop or damaged. the car immediately and check the tyres ● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could and wheels for damage. make driving more dangerous and result in ● To minimise the risk of losing control of serious accidents and damage. the vehicle or causing a serious accident, ● All four wheels must be fitted with radial never undo the bolted joints of beadlock tyres of the same type, size (rolling circum- wheels. ference) and the same tread pattern. ● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you Fig. 186 Diagram for changing wheels. ● New tyres do not give maximum grip and are not sure of their previous history. They will not have reached their maximum brak- may be damaged, although the damage is not immediately visible. The tyres of a vehicle are the components ing capacity to start with, and therefore which are subjected to most stress and are need running in. To prevent accidents and ● Old tyres, even if they have never been the most underestimated. Tyres are very im- major damage, extreme caution should be used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly portant, as the support offered by their nar- taken for the first 600 km. while driving, especially at high speeds, resulting in serious accident and injury. If row surface is the only point of contact between the vehicle and the road. 206 Wheels and tyres

The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid Tyres over 6 years old pressure, driving style, the care they receive ››› . Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a and the correct fitting. ● Lost valve caps should be replaced imme- result of physical and chemical processes. The tyres and wheel rims are an essential diately. This may affect their performance. Tyres part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and which are stored for long periods of time rims approved by SEAT are specially match- Tyres with directional tread pattern without being used, harden and become ed to the characteristics of the vehicle and Tyres with directional tread pattern have more fragile than tyres which are in constant our critical to good road holding and safe been designed to operate best when rotating use. handling. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre SEAT recommends that tyres over six years sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on old are replaced with new tyres. This also ap- Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels tyres with directional tread ››› page 214. Al- plies to tyres (including the spare wheel) ● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar ways observe the direction of rotation indica- which appear to be in perfect condition on obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran- the outside and which have a tread depth possible at a right angle to the kerb. tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua- within the values stipulated by the Law ››› . planing, excessive noise and wear. ● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage The date of manufacture, part of the tyre (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents). If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction identification number (TIN), indicates the age ● Remove any foreign bodies found on the of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the of the tyre () ››› page 214. outside of the tyre tread and ensure that they tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is have not passed through the wall of the of particular importance when the road sur- Storing tyres face is wet. Change the tyre as soon as pos- tyre ››› page 211. Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate sible or remount it with the correct direction ● In addition, the instructions for tyre control the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards, of rotation. systems should always be observed. backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them correctly when you replace ● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as Interchanging tyres possible ››› page 211. them. When removed, the wheels and/or To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref- ● Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam- the wheels should be changed round from erably dark location. Do not place tyres age ››› page 211. time to time according to the system mounted on the wheel in a vertical position. ● Never exceed the maximum permitted ››› Fig. 186. The useful life of all the tyres will Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirt speed or loads specified for the type of tyre then be about the same time. by storing them in suitable bags and standing fitted on your vehicle ››› page 214. SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a them on the ground on their tread. » ● Do not allow tyres (including the spare specialised workshop to have the tyres wheel) to come into contact with aggressive changed. 207 Practical tips

WARNING the brake system functions correctly SEAT recommends visiting a technical service ››› page 72. ››› . Aggressive fluids or substances could re- For technical reasons, it is not generally pos- sult in visible or invisible damage with the WARNING consequent risks. sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. In The use of worn or damaged wheel rims ● Always ensure that tyres do not come in- some cases, this may also be true for the could make driving more dangerous and to contact with chemical products, oil, same model of wheel. result in serious accidents and damage. grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are ● Only wheel rims which have been ap- substances. specially matched to the characteristics of proved for use with your vehicle should be the vehicle and are critical to good road used. WARNING holding and safe handling. ● Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage Old tyres, even if they have never been and replace as required. used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly Wheel bolts while driving, resulting in serious accident Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct WARNING or damage. torque ››› page 72. ● If tyres are over six years old, they should If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted only be used in an emergency and with ex- Beadlock wheel rims ring trims are not correctly tightened or treme caution. loosened, this could result in serious acci- Beadlock wheel rims have various compo- dent. nents. These are joined together by special ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel For the sake of the environment bolts using a special procedure. This ensures rims with bolted ring trims. Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified good performance, a better seal, improved ● Any work relating to wheel rims with bol- personnel according to the laws in the safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn ted rims should be carried out at special- country concerned. rims should always be replaced and must only be repaired in a specialised workshop. ised workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car in for technical service. SEAT recommends visiting a technical service ››› . Wheels Note The design of wheel bolts is matched to the Wheel rims with bolted trims A SEAT Service Centre should be consulted rims. If different rims are fitted, the correct Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangea- to find out whether wheels or tyres of dif- wheel bolts with the right length and correct- ble trim parts which are attached to the rim ferent sizes to those originally fitted by ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en- using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should SEAT can be fitted, and to find out about sures that wheels are fitted securely and that only be replaced at a specialised workshop. the combinations allowed between the front axle (axle 1) and the rear axle (axle 2).

208 Wheels and tyres

Replacement of wheel rims and WARNING sions will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre vendor should new tyres New tyres do not give maximum grip and provide the manufacturer's certificate with will not have reached their maximum brak- the tyre, indicating that this type of tyre is New tyres ing capacity to start with, and therefore suitable for your vehicle. This certificate ● need running in. When tyres are new, drive with extreme should always be carried with the vehicle. caution for the first 600 km, as all tyres need ● To prevent accidents and major damage, to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run in extreme caution should be taken for the do not have such good grip or ››› braking first 600 km. capacity ››› . Tyre pressures ● All four wheels must be fitted with radial WARNING tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- There should be adequate space between ence) and the same tread pattern. the tyres and the vehicle in accordance ● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- with the vehicle design. If this is not the cording to the type and make of tyre and the case, the tyres may rub against parts of the tread pattern. running gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults in the brake system or to tread Replacing tyres detachment, and the risk of burst tyres. ● The true tyre dimension should not be ● Where possible, always replace both greater than the dimensions of tyres manu- wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front factured and approved by SEAT and should axle or both wheels on the rear axle) . ››› not rub against parts of the vehicle. ● Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corresponding type vehi- Note cle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maximum load and speed capacity. Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions of different ● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT types of tyre may vary with respect to the Fig. 187 approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they nominal size, or tread patterns may be dif- Position of tyre pressure specification plate may knock or rub against the chassis or other ferent. components, resulting in damage. The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at Note the factory is shown on a label and is valid for If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, summer and winter tyres. The label » you can be sure that the true tyre dimen- 209 Practical tips

››› Fig. 187 is located on the driver's door pil- ● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in CAUTION lar. the vehicle. ● Take care not to tilt the manometer when Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce ● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve the life of the tyres considerably and also im- the caps are properly screwed on. may be damaged. pair the car's handling ››› . It is essential to The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ● If tyre valves are not protected by caps, maintain the correct tyre pressures, especial- must always be kept at the maximum pres- or if the caps are not screwed on correctly, ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre sure stipulated. they may become damaged. Check that pressure causes premature wear and could the caps are identical to the standard caps cause tyre blow-out. WARNING and have been correctly tightened. The pressure should therefore be checked at If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the For the sake of the environment least once a month and before starting a tyre may deflate or burst suddenly while journey. driving. This could result in a serious acci- Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con- As a general rule, the pressures given are for dent. sumption. cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres- ● If the tyre pressure is too low, they could sures are greater. overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres. Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the Wear indicator depth profile required pressure. This could result in very low ● When driving at high speeds and/or fully tyre pressures which may lead to sudden loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, burst or be subject to tread detachment, blow-outs. with the resultant loss of control of the vehicle. Tyre pressure monitoring system ● Tyre pressures which are too high or too Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle low reduce the service life of the tyre, af- has not been driven for more than a few kilo- fecting the vehicle's performance. metres at low speeds in the past three hours. ● Tyre pressures should be checked regu- ● The tyre pressures should be checked reg- larly, at least once a month and before long journeys. ularly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al- ways check all tyres, including the spare ● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the Fig. 188 Tyre profile: tread wear indicators. wheel. Tyre pressures should be checked vehicle load. more often in colder regions, and only when ● Never deflate excess pressure from hot Tread depth the vehicle has not been driven recently. Al- tyres. Certain driving conditions require a deeper ways use a correctly-operating tyre gauge. tread, as well as needing the tread to be 210 Wheels and tyres approximately the same on the front and rear WARNING Foreign bodies in the tyre tyres. This is particularly important when driv- ● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have ing in winter, in cold temperatures and on wet Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and may lead to loss of control of the vehicle penetrated through the tyre wall! roads ››› . with serious consequences. ● You should obtain professional assistance The minimum tread depth required by law in ● Tyres must be replaced before the wear immediately. the majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured in indicators are at the same level as the the tread grooves next to the tread wear indi- tread pattern. Tyre wear cators. Observe legal requirements in each ● Worn tyres have significantly reduced The wear of tyres depends on a number of country. grip, especially on wet surfaces, increasing factors, for example: The performance of winter tyres is much re- the risk of “aquaplaning”. duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm. ● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle ● Driving style. more difficult in normal or difficult driving The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- ● Unbalanced wheels. conditions, increasing the braking distance cording to the type and make of tyre and the ● Running gear settings. and the risk of skidding. tread pattern. Driving style: driving round bends quickly or sudden acceleration or braking speed accel- Wear indicators on the tyre Tyre damage erates tyre wear. When the driving style is The original tyres on your vehicle have normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the 1.6 mm high ››› Fig. 188 tread wear indicators Damage to wheels and tyres is often invisible running gear settings checked at a special- running across the tread. A number of these to the naked eye. If you notice unusual vibra- ised workshop. indicators are equally spaced around the tion or the car pulling to one side, this may tyre tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls Eccentricity of the wheels: the wheels of a indicate that one of the tyres is damaged new vehicle are balanced. However, certain (e.g. the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indi- ››› . cate the position of the wear indicators. circumstances may lead to imbalance (run- ● Slow down immediately if you think you out), which is detected as vibrations in the Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is have a damaged wheel. steering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the worn. They must always be replaced before steering and suspension. In the event of run ● the tyre tread has worn to the level of the in- Check the wheels and tyres for damage. out, the wheels should be balanced again. dicator. ● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek When a new wheel is fitted, it should be bal- qualified assistance. anced again. ● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive Adjustments of the running gear: misaligned slowly and carefully to the nearest special- running gear increases the wear of the tyres ised workshop and have the vehicle checked. and affects safety while driving. If tyres wear »

211 Practical tips

too quickly, have the wheel alignment WARNING Control lamp checked at a specialised workshop. If you notice unusual vibration or the car  It lights up pulls to one side while driving, this may in- Low profile tyres dicate that one of the tyres is damaged. The tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower than the value set by the driver ››› . Low profile tyres, compared to other rim and ● Reduce speed immediately and stop, tyre combinations, offer a broader tread and while observing the highway code. The tyre pressure loss indicator compares the a greater rim diameter along with a lower ● Check the wheels and tyres for damage. revolutions and thus the wheel diameter of height of the tyre sidewall. This results in a each wheel using the ESC. If the wheel diam- more agile driving behaviour. However, on ● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or eter of a wheel changes, the control indicator roads that are in poor condition, this might af- wheels. Request qualified assistance im- of the tyres informs of this fact . The wheel fect comfort and cause more noise. mediately. ● If there is no visible exterior damage, diameter changes when: Low profile tyres may deteriorate more quick- drive slowly and carefully to the nearest ● Tyre pressure is insufficient. ly than standard tyres, for instance due to specialised workshop and have the vehicle strong knocks, potholes, manhole covers and checked. ● The tyre structure is damaged. kerbs. Therefore, maintaining the correct tyre ● The vehicle is unbalanced because of a pressure is particularly important load. ››› page 209. Tyre monitor system* ● The wheels of one axle are under more To avoid damage to tyres and wheels, drive pressure (for example, driving with a trailer or with special care when driving on roads in on steep slopes). poor condition. ● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains. Visually inspect your tyres every 3,000 km re- ● The temporary spare wheel is fitted. garding damage, e.g. flattening/cracks on the tyre sidewall or deformations/cracks on ● The wheel on one axle is changed. the rims. Tyre pressure adjustment If the rims and tyres have received a heavy On adjusting tyre pressure or changing one impact or have been damaged, have them or more wheels, the Fig. 189 button must checked and, if required, replaced at a speci- ››› be kept pressed down, with the ignition on, alised workshop. Fig. 189 Centre console: tyre monitoring sys- until an acoustic signal is heard. Low profile tyres may deteriorate more quick- tem button. If the wheels are under excessive load (for ex- ly than standard tyres. ample, driving with a trailer or heavy load), the tyre pressure must be increased to the 212 Wheels and tyres recommended value for a full load (see the Spare wheel or temporary spare Storing the replaced wheel sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyre wheel* ● Pull back the carpet. monitor system button is pressed down, the ● new tyre pressures are confirmed. With the wheel rim facing downwards, sit- uate the replaced wheel in the spare wheel WARNING well so that the wheel rim central hole coin- cides with the opening. ● When the tyre pressure control lamp ● lights up, reduce speed immediately and Turn the hand controlled wheel with the avoid any sudden turning or braking ma- shank screwed clockwise until the replaced noeuvre. Stop when possible, and check wheel is secured. the tyre pressure and status. ● If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the ● The driver is responsible for maintaining container, inside the boot. correct tyre pressures. For this reason, tyre ● Replace the carpet on the boot floor. pressure must be regularly checked. ● Lower the rear shelf. ● Under certain circumstances (e.g. when ● driving in a sporty manner, in winter condi- Close the rear lid. tions or on a dirt track) the tyre control Fig. 190 In the boot: hand controlled wheel for securing the spare wheel lamp may light up belatedly or may func- If the spare wheel is different to the rest of tion incorrectly. the vehicle tyres Removing the spare wheel If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres ● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage com- Note that are mounted on the vehicle - for example partment shelf ››› page 122. with winter tyres or the temporary spare If the battery is disconnected, the yellow ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor wheel - you should only use the spare tyre for warning lamp  lights up after turning the page 122. ignition on. This should turn off after a brief ››› a short period of time and drive with extra journey. ● Lift up the carpet from the recess and re- care ››› . move it from the luggage compartment. Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possi- ● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit ble. with the container. ● Completely remove the hand controlled Please observe driving advice: wheel from the centre of the spare wheel ● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). ››› Fig. 190 by turning it in an anticlockwise ● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and direction, and take out the spare wheel. fast cornering. »

213 Practical tips

● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel ● Never drive more than 200 km with a Tyre code are not permitted ›››  page 42. temporary spare wheel fitted to the drive ● After mounting the spare wheel or the tem- axle. porary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure ● Replace the temporary spare wheel for a as soon as possible ››› page 209. normal wheel as soon as possible. The compact temporary spare wheel is only in- It is advisable to check the spare wheel or tended for temporary use over short dis- temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when tances. checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at ● The temporary spare wheel must always least once a month. The spare wheel should be secured with the factory supplied wheel have the highest pressure allowed for the ve- bolts. hicle ››› page 209. The sticker situated on ● You should never use more than one tem- the temporary spare wheel shows the tyre porary spare wheel. pressure. ● After mounting the temporary spare WARNING wheel, check the tyre pressure as soon as possible ››› page 209. Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or ● Snow chains on the temporary spare the temporary spare wheel can cause loss wheel are not permitted. Fig. 191 Universal code on tyres of vehicle control, producing collisions or other serious accidents and injury. 1 Radial ● Note Never use the spare wheel or the tempo- 2 Rim diameter code rary spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, 3 Load index & speed rating the wear indicator. temporary spare wheel or the replaced ● In some vehicles the spare wheel is wheel safely in the luggage compartment. 4 DOT tyre identification number smaller than the original tyres. This can be In vehicles with anti-puncture kit, it is not 5 Severe snow conditions seen on a sticker showing the text possible to secure the defective wheel. 6 Tyre ply composition and materials used “80 km/h” and “50 mph”. This text indicates the maximum velocity permitted for 7 Max. load rating this type of tyre. 8 Treadwear, traction and temperature ● Never drive faster than 80 km/h grades (50 mph). Avoid powerful acceleration, 9 Max. permissible inflation pressure hard braking and taking corners at high speed. 10 Passenger car tyre 11 Nominal width of tyre in millimetres 214 Wheels and tyres

12 Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio) Tyre code (example): Meaning Tyre code (example): Meaning

Tyre code (example): Meaning DOT The tyre complies with the legal Information for the end consumer concerning the requirements of the US Depart- comparative values of the established base tyres P185 / 55 R 15: Size: ment of Transport, responsible for (standardised test procedures): tyre safety regulations. P Passenger vehicle code. TREAD- Relative service life of the tyre, BT Place of manufacture code. WEAR 280 with respect to specific US stand- Nominal width between walls, in 185 ard test. mm. RA Information about manufacturer and tyre size. TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet 55 Height/width ratio in % surface (AA, A, B or C). TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifica- R Tyre type (R indicates "radial"). tions. TEMPERA- Tyre temperature resistance at TURE A higher test speeds (A, B or C). 15 Rim diameter in inches 1716 Manufacturing date: week 17 of 2016. If there are different letters, they are specific co- 109 H Load index ››› page 216 and des of the tyre manufacturer or specific national speed rating ››› page 216. TWI This identifies the position of the codes. Tread Wear Indicator XL Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”). ››› page 210. a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.

M+S or M/S or Winter tyres code (mud and snow MAX LOAD US load rating, indicating maxi-  tyres). 615 KG mum permitted load per tyre. Tyres with directional tread pattern (1356 LBS) RADIAL Radial tyre without inner tube. Tyres with directional tread pattern have TUBELESS MAX INFLATION US limit, indicating maximum per- been designed to operate best when rotating 350 KPA mitted tyre pressure. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies (51 PSI) sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on with international legislation fol- tyres with directional tread. Always observe lowed by a number denoting the SIDEWALL 1 PLY Information about tyre wall com- the direction of rotation indicated when country granting the authorisa- RAYON ponents: 1 layer of rayon (artificial tion. The authorisation number silk). mounting the wheel. This guarantees opti- ( several digits) is shown below. mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, TREAD 4 PLIES Information about tread compo- grip, noise and wear. DOT BT RA TY5 1716: Tyre identification number 1 RAYON + nents: In the example, there are 4 a) (TIN , maybe only on exterior wall of the wheel) and 2 STEEL + 1 NY- layers below the tread: 1 layer of If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction date of manufacture. LON rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the steel reinforcement and 1 layer of tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is nylon. of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as » 215 Practical tips

possible or remount it with the correct direc- Y max. 300 km/h (186 mph) tion of rotation. Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for Tyre load rating tyres with a maximum authorised speed above 240 km/h. The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilogrammes each wheel can carry (load capacity).

78 425 kg 81 462 kg 83 487 kg 85 515 kg 87 545 kg 91 615 kg

Speed rating The speed rating indicates the maximum speed permitted for the tyres.

P max. 150 km/h (93 mph) Q max. 160 km/h (99 mph) R max. 170 km/h (106 mph) S max. 180 km/h (112 mph) T max. 190 km/h (118 mph) U max. 200 km/h (124 mph) H max. 210 km/h (130 mph) V max. 240 km/h (149 mph) Z max. 240 km/h (149 mph) W max. 270 km/h (168 mph)

216 Service

Maintenance Service works ● Make sure that any repairs are carried In the Digital Maintenance Plan, your SEAT out by a SEAT authorised service or speci- authorised service or specialised workshop alised workshop. Service documents the following information: CAUTION ● When each one of the services was carried Service intervals out. SEAT cannot be held liable for any damage to the vehicle due to insufficient work or of ● Whether a specific repair has been sugges- lack of availability of spare parts. Servicing and Digital Maintenance ted, e.g. changing the brake pads in the near Plan future. Note ● If you have expressed a special request for Log of services performed (“Digital Main- the maintenance. Your Service Advisor will Regular services on the vehicle not only tenance Plan”) write the work order. maintain its value, but also its correct operation and road safety. For this reason, con- The SEAT dealership or a specialised work- ● The components or fluids that were shop records Service receipts in a central duct the services in accordance with SEAT changed. guidelines. system. Thanks to this comprehensive docu- ● The date of the next service. mentation of the service history, it is possible to reproduce the services performed any The Long Life Mobility Warranty is valid until time. SEAT recommends requesting a Service the next inspection. This information is docu- Fixed Service or Flexible Service receipt after every service carried out con- mented in all checks performed. taining all the services carried out on the sys- Services are classified as oil change service tem. The type and the volume of the service may and inspection. The service interval display vary from one vehicle to another. A special- on the instrument panel display serves as a Whenever there is a new service the receipt is ised workshop will be able to provide specific reminder of the next service. replaced with a current one. information on the jobs for your vehicle. Depending on the features, the engine and The Digital Maintenance Plan is not avail- the conditions of use of the car, either the able in some markets. In this case, your WARNING Fixed service or the Flexible service will be SEAT dealer will inform you about the cur- If the services are insufficient or not per- applied for an oil change service.. rent documentation of the work. formed and if the service intervals are not observed, the vehicle may be immobilised How to know which type of service needs in traffic cause an accident and severe in- to his vehicle juries. ● Check the tables below: »

217 Maintenance

Oil change servicea) you have to carry out this service, take into must be carried out before the next service account the individual conditions of use and period or even between service intervals. Type of personal driving style. A major component of PR No. Service interval Conditions of use adverse include: service the flexible service the use of LongLife oil instead of conventional engine oil. ● The use of fuel with a high sulphur content. Every 5000 km or after QI1 1 yearb) Bear in mind the information about the speci- ● Frequent short trips. fications of the engine oil according to the Every 7500 km or after ● Letting the engine idle for a long period of QI2 VW standard page 32. 1 yearb) ›››  time, as in the case of taxis. Fixed If you do not want to the flexible service ● Every 10000 km or after Using the vehicle in areas with thick dust. QI3 you can select the fixed service However, 1 yearb) ● Frequent driving with a trailer (depending a fixed service may affect service costs on equipment). Every 15000 km or after QI4 The Service Advisor will gladly advise you. 1 yearb) ● Using the vehicle mostly in situations with a lot of traffic and stops (e.g. in a city). According to the service in- Service intervals display QI6 Flexible ● Using the vehicle mostly in winter. terval display At SEAT, the dates of the services are indica- a) The data are based on normal conditions of use. ted by the service interval display on the in- This applies especially for the following strument panel display page 90. The b) Whatever happens first. ››› parts (depending on equipment): service interval display gives information for ● Inspection Servicea) service dates that involve an engine oil Dust and pollen filter change or an inspection. When the time for ● Air Care allergen filter According to the service interval display the corresponding service comes, additional ● Air filter work required, such as the change of brake a) The data are based on normal conditions of use. fluid and the spark plugs, can be carried out. ● Toothed chain Bear in mind the information about the speci- ● Particulate filter fications of the engine oil according to the ● Engine oil VW standard ›››  page 32. Information on the conditions of use The Service Advisor of your specialised Particular characteristics of the Flexible workshop will gladly inform you about the Service The service intervals and groups are usually need of performing service work between Regarding the Flexible Service, the oil based on normal conditions of use. normal service intervals, always considering change service only has to be performed the conditions of use of your vehicle. If, on the other hand, the vehicle is under ad- when the vehicle needs it. To calculate when verse conditions of use, some of the work 218 Service

WARNING may vary. Your SEAT authorised service or These parts are, approved parts, and are the specialised workshop is always receiving up- same as the factory parts, which are also ap- If the services are insufficient or not per- dates in time. proved spare parts. formed and if the service intervals are not observed, the vehicle may be immobilised in traffic and cause accidents and severe injuries. Additional service offers Original accessories ● Have the services conducted at author- We recommend you only use SEAT Original ised SEAT services or specialised work- Approved spare parts shops. Accessories and SEAT approved accessories for your vehicle. The reliability, safety and Original SEAT Spare Parts have been con- suitability of these accessories have been in- CAUTION ceived for their vehicles and approved by spected specifically for this type of vehicle. SEAT cannot be held liable for any damage SEAT, with a special emphasis on safety. SEAT cannot be held liable for the safety and to the vehicle due to insufficient work or of These parts correspond exactly to the manu- suitability of parts from other manufacturers. lack of availability of spare parts. facturer's requirements in terms of design, accuracy of the measurements and materials. The original SEAT Spare Parts have been SEAT Service Mobility (SEAT conceived exclusively for your vehicle. For this Sets of services reason, we always recommend the use of Service Mobility) Original SEAT Spare Parts. SEAT cannot be Sets of services include all the maintenance held liable for the safety and suitability of Since the moment you purchase your SEAT works needed to ensure the safety and the parts from other manufacturers. vehicle you will be able to enjoy the benefits smooth running of the vehicle (depending on and coverage of the SEAT Mobility Service. the conditions of use and the features of For the first two years after the purchase, the vehicle, such as the engine, gearbox, or your new SEAT vehicle is automatically cov- operating fluids). Maintenance services are Approved spare parts ered by the SEAT Mobility Service without ad- divided into inspection and review services. ditional costs. Consult the details of the jobs required for Approved spare parts, following the manufacturer's requirements, are an additional your vehicle at: If you wish to enjoy this service after this peri- service to you, offering the possibility of re- od, you can extend SEAT Mobility as long as ● placing complete sets, such as: light engine, Your SEAT authorised service you carry out the recommended Inspection gearboxes, heads, control units, electrical ● Your specialised workshop and Maintenance Services at a SEAT Author- components, etc. ised Service. » Due to technical reasons (continuous development of components) the sets of services 219 Maintenance

If your SEAT vehicle is immobilised due to a Vehicle maintenance Washing the vehicle fault or an accident, our assistance services will help you keep moving. The longer you take to clean the tanks, e.g. remains of insects, bird excrements, tree resin Take into account that the SEAT Mobility Maintenance and cleaning or anti frost salt adhered to your vehicle, the Service differs depending on the country in more damage it can cause to the surface. which the vehicle was purchased. For further Basic considerations High temperatures, for instance strong sun- information ask your SEAT dealership or the light, further intensify the damage. SEAT website in your country. Regular and careful care helps to maintain the value of your vehicle. In addition, it may Before washing the car, soften the dirt using become a prerequisite to demand the war- plenty of water. ranty in the event of corrosion damage and Warranty deficiencies in the paint coat of the body- To remove encrusted dirt such as insects, bird work. droppings or tree resin, use a lot of water and a microfibre cloth. Fault-free operation warranty Specialised workshops have the necessary care products. Please follow the instructions Have the underside of the vehicle washed af- SEAT Authorised Services ensure the perfect for application on the packaging. ter the end of the anti frost salts in winter. condition of new vehicles. Check the purchase agreement or complementary addi- WARNING High pressure cleaners tional documentation provided by your Tech- ● When washing the vehicle with a high-pres- nical Service to see the conditions and the Cleaning products and other materials used for car care can be damaging to your sure cleaner, always follow the operating in- terms of the warranty. Consult further infor- health if misused. structions for the equipment. This applies mation in this regard in your SEAT Official particularly to the operating pressure and the Service. ● Always keep care products in a safe place, out of the reach of children. Danger distance between the spraying water. Do not of poisoning! aim the jet directly to the side window gas- kets, doors, covers or the panoramic sunroof*; the same applies to tyres, rubber ho- For the sake of the environment ses, soundproofing material, sensors* or ● When purchasing car care products, camera lenses*. Keep a distance of at least chose products that are compatible with 40 cm. the environment. Do not remove snow and ice with a high- ● The waste from car-care products should pressure cleaner. not be disposed of with ordinary household waste.

220 Vehicle maintenance

Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out Apply the product with a microfibre cloth. To view mirrors must always be folded/de- in a direct stream or one that has a rotating avoid damaging the surface of the paint, do ployed electrically! jet for forcing off dirt. not apply too much pressure. ● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight. The water temperature must not exceed Rinse with plenty of water. Then clean it with Risk of damaging the paint job! 60°C. a neutral cleaning product and a soft microfi- ● Do not use sponges, abrasive household bre cloth. sponges or similar to clean insect remains. Automatic car wash tunnels Risk of damaging the surface! Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of water Spray the vehicle before starting the car and then leave it to dry. Remove traces of ● Vehicle parts with matte paint: wash. water with a leather cloth. – Do not use polish or hard wax. Risk of Make sure that the windows and the panor- damaging the surface! WARNING amic sunroof* are closed and the windscreen – Never select washing programs that in- wipers are deactivated. Bear in mind the in- ● Only wash the vehicle with the ignition clude the use of wax. This could dam- structions of the car wash tunnel operator, switched off or according to the specifica- age the appearance of matte paint. especially if your vehicle has detachable tions of the car wash tunnel operator. Risk – Do not put stickers or magnets on parts parts. of accident! with matte paint, as removing them ● When cleaning the underbody or the in- may damage the paint. Use of car washes without brushes if possible. side of the wheel arches, protect yourself from sharp or pointy metal parts. Risk of For the sake of the environment Washing by hand cut! The car should only be washed in special Clean your vehicle from top to bottom with a ● After cleaning the brakes could act more wash bays. These places are prepared to soft sponge or with a brush. Only use clean- slowly due to moisture or, in winter, the ice prevent oily water from getting into the ing products that do not contain solvents. on the brake discs and pads. Risk of acci- public drains. dent! In this case the brakes should be Washing vehicles with a matte paint by dried by pressing the brake pedal several hand times. Cleaning and maintenance instruc- To prevent damage to the vehicle when washing it, first remove the thicker dust and CAUTION tions dirt. To remove traces of insects, grease and ● Before washing the vehicle in an auto- The cleaning and maintenance of individual fingerprints, it is best to use a special cleaner matic car wash, please make sure to re- components of the vehicle can be checked in for matte paint. tract the exterior mirrors to prevent them the following tables. The contents should be from being damaged. Electric exterior rear- understood merely as a recommendation. Go to your specialised workshop if you have » 221 Maintenance

special questions or parts that are not listed. Wheels Problem Solution Take he general considerations into account Problem Solution Have your specialised work- ››› in Take special care with... on Corrosion page 225. Anti frost salt Water shop take care of this

Brake abrasion Acid-free special cleaning The water does dust product not create drop- Maintain with hard wax (at Exterior cleaning lets on the clean least 2 times a year) paint End exhausts Windscreen wipers Treat with suitable wax and ap- Problem Solution Problem Solution No shine de- ply paint preservative after- Anti frost salt Water, if a steel cleaning prod- spite sober main- wards if the wax used does not Dirt Soft cloth with wipers uct is required tenance/paint contain preservative ingredi- ents

Headlights / Tail lights Covers / Trims Tanks, e.g. insect Immediately soften with water remains, bird Problem Solution and remove with a microfibre Problem Solution droppings, tree cloth sap, road salt Dirt Soft sponge with neutral soap Dirt Neutral soap solutiona), if a a) solution steel cleaning product is re- Fat-based dirt, Delete immediately with a neu- quired e.g. cosmetic a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in tral soap solutiona) and a soft products or 1 litre of water a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in cloth sunscreen 1 litre of water Sensors / Camera lenses a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in Paint Problem Solution 1 litre of water Problem Solution Sensors: soft cloth with clean- Carbon fibre parts ing product which does not Check the paint's colour code Problem Solution contain solvents Flaws in the paint in an authorised service and re- Dirt Camera lenses - soft cloth with store with a touch-up pencil Dirt Clean the same way as pain- cleaning product with no alco- ted parts ››› page 220 hol content Spilled fuel Immediately rinse with water

Hand brush/Anti frost spray Apply rust remover and then Snow/ice with no solvents Environmental rust apply hard wax. Go you your tank specialised workshop if you have any queries

222 Vehicle maintenance

Decoration slides Displays/instrument panel Problem Solution Problem Solution Problem Solution Grease-based Apply a neutral soap solutiona). Dirt Soft sponge with neutral soap Dirt Soft cloth with a liquid crystal dirt, e.g. oil, make- Absorb the dissolved grease solutiona) display cleaner up, etc. and paint particles drying with an absorbent cloth, in case you a) must treat it with water after- Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in Control panels 1 litre of water wards Problem Solution Special dirt, e.g. Special stain remove: dry with Dirt Soft brush, then soft cloth with pens, nail polish, an absorbent cloth, if applica- Interior cleaning neutral soap solutiona) dispersion paint, ble, apply neutral soap solution shoe cream etc. afterwardsa) Windows a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in 1 litre of water Problem Solution 1 litre of water Seat belts Dirt Apply windscreen cleaner and Natural leather Problem Solution then dry with a cloth Problem Solution a) Covers / Trims Dirt Neutral soap solution , allowed to dry before retracting Recent dirt Cotton cloth with neutral soap solutiona) Problem Solution a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in Water-based dirt, Recent stains: absorbent cloth a) 1 litre of water Dirt Neutral soap solution e.g. coffee, tea, Dry stains: leather cleaner blood etc. a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in Fabrics, artificial, Alcantara leather 1 litre of water Problem Solution Grease-based Recent stains: absorbent cloth dirt, e.g. oil, make- and leather cleaner Plastic parts Dirt particles ad- Vacuum cleaner up, etc. Dry stains: grease dissolving Problem Solution hered to the sur- spray face Special dirt, e.g. Stain remover suitable for Dirt Damp cloth Water-based dirt, Absorbent cloth and neutral pens, nail polish, leather » Encrusted dirt Neutral soap solutiona), if pos- e.g. coffee, tea, soap solutiona) dispersion paint, sible solvent-free plastic clean- blood etc. shoe cream etc. er a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in 1 litre of water 223 Maintenance

Problem Solution Camera lenses ● The ambient rust deposits must not be re- ● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice moved through friction. Risk of damaging the Care Apply preservative cream regu- or snow from the camera lenses. Risk of paint job! larly to protect from sunlight. cracking the lens! ● Use a colour preservative if re- Remove cosmetic products and sunlight quired ● To clean the camera lens, never use abra- immediately. Risk of damaging the paint job! sive cleaning products or products with alco- a) Neutral soap solution: two tablespoons maximum in hol. Risk of scratches and cracks! Displays/instrument panel 1 litre of water ● The screens, the instrument panel and the Carbon fibre parts Windows trim around it must not be cleaned dry. Risk of ● Remove snow and ice from windows and scratches! Problem Solution exterior mirrors with a plastic scraper only. To ● Make sure that the instrument panel is Dirt Clean like plastic parts avoid scratches, the scraper should only be switched off and cooled down before clean- pushed in one direction and not moved to ing. and fro. ● Make sure that no liquid leaks between the Take special care with... ● Never remove snow or ice from windows instrument panel and the trim. Risk of dam- and rearview mirrors with warm or hot water. age! Risk of cracks on the windows! Headlights/tail lights Control panels ● Do not clean the headlights/tail lights with ● To prevent damage to the heating of the ● Make sure that no liquid leaks into the con- a dry cloth or sponge. rear window, do not put stickers over the heating elements. trol panels. Risk of damage! ● Do not use cleaning products that contain alcohol. Risk of cracks! Covers/trims Seat belts ● Do not use cleaning products or chrome ● Do not remove the seat belts to clean them. Wheels based cleaning agents. ● Seat belts and their components must nev- ● Do not use for paint wax or other abrasive er be cleaned with chemical products, nor products. Paint should they be allowed to come into contact ● If the protective coating on the paint of the ● The vehicle must be free from dirt and dust with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob- rim has been damaged due to stone impacts, before applying wax or care products. Risk of jects. Risk of damaging the fabric! scratches, etc., the damage should be re- scratches! ● If you find any damage to the belt webbing, paired immediately. ● Do not apply wax or care products if the belt fittings, the belt retractor or the buckle, vehicle is exposed to direct sunlight. Risk of ask your specialised workshop to replace the damaging the paint job! belt in question.

224 Vehicle maintenance

Fabrics/artificial leather/Alcantara leath- longed period in the bright sun, it is best to er cover the leather. ● Do not treat artificial leather/Alcantara leather with leather cleaning products, sol- WARNING vents, wax polish, shoe cream, stain removers Do not use water-repellent coatings on the or similar products. windscreen. In bad visibility conditions ● If the stain is very hard to remove, take the such as humid weather, darkness or when vehicle to a specialised workshop to have it the sun is in its lowest point, visibility may removed there. This will prevent damage. be impacted. Risk of accident! Such coatings can also cause the windscreen wiper ● Do not use steam cleaners, brushes, hard blades to make noise. sponges, etc. to clean. ● Do not turn on seat heating* to dry the Note seats. ● Remains of insects can be removed much ● Sharp objects on clothing, such as zips, riv- more easily with previously treated paint. ets or belts can damage the surface. ● Regular car care treatments can prevent ● Open Velcro, e.g. on clothes can damage deposits of ambient rust. the seat upholstery. Make sure that Velcro fasteners are closed.

Natural leather Remove the vehicle from traffic ● Never use solvents, wax polish, shoe cream, If you want to leave your vehicle stationary spot removers or similar products on leather. for a long period of time, contact a qualified ● Sharp objects on clothing, such as zips, riv- workshop. They will gladly inform you about ets or belts can damage the surface. the necessary measures, such as anti-corro- ● Do not use steam cleaners, brushes, hard sion protection, Service and storage. sponges, etc. to clean. Also take into account instructions regarding ● Do not turn on seat heating* to dry the the vehicle's battery ››› page 204. seats. ● Avoid exposing leather to direct sunlight for long periods, otherwise it may tend to lose some of its colour. If the car is left for a pro-

225 Information for the user Information for the user ● Direction of travel Reprogramming control units ● Braking force On the whole, all the data required for the ● Detection of seat belt component management is stored in the Information for the user control units. The programming of certain The vehicle control units never record conver- convenience functions, such as the turn sig- sations held by passengers in the vehicle. nals, individual door opening and instructions Information stored in control on the display can be modified using special In vehicles equipped with an emergency call equipment at the workshop. If the comfort units function via the mobile phone or other appli- functions are reprogrammed, the information ances connected in the vehicle, it is possible and Instruction Manual descriptions will not Description and operation to send the vehicle position. If the control unit coincide with the modified functions. There- records an accident with airbag activation, fore, SEAT recommends that any modifica- Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser- the system may automatically send a signal. tions be recorded in the section “Other work- ies of electronic control units responsible for This will depend on the network operator. shop notes” in the Maintenance Programme. the engine and gearbox management. In ad- Normally, transmission is only possible in dition, the control units supervise the per- areas with good coverage. The SEAT Official Service must have a record formance of the exhaust gas system and the of any modification to the programming. airbag systems. Event Data Recorder Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, The vehicle is not fitted with an event data re- Reading the vehicle fault memory these electronic control units are continuous- corder. There is a diagnostics connector in the vehi- ly analysing the vehicle data. In the event of cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem- An event data recorder temporarily stores the faults or deviations from the theoretical val- ory. The fault memory documents errors and vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of ues, only this data is stored. Normally, the deviations from the theoretical values of the an accident, it is possible to obtain detailed warning lamps on the instrument panel light electronic control units. information about how the accident occur- up in the event of faults. red. Vehicles with airbag systems can store The diagnostics connector is in the driver side This data can only be read and analysed us- data relating to impact speed, seat belt sta- footwell area, next to the lever for opening ing special equipment. tus, seat positions and airbag activation times the bonnet, below a cover. may be stored, etc. The volume of data de- The storing of the data allows specialised The fault memory should only be read and pends on the manufacturer. workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored reset by a specialised workshop. data may include: Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehicle owner ● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox and, in some countries, they are governed by ● Speed local legislation. 226 Information for the user

Other important information Labels and plates Certificate of safety A certificate of safety on the door strut states Introduction that all the safety standards and regulations established by the national traffic authorities responsible for road safety were met at the WARNING time of manufacture. It may also give the Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct month and year of manufacture, together care increases the risk of accident and in- with the chassis number. jury. ● Observe legal requirements. Warning of high voltage label ● Observe the Instruction Manual. There is a label close to the bonnet lock which warns of high voltage in the vehicle's Fig. 192 Warnings relating to handling of the CAUTION electrical system. City Safety Assist system laser sensor function. If the vehicle is not properly cared for, Warning relating to the City Safety Assist damage may occur. Some parts in the engine compartment come system laser sensor ● Observe legal requirements. from the factory with certificates of safety, labels or plates containing important informa- There are some warning and information ● Carry out regular maintenance of the ve- tion regarding the operation of the vehicle, for signs on the City Safety Assist system laser hicle, according to specifications in the example, on the fuel tank flap, on the pas- sensor Fig. 192. Maintenance Programme. ››› senger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or ● Observe the Instruction Manual. on the floor of the boot. Using your vehicle in other coun- ● Never remove these certificates of safety, labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in tries and continents good condition and are legible. The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for ● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of use in a particular country in accordance safety, label or plate, is replaced, the special- with the national legislation in force at the ised workshop should attach the information time of manufacture. back in the same place. If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an extended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be observed. » 227 Information for the user

It may be necessary to fit or remove certain Notes on SEAT repairs Collection and scrapping of end- pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain of-life vehicles functions. Service work may also be affected. WARNING This is particularly true if the vehicle is used in Collection of end-of-life vehicles a different climate for an extended period of Repairs or modifications which are not per- time. formed correctly may result in damage or SEAT is already prepared for the moment errors in the vehicle operation, affecting when you wish to scrap your vehicle and of- CAUTION the effectiveness of the driver assist and fers you an environmentally-friendly solution. airbag systems. This could result in serious An extensive network of used car reception ● SEAT does not accept liability for any accident. centres already exists in much of Europe. Af- damage to the vehicle due to the use of a ● Have any repairs or modifications carried ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will re- lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or out at a specialised workshop. ceive a certificate of destruction describing the non-availability of genuine spare parts. the environmentally friendly scrapping of the ● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehi- vehicle in accordance with applicable legis- cle does not comply in part or in full with lation. the legal requirements of other countries or Conformity certification continents. We will collect the used vehicle free of The respective manufacturer hereby de- charge, provided it complies with all national clares that the products indicated below legislation. comply with basic requirements and the fol- Radio and antenna reception lowing provisions and important legislation on Please see your technical service for further the date of manufacture of the vehicle, information about the collection and scrap- For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial among others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 ping of end-of-life vehicles. for radio reception is fitted to the roof of the and RSS-Gen Issue 1: vehicle. Scrapping Radio frequency equipment The relevant safety requirements must be ob- Note ● Electronic gearbox lock. served when the vehicle or components of If electrical equipment such as mobile tele- the airbag or belt tensioner systems are ● phones, is used near a roof aerial, you may Vehicle key scrapped. These requirements are known to observe interference in the reception of AM specialised workshops. stations. Electrical equipment ● 12 volt power socket

228 Information for the user

Recycling of electrical or electron- Table of correspondences Features of the Name of the device ic devices vehicle according to the dec- The table of correspondences will help you to laration of compli- All electrical or electronic devices (EED) that associate the name of the device in the dec- ance are not permanently fitted in the vehicle must laration of compliance with the features of be marked with the following symbol: the vehicle and the terminology used in the Radar sensors for as- ARS4-B on-board documentation. sistance systems  MRRevo14F Features of the Name of the device BSD3.0 This symbol indicates that EED must not be vehicle according to the dec- discarded as home waste but through selec- Central control unit 5WK50254 laration of compli- tive waste collection. ance 5WK50474

Radiofrequency re- FS09, FS12A, FS12P, FS1477, Infotainment system MIB2 Entry mote control (vehicle) FS94 Information about the EU Di- MIB Standard 2 Radio frequency re- Sender STH SEAT - rective 2014/53/EU mote control (auxili- 50000914 MIB2 Main-Unit ary heater) Telestart A580 / A270 Simplified EU compliance declara- Wireless charging WCH-183 tion Auxiliary heating 50000864 / D208L VW Telestart WCH-185 Your vehicle has different radioelectrical devi- 5G0.980.611 ces. The manufacturers of these devices de- Bluetooth MIB2 Entry clare that they comply with Directive MIB Standard 2 Connection to the ex- UMTS/GSM-MMC 2014/53/EU when legally required. ternal antenna of the MIB2 Main-Unit car UMTS/GSM-MMC-AG2 The full text of the EU compliance declaration is available online at the following address: A580 / A270 Instrument panel eNSF

Wireless hotspot MIB2 Main-Unit Immobilizer integrated in www.seat.com/generalinfo  dashboard module A580 / A270 instrument cluster » Keyless Access Sys- MQB-B B tem

229 Information for the user

Features of the Name of the device Addresses of the manufacturers Radioelectrical Addresses of the vehicle according to the dec- equipment fitted manufacturers laration of compli- According to the Directive 2014/53/EU, all in the vehicle ance relevant components must include the address of the manufacturer. ADC Automotive Distance Antenna FM/AM Antenna Base Control Systems GmbH The address of the manufacturers of compo- Peter-Dornier-Straße 10 Antennas MQB27 Small/Big nents that, due to their size or nature, cannot Radar sensors for as- 88131 Lindau, GERMANY family include a sticker are listed below, as long as it sistance systems Robert Bosch GmbH Antennas KSA Small Fam III is legally required: Postfach 16 61 71226 Leonberg, 5Q0.035.507 Roof Antenna Radioelectrical GERMANY Addresses of the equipment fitted GNSS Antenna VAG manufacturers 720166002 in the vehicle

8S7.035.503.B Hella KGaA Hueck & Co. Radiofrequency remote Rixbecker Straße 75 Antenna amplifiers 6F0.035.225 control key 59552 Lippstadt, 6F9.035.225 GERMANY 3V5.035.577.A 7N0.035.552.J Digades gmbH 7N0.035.552.K Äußere Weberstraße 20 7N0.035.552.Q Radio frequency re- 02763 Zittau, GERMANY 5F4.035.225 mote control (auxiliary Webasto Thermo & 5F4.035.225.A heater) 5F4.035.225.B Comfort SE 5F9.035.225 Friedrichshafener Str. 9 5F9.035.225.A 82205 Gilching, GERMANY 5F9.035.225.B 575.035.225 575.035.225.A 575.035.225.B

230 Information for the user

Frequency bands, station power

Radioelectrical equipmenta) Frequency band Max. station power Valid for models

433.05-434.78 MHz 10 mW (ERP)

433.05-434.79 MHz 10 mW Radiofrequency remote control (vehicle) All SEAT models 868.0-868.6 MHz 25 mW

434.42 MHz 32 µW

868.7-869.2 MHz (869.0 MHz) 0.24 mW, / –6.3 dBm e.r.p. Ateca Radio frequency remote control (auxiliary heater) 868.0-868.6 MHz (868.3 MHz) 3.1 mW, / 4.8 dBm e.r.p. Alhambra

868.0-868.6 MHz (868.3 MHz) 23.5 mW, / 13.7 dBm e.r.p. Alhambra Auxiliary heating 868.7-869.2 MHz (869.0 MHz) 23.5 mW, / 13.7 dBm e.r.p. Ateca

2402-2480 MHz 6 dBm Bluethooth All SEAT models 2400-2483.5 MHz 10 dBm

Wireless hotspot 2400-2483.5 MHz 10 dBm Leon and Ateca

GSM 900: 880-915 MHz 33 dBm

GSM 1800: 1710-1785 MHz 30 dBm Connection to the external antenna of the car Ibiza, Arona, Leon, Ateca and Alhambra WCDMA FDD I: 1920-1980 MHz 24 dBm

WCDMA FDD lll: 1710-1785 MHz 24 dBm

Keyless Access 434.42 MHz 32 µW Ibiza, Toledo, Arona, Leon and Ateca

28.2 dBm Toledo, Leon and Alhambra 76 GHz-77 GHz Radar sensors for assistance systems 35.0 dBm Ibiza, Arona and Ateca

24050-24250 MHz 20 dBm Arona, Ateca and Alhambra

Wireless charging 110-120 kHz 10 W Ibiza, Arona, Leon and Ateca » 231 Information for the user

Radioelectrical equipmenta) Frequency band Max. station power Valid for models

Instrument panel 125 kHz 40 dBµA/m All SEAT models

a) The commissioning or authorisation of radioelectrical technology may be restricted in some European countries, forbidden or only allowed with additional requirements.

232 Technical features

Abbreviations used in the Technical Speci- through a viewer in the windscreen Technical data fications section ››› Fig. 193. This viewer is located in the lower part of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica- Technical features kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement. tion number (chassis number) is also stam- Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly ped on the right water drain channel. The wa- PS used to denote engine power. ter drain channel is located between the sus- Important information pension tower and the wing. Open the bonnet rpm, 1/min Revolutions per minute - engine speed. to read the vehicle identification number . Introduction Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque. Cetane number, indication of the die- CZ The information in the vehicle documentation sel combustion power. Specific vehicle weight information always takes precedence over the informa- Research octane number, indication of tion in this Instruction Manual. RON The instructions in the official vehicle docu- the knock resistance of petrol. All technical specifications provided in this ments take precedence. All the technical da- documentation are valid for the standard ta provided in this documentation is applica- model in Spain. ble to the basic model. Vehicle identification data The figures may be different depending The figures may be different depending whether additional equipment is fitted, for dif- whether additional equipment is fitted, for different models, for special vehicles and for ferent models and for special vehicles. other countries. Kerb weight values shown in the following table apply to a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liquids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addition to tools and a spare wheel ››› . The kerb weight indicated increases with optional equipment and retrofitting of accessories, while proportionally reducing carrying capacity.

Fig. 193 Vehicle identification number. The load is equivalent to the following weights: Vehicle identification number ● Passengers. The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from outside the vehicle ● Total equipment. »

233 Technical data

● Roof load, included in the carrier. ropean Union, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) and the slightly raised pressures of warm tyres apply to the specified vehicle characteristics. ››› . WARNING The values relating to fuel consumption and Snow chains Exceeding the maximum authorised weight CO2 emissions can be found in the documen- and the load on the axles could cause tation provided to the purchaser of the vehi- Snow chains may be fitted only to the front damage to the vehicle, accidents and seri- cle at the time of purchase. wheels. ous injuries. Fuel consumption and CO emissions de- Consult section ›››  page 42, Snow ● The real load on the axles should never 2 pend on the equipment/features of each indi- chains. exceed the maximum permitted. vidual vehicle, as well as on the driving style, ● The load and its distribution in the vehicle road conditions, traffic conditions, environ- Wheel bolts have effects on the vehicle handling and mental conditions, load or number of passen- the braking ability. Always drive at a suita- After the wheels have been changed, the gers. ble speed. tightening torque of the wheel bolts should be checked as soon as possible with a torque Note wrench ››› . The tightening torque for steel CAUTION In practice, and considering all the factors and alloy wheels is 110 Nm. Distribute the load as uniformly and as low mentioned here, consumption values can down on the vehicle as possible. When differ from those calculated in the current WARNING transporting heavy objects in the luggage European regulations. ● compartment, these should be placed as Check the tyre pressure at least once per far forward as possible or over the rear axle month. Checking the tyre pressure is very to have as little influence on handling as important. If the tyre pressure is too high or possible. too low, there is an increased danger of ac- Wheels cidents - particularly at high speeds. ● If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts Tyre pressure, snow chains and is too low, they could loosen while the vehi- Fuel consumption wheel bolts cle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel Approved consumption values are derived Tyre pressure bolts and threads can be damaged. from measurements performed or supervised The sticker with the tyre pressure values can by certified EU laboratories, according to the be found on the back of the left front door legislation in force at the time (for more infor- Note frame page 209. The tyre pressure values mation, see the Publications Office of the Eu- ››› We recommend that you ask your Techni- given there are for cold tyres. Do not reduce ropean Union on the EUR-Lex website: © Eu- cal Service for information about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size.

234 Technical features

Engine data

Petrol engines

1.0 MPI 1.0 MPI 1.0 MPI 1.0 MPI 1.0 MPI Start-Stop 1.0 MPI Start-Stop Ecomotive Start-Stop Ecomotive Ecomotive

Power output in kW (PS) at 1/min 44 (60)/5,000-6,000 55 (75)/6,200

Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 95/3,000-4,300 95/3,000-4,300

No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 3/999 3/999

Fuel Super 95 / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) ROZ

Gearbox manual automatic manual manual manual automatic manual manual

Top speed (km/h) 161 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (sec- 9.1 10.9 9.1 10.9 8.7 10.1 8.7 10.1 onds)

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (sec- 14.4 16.7 14.4 16.7 13.5 14.9 13.5 14.9 onds)

Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,320 1,330 1,330 1,330 1,330 1,300 1,330 1,330

Weight in running order (with driver) 926 937 934 940 928 931 936 936 (kg)

Maximum authorised weight on front 680 680 680 680 680 680 680 680 axle (kg)

Maximum authorised weight on rear 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 axle (kg)

235 Technical data

Natural gas / petrol engines

1.0 MPI

Power output in kW (PS) at 1/min 50 (68)/6,200

Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 90/3,000

No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 3/999

CNG Fuel Super 95 / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) ROZ

Gearbox manual

Top speed (km/h) 164 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 10.3

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 16.3

Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,380

Weight in running order (with driver) (kg) 1,033

Maximum authorised weight on front axle (kg) 680

Maximum authorised weight on rear axle (kg) 640

236 Technical features

Vehicle data

Dimensions

Fig. 194 Dimensions.

Mii

A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 595/542

C Wheelbase (mm) 2,420

D Length (mm) 3,557

E/F Front/reara) track width (mm) 1,428/1,424

G Width (mm) 1,645

H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,478

Turning radius (m) approx. 9.8 a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim. 237

Index

Air conditioning ...... 129 parking aid ...... 173 Index air recirculation ...... 129 parking distance warning system ...... 173 air vents ...... 130 safety Assist ...... 174 A climatronic ...... 29, 129 traction control (ASR) ...... 157 Abroad instructions for use ...... 131 Assisted starting ...... 44 extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . 227 malfunction ...... 131 Assist systems sale of vehicle ...... 227 tips ...... 131 traction control (TC) ...... 157 ABS water under vehicle ...... 132 Audible warning see Anti-lock brake system ...... 156 Air recirculation ...... 129 lights ...... 103 Accessories ...... 180 Climatronic ...... 30 speed ...... 26 Acoustic alarm how it works ...... 129 Automatic belt retractor ...... 59 control and warning lamps ...... 27 switching off ...... 129 Automatic car wash tunnel ...... 221 seat belt unfastened ...... 55 switching on ...... 129 Automatic device disconnection Adjust Air vents ...... 130 battery ...... 205 front seat ...... 112 Alcantara leather: cleaning ...... 223 Automatic dipped beam control ...... 104 Adjusting Antenna ...... 182, 228 Automatic gearbox lights ...... 107 Anti-freeze ...... 33 driving tips ...... 161 rear head restraints ...... 52, 112 Anti-lock brake system ...... 156 ignition key removal lock ...... 150 seats ...... 49 Anti-lock system ...... 157 kick-down ...... 161 Adjusting the head restraints Anti-puncture ...... 36, 73 malfunction ...... 162 rear head restraints ...... 112 Anti-puncture kit ...... 36, 73 starting on a slope ...... 162 Advice for driving check after 10 minutes ...... 74 stopping on a slope ...... 162 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . 213 do not use ...... 73 Automatic gear change ...... 160 Airbag covers ...... 16 Anti-puncture set ...... 73 AUX-IN ...... 144 Airbags ...... 60 Anti-theft security system ...... 97 AUX-IN multimedia source ...... 144 Airbag system ...... 16, 60 Ashtray ...... 119 Axle loads ...... 233 activation ...... 62 Aspects to take into account before starting control lamp ...... 64 the vehicle ...... 48 B description ...... 61 ASR Bag support ...... 117 front airbags ...... 16, 63 see Traction control system ...... 156 BAS functioning ...... 62 Assistance systems see Brake assist system ...... 157 locking the vehicle after deployment ...... 95 brake assist system (BAS) ...... 157 Battery repairs ...... 182 cruise control system ...... 171 changing in the vehicle key ...... 93 side airbags ...... 18 electronic differential lock (EDS) ...... 158 Battery acid ...... 204 use of child seats ...... 17 optical parking system (OPS) ...... 174 Before starting the vehicle ...... 48 239 Index

Belt tension device Catalytic converter ...... 168 Child seats service and disposal ...... 59 control and warning lamps ...... 168 disabling the front passenger front airbag . . 17 Belt tensioner ...... 59 malfunction ...... 168 ISOFIX system ...... 20, 69 Belt tension limiter ...... 59 CCS mounting child seats ...... 19 Belt tightening ...... 59 see cruise control ...... 26 mounting systems ...... 19 Bluetooth ...... 143 Central locking ...... 94 on the front passenger seat ...... 68 Bonnet ...... 12, 193 emergency locking ...... 11 on the rear seats ...... 69 Brake assistance system ...... 156 opening doors individually ...... 95 regulations ...... 68 Brake assist system ...... 156 Central locking system safety instructions ...... 18, 66 Brake fluid ...... 34 after airbag deployment ...... 95 Top Tether system ...... 21 specification ...... 200 description ...... 95 transporting children in the vehicle ...... 67 Brakes ...... 151 remote control key ...... 95 weight categories ...... 68 brake assist system ...... 156 Changes ...... 181 Cigarette lighter ...... 120 brake fluid ...... 200 Changing a wheel ...... 37, 72 City safety assist ...... 174 brake fluid level ...... 201 subsequent tasks ...... 42 City Safety Assist function brake pads ...... 154 wheel bolts ...... 39 control and warning lamps ...... 175 brake servo ...... 154 Changing bulbs ...... 79 function ...... 177 changing the brake fluid ...... 201 front bumper ...... 81 sensor ...... 176 control and warning lamps ...... 152 headlights ...... 80 special driving situations ...... 178 running in new brake pads ...... 154 number plate light ...... 83 Cleaning warning and control lamps ...... 156 rear lights ...... 82 Alcantara leather ...... 223 Brake servo ...... 154, 156 side turn signal ...... 84 carbon fibre ...... 222, 224 Brake system ...... 156 Changing gear ...... 158 control panels ...... 223 fault ...... 154 automatic gear change ...... 160 decorative sheets ...... 223 Braking control and warning lamps ...... 159 exhaust tail pipes ...... 222 brake assistance system ...... 156 engaging the gears (automatic gearbox) . 160 exterior ...... 222 Bulb fault tiptronic ...... 161 fabrics ...... 223 See "Changing bulbs" ...... 79 Changing the blades ...... 75 headlights / tail lights ...... 222 Changing the wiper blades ...... 46 high pressure cleaners ...... 220 C Charging the battery ...... 44 Interior ...... 223 Capacities ...... 32 Child safety seat leather ...... 223 natural gas tank ...... 192 securing with the seat belt ...... 19 paint ...... 222 windscreen washer liquid reservoir ...... 202 Child seat ...... 18, 67 plastic parts ...... 223 seat belts ...... 223 sensors/camera lenses ...... 222 240 Index

special care ...... 224 Control and warning lamps ...... 27 Cooling system the radio screen ...... 223 airbag system ...... 64 checking the coolant ...... 198 trims/covers ...... 222, 223 brake system ...... 152 topping up with coolant ...... 198 washing the vehicle ...... 220 catalytic converter ...... 168 Correct position ...... 49 wheels ...... 222 changing gear ...... 159 Correct sitting position windows ...... 223 City Safety Assist function ...... 175 driver ...... 49 windscreen wipers ...... 222 coolant ...... 198 Cruise control ...... 26, 171 Climatronic cruise control ...... 171 control and warning lamps ...... 171 adjusting the temperature ...... 29 cruise control system ...... 171 operation ...... 172 air distribution ...... 29 emission control system ...... 168 Cruise control system ...... 171 air recirculation ...... 30 engine management ...... 168 AUTO (automatic mode) ...... 29 engine oil sensor ...... 195 D controls ...... 29 ESC ...... 152 Dangers in not using the seat belt ...... 56 cooling mode ...... 29 for the seat belt ...... 54 Dash panel ...... 87 fan ...... 29 fuel level ...... 190 Data registry ...... 226 removing ice from windows ...... 29 generator ...... 203 Data storage during the journey ...... 226 switch off ...... 29 hill hold ...... 170 Daytime running lights ...... 104 Close ...... 92 indication of brake pad wear ...... 152 Diagnostics connector ...... 226 bonnet ...... 12 key ...... 93 Digital clock ...... 88 Closing ...... 92 lights ...... 103 Dimensions ...... 237 bonnet ...... 12 locking the steering column ...... 164 Direction of rotation electric windows ...... 13 on the driver door ...... 98 tyres ...... 42 luggage compartment ...... 100 overview ...... 27 Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 17 panoramic sunroof ...... 13 refuelling ...... 190, 191 Display ...... 88, 89 windows ...... 101 tyres ...... 212 Disposal Clothes hook ...... 118 vehicle battery ...... 203 belt tension device ...... 59 Code number ...... 71 Controls for the windows ...... 13, 101 Door cylinder ...... 10 Coming Home Function ...... 105 Control units ...... 226 Door lock ...... 10 Compartments ...... 115 reprogramming ...... 226 Door release lever ...... 10 centre console ...... 116 Coolant interior ...... 87 glove compartment ...... 117 checking the level ...... 199 Doors ...... 98 passenger side ...... 117 control and warning lamps ...... 198 childproof locks ...... 98 Sunglasses storage compartment ...... 117 filler neck ...... 199 Emergency closing or opening ...... 10 Conformity certification ...... 228 topping up ...... 199 opening and closing ...... 10

241 Index

Drink holders ...... 118 E Emergency locking and unlocking ...... 77 Centre console ...... 119 rear lid ...... 12 E10 Driver Emergency unlocking see Ethanol (fuel) ...... 187 see Correct sitting position ...... 49 rear lid ...... 12 EDL Driving Emission control system see Electronic differential lock ...... 156 automatic gearbox ...... 161 control and warning lamps ...... 168 EDS data storage ...... 226 Emissions data ...... 234 see "Brake assist system" ...... 158 driving abroad ...... 169 Engine Electrical devices ...... 120, 121 driving through water ...... 169 assisted starting ...... 44 Electric windows ...... 13 economical ...... 166 noises ...... 150 buttons ...... 101 fuel gauge ...... 190 running in ...... 165 closing ...... 101 fuel level too low ...... 190 Start-Stop system ...... 170 opening ...... 101 parking downhill ...... 153 Engine and ignition ...... 149 see Windows ...... 101 parking uphill ...... 153 12 Volt sockets ...... 121 Electronic differential lock ...... 156 safe ...... 48 ignition lock ...... 149 Electronic immobiliser ...... 151 starting on a slope ...... 162 Immobiliser ...... 151 operating fault ...... 149 stopping on a slope ...... 162 starting the engine ...... 149 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 156 through salt water ...... 169 stopping the engine ...... 150 Emergencies ...... 70 with a trailer ...... 179 unauthorised vehicle key ...... 149 bulbs ...... 36 Driving abroad Engine compartment ...... 12, 193 changing a wheel ...... 37 headlights ...... 107 battery ...... 34, 202 emergency towing of the vehicle ...... 43 Driving in winter brake fluid ...... 34, 200 fire extinguishers ...... 70 fuel consumption ...... 167 coolant ...... 33, 198 first aid kit ...... 70 snow chains ...... 42 engine oil ...... 32, 197 fuses ...... 35 traces of salt ...... 110 windscreen washer reservoir ...... 34, 201 hazard warning lights ...... 106 tread depth ...... 211 Engine coolant ...... 33 jump leads ...... 44 tyre pressure ...... 210 checking the level ...... 198 puncture ...... 36 Driving through water ...... 169 G 12 plus-plus ...... 33 replacing a blown fuse ...... 35 Driving tips G 13 ...... 33 vehicle tool kit ...... 70 For a loaded vehicle ...... 114 specifications ...... 33 warning triangle ...... 70 Duplicate keys ...... 92 temperature display ...... 198 Emergency closing or opening Dust filter ...... 132 Engine data ...... 235 driver door ...... 10 Dynamic headlight range control ...... 107 Engine management ...... 168 passenger door ...... 11 control lamps ...... 168

242 Index

Engine oil ...... 32, 195 Fault memory Fuses ...... 35, 78 changing ...... 195 connector ...... 226 fuse box ...... 79 checking oil level ...... 196 reading ...... 226 identifying blown fuses ...... 35 consumption ...... 196, 197 Filling the tank ...... 189, 191 identifying by colours ...... 35 control and warning lamps ...... 195 Fire extinguisher ...... 70 preparation before replacing ...... 35 dipstick ...... 196 First-aid kit replacing ...... 35 specifications ...... 195 storage ...... 70 topping up ...... 197 Floor mats ...... 53 G Environment Fluid level control ...... 32 Gearbox lever ...... 28 environmental compatibility ...... 165 Fog light ...... 23 Gear change ...... 28 Environmental Front airbags ...... 16, 63 automatic gearbox ...... 28 ecological driving ...... 166 Front passenger front airbag changing gears manually ...... 159 Environmental tips control lamp ...... 64 gear recommendation ...... 163 refuelling ...... 191 disabling ...... 17 manual gear change ...... 28 Equipment ...... 180 disconnection ...... 64 putting the vehicle in gear (manual gear- safety ...... 61 Front seats box) ...... 159 ESC manual adjustment ...... 112 Gear engaged ...... 28 electronic stability control ...... 156 manually adjusting ...... 14 General instrument panel Ethanol (fuel) ...... 187 Front wiper blades instrument panel ...... 87 Event Data Recorder ...... 226 change ...... 47 Generator ...... 203 Exhaust gas purification system ...... 168 cleaning ...... 47 Glove compartment ...... 117 Exterior mirrors Fuel ...... 32, 186 adjustment ...... 15 ethanol ...... 187 H Exterior rear view mirrors identification ...... 186 Handbrake ...... 153 control of the function ...... 111 natural gas ...... 187 Hazard warning lights ...... 23, 106 electric exterior mirrors ...... 111 petrol ...... 186 Head-on collisions and their laws of physics . 56 exterior ...... 111 savings ...... 166 Headlight range control ...... 107 Exterior view ...... 7, 8 Fuel gauge Headlights control lamp ...... 190 driving abroad ...... 107 F petrol ...... 190 Head rest Fabrics: cleaning ...... 223 Fuel tank cap adjustment ...... 112 Fastening rings ...... 126 opening and closing ...... 32 Head restraints Fault Fuel tank flap adjustment ...... 112 parking distance warning system ...... 174 opening and closing ...... 32 rear head restraints ...... 52

243 Index

Heated rear window ...... 30, 31 Infotainment system Instruments ...... 88 Heating and fresh air introduction ...... 133 Interior lights ...... 24 controls ...... 30 Infotainment System Interior rear vision mirror Heating and fresh air system ...... 129 adjusting the playback volume ...... 144 anti-dazzle ...... 110 Heating of the rear window ...... 30, 31 anti-theft password ...... 137 Interior view Hill driving assistant ...... 179 AUX-IN connection ...... 144 left-hand drive ...... 9 Hill hold Bluetooth ...... 143 ISOFIX ...... 20 control and warning lamps ...... 170 change the Media source ...... 141 ISOFIX System ...... 20 Start-Stop system ...... 170 changing station ...... 140 Horn ...... 87 Drive Mii App ...... 147 J How to jump start ...... 44 frequency bands ...... 139 Jack ...... 37, 70, 72 description ...... 45 frequency change ...... 139 mounting points ...... 40 Hubcaps ...... 38 general considerations about operation . . . 137 Jump leads ...... 44 general equipment panel ...... 135, 136 I Media mode ...... 141 K Ice mobile phone connection ...... 145 Keys removing from the windscreen ...... 30, 31 phone calls ...... 147 control lamp ...... 93 Identification of the fuel ...... 186 power management ...... 137 duplicates ...... 93 Identifying letter on engine ...... 233 preset buttons ...... 140 mechanical key ...... 93 Ignition ...... 22 Radio mode ...... 139 remote control ...... 92 see "Engine and ignition" ...... 149 saving stations ...... 140 replacing the battery ...... 93 Ignition lock ...... 22 SD card ...... 142 spare key ...... 92 removal lock ...... 150 switching on and off ...... 137 synchronising ...... 94 unauthorised vehicle key ...... 149 tune station frequency ...... 140 unlocking and locking ...... 10, 95, 97 In case of emergency ...... 70 USB ...... 143 vehicle key ...... 92 Indications on the display ...... 89 Inspection ...... 217 Kick-down ...... 162 odometer ...... 89 Instrument panel ...... 88 recommended gear ...... 90 control and warning lamps ...... 27 L display ...... 88, 89 reminder ...... 91 Labels and plates ...... 227 general instrument panel ...... 87 seat belt status ...... 90 Laser sensor ...... 176 instruments ...... 88 selector lever positions ...... 90 Leaving Home Function ...... 105 menus ...... 25 Start-Stop ...... 90 Lift platform ...... 184 temperature ...... 89 service intervals ...... 90 Information for the user ...... 226 symbols ...... 27 Instrument panel lighting ...... 107 244 Index

Lights ...... 22, 103 Loading the vehicle Manual air conditioning ...... 129 audible warnings ...... 103 class N1 ...... 126 adjusting the temperature ...... 31 AUTO ...... 104 fastening rings ...... 126 air distribution ...... 31 Coming home ...... 105 luggage compartment ...... 11 controls ...... 30 control and warning lamps ...... 103 retaining hooks ...... 126 cooling mode ...... 31 control lighting ...... 107 roof carrier system ...... 128 fan ...... 31 daytime running lights ...... 104 Locking and unlocking switching off ...... 30 dipped beam headlights ...... 103 in the door cylinder ...... 10 MEDIA ...... 141 driving abroad ...... 107 luggage compartment ...... 100 external data storage device connected to fog light ...... 23 panoramic sunroof ...... 102 a USB port ...... 143 functions ...... 104 Luggage ...... 122 smartphone ...... 147 hazard warning lights ...... 23 Luggage compartment ...... 11, 99, 122 Mirror ...... 110 headlight range control ...... 107 closing ...... 100 Mobile phone instrument panel lighting ...... 107 cover ...... 124 Bluetooth ...... 145 Leaving home ...... 105 driving with the rear lid open ...... 114 Mobile telephone ...... 182 light controls ...... 103 luggage compartment variable floor ...... 125 use without an exterior aerial ...... 183 luggage compartment ...... 108 manual release mechanism ...... 12 Model plate ...... 233 main beam ...... 23 opening ...... 100 main beam headlights ...... 103 unlocking ...... 100 N main beam lever ...... 105 see also Loading the luggage compart- Natural gas ...... 187 parking light remains on both sides ...... 104 ment ...... 122 fuel tank cap ...... 192 side lights ...... 103 Luggage compartment floor ...... 125 refuelling ...... 187, 192 switch ...... 22 Luggage compartment variable floor ...... 125 smell ...... 188 turn signal lever ...... 105 Navigation Load compartment in the luggage compart- M smartphone ...... 147 ment Main beam lever ...... 105 Noises see Loading the luggage compartment . . . 122 Main panel brake assist system ...... 158 Loading turn signal and main beam lever ...... 105 engine ...... 150 general advice ...... 114 Maintenance Number of seats ...... 50 loaded vehicle ...... 115 see Service ...... 217 transporting the load ...... 114 Malfunction O Loading the luggage compartment ...... 122 air conditioning ...... 131 Octane rating (petrol) ...... 186 driving with the rear lid open ...... 114 automatic gearbox ...... 162 catalytic converter ...... 168 rain and light sensor ...... 110 245 Index

Odometer Parking ...... 151, 153 R partial ...... 88 downhill ...... 153 Radio-operated remote control total ...... 88 uphill ...... 153 see Keys ...... 92 Open and close Parking aid ...... 173 Radio DISPLAY: clean ...... 223 panoramic sunroof ...... 102 optical parking system (OPS) ...... 174 Radio Mode ...... 139 Opening ...... 92 sensors and camera: cleaning ...... 222 Radio reception bonnet ...... 12 Parking aid system antenna ...... 228 electric windows ...... 13 see Parking aid ...... 173 operating faults ...... 228 fuel tank flap ...... 191, 192 Parking distance warning system ...... 172 Rain and light sensor ...... 109 luggage compartment ...... 100 fault ...... 174 malfunction ...... 110 panoramic sunroof ...... 13 see also Parking aid ...... 173 Raising the vehicle ...... 40 Windows ...... 101 Parking light remains ...... 104 lift platform ...... 184 Opening and closing ...... 10, 92 ParkPilot Rear bonnet ...... 12 see Parking aid ...... 173 headrests ...... 52 by remote control ...... 95 Passenger door emergency locking ...... 11 Rear backrest doors ...... 98 Pedals ...... 49, 53 folding ...... 123 electric windows ...... 13 Petrol lifting up ...... 123 from the inside ...... 97 fuel gauge ...... 190 Rear lid ...... 11 fuel tank flap ...... 192 Petrol ...... 186 emergency locking and unlocking ...... 12 in the door cylinder ...... 10 Phone management see also Luggage compartment ...... 99 panoramic sunroof ...... 13, 102 Bluetooth ...... 145 Rear seat bench ...... 123 rear lid ...... 11 Pollen filter ...... 132 Rear view mirror tank flap ...... 191 Pollution filter ...... 132 adjusting the exterior mirrors ...... 111 Opening doors individually ...... 95 Positioning the seat belt Rear vision mirror Optical parking system (OPS) ...... 174 for pregnant women ...... 57 interior anti-dazzle ...... 110 Original SEAT Spare Parts ...... 219 seat belts ...... 14 Rear windows ...... 101 Overview Power brake system Recommended gear ...... 163 Control and warning lamps ...... 27 anti-lock system ...... 157 Recycled ...... 228 Power outlet refuelling P 12 volts ...... 120 Petrol additives ...... 186 Panoramic sunroof ...... 13, 102 Products for vehicle maintenance ...... 220 Refuelling ...... 186 anti-trap function ...... 102 Puncture control and warning lamps ...... 190 closing ...... 102 action ...... 36 fuel gauge ...... 190 opening ...... 102 Pushing the vehicle ...... 149 mistakes ...... 189

246 Index

natural gas ...... 192 Safety equipment ...... 49 flexible service ...... 217 opening fuel tank flap ...... 191 Safety instructions oil change service ...... 217 Remote control key using child seats ...... 18, 66 service ...... 217 unlocking and locking ...... 95 using seat belts ...... 55 Service proof ...... 217 Repairs ...... 181, 228 Sale of vehicle services ...... 217 airbag system ...... 182 in other countries / continents ...... 227 servicing ...... 217 Repair work ...... 180 Scrapping ...... 228 sets of services ...... 219 Replacement airbag system ...... 228 Service fluids ...... 180 parts ...... 180 vend-of-life vehicles ...... 228 Service interval display ...... 90 Replacement parts ...... 180 SD card ...... 142 Service intervals display ...... 218 Replacing bulbs Seat belts ...... 53 Side airbags See "Changing bulbs" ...... 79 adjustment ...... 14, 57 description ...... 18 Reprogramming control units ...... 226 automatic belt retractor ...... 59 Smartphone ...... 147 Retaining hooks ...... 126 belt tensioner ...... 59 Smartphone holder Revolution counter ...... 88 belt tension limiter ...... 59 removing and inserting ...... 121 Rims protective function ...... 55 Smell of gas ...... 188 changing a wheel ...... 37 purpose ...... 53 Snow chains ...... 42, 234 Roof carrier ...... 127 safety instructions ...... 55 temporary spare wheel ...... 42 Roof carrier system ...... 127 twisted belt ...... 55 Spare fuel canister ...... 189 fastening the supports ...... 127 unfastened ...... 56 Spare parts ...... 180 Roof rack ...... 127 warning lamp ...... 54 Spare wheel Running in Seat belt tensioner ...... 15 removing ...... 213 brake pads ...... 154 Seat belt tensioners ...... 59 Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel new engine ...... 165 Seat heating ...... 113 advice for driving ...... 213 wheels and tyres ...... 209 SEAT information system ...... 24 Speed limiter ...... 171 Seats ...... 50 Speed rating ...... 216 S heating ...... 113 Start-Stop system ...... 170 SAFE ...... 97, 151 incorrect position ...... 50 operation ...... 170 Safe driving ...... 48 number of seats ...... 50 Starting the vehicle ...... 22 Safety rear backrest ...... 123 Steering ...... 163 child safety ...... 65 SEAT Service Mobility ...... 219 control and warning lamps ...... 164 child seats ...... 65 Service steering column lock ...... 163 disabling the front passenger front airbag . . 17 conditions of use ...... 218 tendency to pull to one side ...... 211 safe driving ...... 48 digital maintenance plan ...... 217 Steering wheel Safety Assist ...... 174 fixed service ...... 217 adjustment ...... 15, 50 247 Index

Storage compartments ...... 115 temporary spare wheel Turn signal convenience function ...... 105 centre console ...... 118 Snow chains ...... 42 Turn signal lever ...... 23, 105 driver side ...... 116 Tightening torque ...... 234 Tyre load rating ...... 216 other storage compartments ...... 118 wheel bolts ...... 39 Tyre Mobility Set ...... 36 Sunglasses storage compartment ...... 117 TIN ...... 215 Tyre Mobility System Sun protection ...... 108 Tiptronic ...... 161 components ...... 74 Sun visors ...... 108 Top Tether ...... 21 inflating a tyre ...... 74 Switch Top Tether system ...... 21 sealing a tyre ...... 74 hazard warning lights ...... 106 Tow-starting ...... 44, 75 see also Anti-puncture kit ...... 73 Switching lights off ...... 103 Towing Tyre pressure ...... 234 Switching lights on ...... 103 things to note ...... 76 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . 210 Switching the ignition on and off ...... 22 Towing bracket ...... 179 Tyre pressures ...... 209 Symbols description ...... 179 Tyre profile ...... 210 see Control and warning lamps ...... 27 Towing the vehicle ...... 43, 75, 149 Tyre repair ...... 73 front towline anchorage ...... 77 Tyre repair kit T tow bar ...... 76 see Anti-puncture kit ...... 73 TC tow rope ...... 76 Tyres see Brake assist system ...... 157 Towline anchorages ...... 43 avoiding damage ...... 207 Technical data Traction ...... 215 changing ...... 37 axle loads ...... 233 Traction control ...... 157 code ...... 214 engine oil specifications ...... 195 Traction control system ...... 156 damage ...... 211 kerb weight ...... 233 Traction Control (TC) ...... 157 eccentricity ...... 211 roof load ...... 128 Trailer ...... 179 foreign bodies in the tyres ...... 211 total weight ...... 233 Transporting handling ...... 206 tyre pressures ...... 209 driving with the rear lid open ...... 114 interchanging tyres ...... 207 weights ...... 233 load ...... 114 new ...... 209 windscreen washer reservoir capacity . . . . 202 loaded vehicle ...... 115 old ...... 207 windshield washer fluid container capacity . 32 Transporting children ...... 65 replacing ...... 209 Technical features ...... 233 Transporting items serial number ...... 215 Technical modifications ...... 181 fastening rings ...... 126 snow chains ...... 42 Technical specifications roof carrier ...... 127 speed rating ...... 215, 216 dimensions ...... 237 roof carrier system ...... 127 storing ...... 207 Temperature gauge Transporting objects technical details ...... 214 coolant temperature ...... 26 roof carrier system ...... 128 tyre code ...... 214 Treadwear ...... 215 tyre identification number (TIN) ...... 215 248 Index

tyre load rating ...... 216 raising ...... 40 Washing the vehicle Tyre pressures ...... 209 recycling ...... 228 external vehicle maintenance ...... 220 tyres with directional tread pattern ...... 207 Vehicle battery ...... 34, 202 high pressure cleaners ...... 220 valve caps ...... 210 acid ...... 204 sensors ...... 173 wear ...... 211 assisted starting ...... 44 Wear indicators ...... 211 wear indicators ...... 211 automatic device disconnection ...... 205 Weights ...... 233 wheel alignment issues ...... 211 charging ...... 204 What negatively affects driving safety? ...... 48 Wheel balancing ...... 211 checking the battery electrolyte level . . . . . 203 Wheel bolts ...... 72, 234 wheels ...... 208 connecting ...... 204 anti-theft ...... 72 with compulsory direction of rotation ...... 42 control and warning lamps ...... 203 caps ...... 38 with directional tread pattern ...... 215 discharging ...... 150 loosening ...... 39 Tyre tread depth ...... 210 disconnecting ...... 204 Tightening torque ...... 39 Tyre wear ...... 210 preparations ...... 203 Wheel load capacity ...... 215 replacing ...... 204 Wheel rims U running flat ...... 205 beadlock ...... 208 Unfastening the seat belt ...... 14, 57 Vehicle care bolted trims ...... 208 Unlocking and locking ...... 10 antenna incorporated in window ...... 228 Wheels ...... 206, 208, 234 by remote control ...... 95 Vehicle data ...... 237 changing ...... 37, 41 doors ...... 98 Vehicle key set ...... 92 changing a wheel ...... 72 from the inside ...... 97 Vehicle maintenance ...... 220 hubcaps ...... 38 USB Vehicle paint spare wheel or temporary spare wheel . . . . 213 connecting an external data storage de- maintenance ...... 222 storing the replaced wheel ...... 213 vice ...... 143 Vehicle tool kit ...... 37, 70 Wheel trim location ...... 120 components ...... 71 hubcaps ...... 38 USB socket ...... 120 location ...... 71 remove ...... 38 Vibrations Wheel trims V steering ...... 211 Full hub caps ...... 38 Valve caps ...... 210 Windows ...... 101 Vanity mirror ...... 108 W electric ...... 13 Vehicle Warning and control lamps Window wiper ...... 108 chassis number ...... 233 ABS ...... 156 Window wiper lever ...... 108 identification data ...... 233 ESC ...... 156 Window wiper blade ...... 24 identification number ...... 233 Warning triangle ...... 70, 106 loading ...... 114 Warranty ...... 220

249 Index

Windscreen heat-insulating glass ...... 108 infrared coating ...... 108 removing ice ...... 30, 31 Windscreen and rear window wiper blades . . . 75 Windscreen washer ...... 34, 108 rain and light sensor ...... 109 Windscreen washer water checking ...... 201 topping up ...... 201 Windscreen wipers ...... 24, 108 cleaning ...... 222 functions ...... 109 heated windscreen washer jets ...... 109 lifting the wiper blade ...... 46 replacing the wiper blade ...... 46 service position ...... 46 Windscreen wipers service position ...... 46

250

Vehicle identification data Confirmation of receipt of documentation and vehicle keys Model: The following items were delivered YES NO with the vehicle: Vehicle Registration: On-board documentation Vehicle identification number: First key

Date of vehicle registration Second key or vehicle delivery: Correct working order of all keys was checked SEAT Official Service: Location:

This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose. Telephone: ❀ © SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.11.18 1SL012720BL

Owner’s manual

Mii Inglés (11.18) SEAT Mii

1SL012720BL (11.18)

Inglés SEAT